personal computer - Laboratorio

Transcription

Field Engineering Library
PERSONAL COMPUTER
POCKET SERVICE GUIDE
Volume 1
6th Edition
Code - 2718320W - 00
PUBLICATION ISSUED BY:
OP Computers S.p.A.
Via Montalenghe, 8 - 10010 Scarmagno, (TO) Italy
Copyright © OP Computers S.p.A.
All rights reserved
Olivetti Computers Worldwide is a trading name for OP Computers S.p.A.
Olivetti is a registered trademark of Olivetti S.p.A.
All other trademarks are the property of their owners.
Printed in Italy by:
NOTICE
The manufacturer reserves the right to carry out modifications to the product described in this
documentation at any time and without notice.
PREFACE
PREFACE
This guide, easy and quick to consult, gives the field engineer all the essential information needed
to work on mid- to top-range Olivetti Personal Computers at the customer’s site.
Summary
This guide is divided into two volumes each with a number of chapters giving information on the
different Personal Computer models.
The last chapters of Volume II provide information concerning:
-
The video, hard disk, interface and communication controllers which can be installed in
the systems
-
The Personal Computer configuration utilities
-
The installable memory modules
-
Traceability
-
All the types of hard disks which can be installed.
PART 1
1st Edition:
2nd Edition:
3rd Edition:
4th Edition:
5th Edition:
6th Edition:
August 1990
May 1991
January 1992
October 1992
April 1993
March 1995
Code: 2718320W - 00
PART 2
1st Edition: March 1995
2nd Edition: July 1996
Code: 2719220Y - 00
UPDATING STATUS
DATE
UPDATED PAGES
PAGES
CODE
31/08/1990 1st EDITION
(112)
0213750U - 00
05/05/1991 2nd EDITION
(179)
0213920N - 00
02/01/1992 3rd EDITION
(237)
0214130B - 00
06/10/1992 4th EDITION
(392)
0214131C - 01
30/04/1993 5th EDITION
(506)
0214132YQ - 02
22/03/1995 6th EDITION (PART I)
(478)
2718320W - 00
22/03/1995 1st EDITION (PART II)
(437)
2719220Y - 00
15/07/1996 2nd EDITION (PART II)
(605) 2692608H (00-00)
Volume I
Personal Computer - Pocket Service Guide
Table of Contents
M24, M21, M24 SP..............................................................................................................
1
M240 ...................................................................................................................................
2
M28 .....................................................................................................................................
3
M280 ...................................................................................................................................
4
M290 ...................................................................................................................................
5
M250 - M250 E....................................................................................................................
6
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW ..........................................................................................
7
M380T -M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5 ......................................................................
8
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9 ...................................................................................
9
M300 ...................................................................................................................................
10
P500 ....................................................................................................................................
11
P800 ....................................................................................................................................
12
CP486 .................................................................................................................................
13
M386/25 ..............................................................................................................................
14
P750 ....................................................................................................................................
15
M486 SCSI..........................................................................................................................
16
M486 ESDI..........................................................................................................................
17
M300-05 ..............................................................................................................................
18
M300-10 ..............................................................................................................................
19
M300-01 ..............................................................................................................................
20
M380-40 ..............................................................................................................................
21
M290-30 ..............................................................................................................................
22
M300-25 ..............................................................................................................................
23
M480-30 ..............................................................................................................................
24
M400-10 ..............................................................................................................................
25
M400-40 ..............................................................................................................................
26
Table of Contents
vii
viii
Volume I
Table of Contents
Volume I
M400-60 ..............................................................................................................................
27
M300-08 ..............................................................................................................................
28
M300-15 ..............................................................................................................................
29
M480-40 ..............................................................................................................................
30
M480-60 ..............................................................................................................................
31
M290-25 ..............................................................................................................................
32
M300-04 ..............................................................................................................................
33
M480-10 / M480-20 .............................................................................................................
34
M300-28 / PCS44................................................................................................................
35
M300-30 / M300-30/P..........................................................................................................
36
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460 .....................................................................................................
37
M4-34 ..................................................................................................................................
38
PCS 30 / PCS 40 ................................................................................................................
39
M300-02 / M300-02F...........................................................................................................
40
Table of Contents
ix
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
1
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
8086, 16 bit
Clock
8 MHz (M24, M21) 10 MHz (M24 SP)
RAM access time
150 ns (M24, M21) 120 ns (M24 SP)
Wait states
1 (M24, M21) 0 (M24 SP)
Maximum RAM capacity
640K bytes
ROM BIOS memory
-
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
System Board/CPU
System Board/CPU
System Board/CPU
System Board/CPU
System Board/CPU
Bus Converter/Bus 2407
Bus Converter/Bus 2403
Video Adapter
Video Enhanced Adapter
Video Adapter
1.2 MB MFD Adapter
D.T.C./HDU Adapter
H.D.U. W.D. Adapter
H.D.U. W.D. Adapter
CPU Alternate
Memory Expansion
Memory Expansion
Memory Expansion
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Micro Box Interface
BA106/121/135
BA139/170/171
BA196
BA801
BA177
IF172/IF272/IF314
IF249
GO317/GO318/GO380
GO329
GO362
GO703
GO310/GO349
GO391
GO425
GO330
ME048/M049
ME062
ME056STL
LC07
LA16
LA16B
IF362
414369 A
414091 G
411298 Z
411031 G
411187 A
411038 P
48741 P
411216 N
48193 H
411053 N
Keyboard Adapter
MI293
491230 Z
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
414194 C
411032 H
411423 E
48199 E
48613 C
CHARACTERISTICS
640 KB in System Board
M24 SP/640 KB
M24 SP/640 KB
M24/M24 SP
M21 (3 Slot 8 Bits/16 Bits)
EGC 2413
M24 3270
M24 SP (Bit 56)
Bios 1.36
M24 SP (Bios 1.36 later)
CPU Z8001/APB2481
Single In Line (CDM 5,4)
411369 F
414093 A
411052 M
411743 W
Bios 1.43/MSDOS
3.20/3.27
Emulates 8741 Nivel
CSNZ (1.1)
1-1
PAL AND ROM BIOS LEVEL
M24/M21
FUNCTION
POS. EVOLUTION
6F
6H
Bus Adapter 8 H
6J
Wait Logic
2P
RAM Add.
6E
I/O Logic
KBC uC 8741 10 U
KBC uC 8041
Keyboard
Firmware
ROM Bios
PBFBH
PBCFL
PL48
PL95
PL49
PL51
CSNE/CSHX
1.0H
1.0L
1.10H
1.10L
PL51
1.21H
1.21L
PL52B
1.36H 1.43H (PQBK)
1.36L 1.43L (PQBL)
PBFY
PBFD
PL90
PL74
CSNY/CSNZ
CS40
PDBA/PDBB PDBE (1.1)
PDBP (1.2) PDBP (2.1)
NOTE: (ANK 2463 = IBM Y ANK 2462 = OLIVETTI)
M24 SP
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION
ROM Bios
6F
6H
8H
6J
2P
6E
PBFW 1.36H PQBK 1.43H
PBFV 1.36L PQBL 1.43L
PL86
PBFZ
PBFX
PL90
PL85
Bus Arbiter
Wait Logic
RAM Add.
I/O Logic
COMPATIBILITY
PBFY (M24)
(CDM 1.60.60.1/525)
PBFZ (M24 SP)
Solves timing problems of the 8250 serial interface
controller and (bit 05) keyboard controller
PL52 (M24)
(BIT 160.69.5/24
To install APB card
PL74 (M24)
(BIT 160.60.5/24)
Possibility of selecting between 8250 and 8530 by switch
PL90 (M24) *
(BIT 160.60.5/48)
RAM Address improvement
Born with 1.36 BIOS release
BIOS 1.10
Does not support MS-DOS REL. 3.20 REV. 327
"Frame Work" and "Symphony" compatibility
BIOS 1.36
(BIT 160.60.5/48)
Extends H.D. table in W.D. Adapter (GO391)
COM2/EGC/COPROCESSOR right management
BIOS 1.43 *
(CDM 160.60.1/529)
(BIT 160.60.5/58)
Manages:
MFDU 3.5" 720 KB
Token Ring L.A.N.
EGA Compatibility
(*) ROM BIOS 1.43 + LP90 manage EGA emulation
1-2
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
SYSTEM BOARD SETTINGS:
M24, M21:
BA106/BA121/BA135/BA139/BA170/BA171/BA196
M24 SP:
BA801/BA177
1
GROUP 1
SCC
UP1
ACE
PIT
DMAC
GROUP 0
NDP
PIC
H
FDC
CPU
B
G
ROM L
ROM H
BANK
0
1
DIP-SWITCHES OF GROUP 0
AREA
1
2
3
4
FUNCTION
RAM Capacity
OFF
ON
ON
ON
128 KB System Board
ON
OFF
ON
ON
256 KB PB
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
BQA5A
256 KB PB
128 KB PEXP
256 KB PB
256 KB PEXP
256 KB PB
384 KB PEXP
512 KB Bank 0
512 KB PB Bank 0
128 KB PB Bank 1
128 KB PB Bank 0
AREA
5
Coprocessor
ON
Not installed
OFF
Installed
Serial
Interface
System memory from
BIOS REL. 1.36
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
6
7
8
512 KB PB Bank 1
FUNCTION
ON
8250 ACE Asynchronous
OFF
8530 SCC Synchronous
ON
RAM Bank 0
OFF
RAM Bank 0 and 1
1-3
DIP-SWITCHES OF GROUP 1
AREA
1
Floppy Disk Unit
OFF
720 KB (3.5")
ON
360 KB (5.25")
Speed
2
3
4
FUNCTION
ON
Startup 800 ns
OFF
Startup 250 ns
EPROM-BIOS
ON
ROM HDU System board
OFF
ROM HDU External
Video
Scroll CPU
OFF
Slow scroll
8
FUNCTION
AREA
5
6
Monitor type
OFF
OFF
80 x 25 monochrome
OFF
ON
40 x 25 colour
ON
OFF
80 x 25 colour
ON
ON
EGA (*)
MFDU
7
ON
ON
ON
1 MFD unit
OFF
ON
2 MFD units
(*) BIOS 1.43 only
JUMPERS (ONLY M24 SP BA801/BA177)
JUMPERS
B
G
JUMPERS
H
C and E
POS.
FUNCTION
B1 - B2
CLOCK 8 MHz FDC
B2 - B3
CLOCK 4 MHz FDC
OUT
Floppy controller enable
IN
Floppy controller disable
POS.
FUNCTION
H-1
8087 8 MHz
H-2
8087 10 MHz
OUT
Normal
IN
Production test
KEYBOARDS COMPATIBILITY
TYPE
PROTOCOL
LAYOUT
ANK2462
ANK2463
ANK2502
ANK2886
ANK25-102
Olivetti
Olivetti
Olivetti
Olivetti
Standard AT
Olivetti
IBM
M240 type
M28 type
101/102 keys
1-4
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
Management of M24 SP for 5.25 1.2 MB MFDU settings to be made:
- Disable floppy disk controller of system board
- Make modifications described in COM 505 M24
- Insert new MFD adapter in the bus converter GO703
1
Needed for installation of following options: (See CDM520)
- EGC 2413 board (GO329): ROM BIOS 1.36 System board
PAL 90
System board
PAL 73
Video Controller GO317
- 8087 Coprocessor:
ROM BIOS 1.36
PAL 90
- Serial interface:
ROM BIOS 1.36
PAL 90
- Mouse GRD 2469:
Keyboard Firmware PDBN (BIT G15)
- APB 2481 (CPU Z8001)
PAL PL52 (BIT 24)
I/O ADDRESS MAP
INTERRUPT LEVELS
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
000-00F
020-021
040-043
050-053
060-063
DMA controller
Interrupt controller
Timer
Serial controller (8530)
Parallel controller
(8255)
Keyboard
System configuration
Date and time
PROM address
Expansion box
Serial port 2
Hard disk controller
Parallel port 1
SDLC communication
Reserved
Video adapter
Floppy disk controller
Serial port 1 (8250)
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Timer
Keyboard
Available
Available
Serial port
Hard disk
Floppy disk
Parallel port
064
066-067
070-07F
0F0-0FF
210-217
2F8-2FF
320-32F
378-37F
380-38F
3C0-3CF
3D0-3DF
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
RAM refresh
Available
Floppy disk
Available
■
M24 - M21 - M24 SP
1-5
M240
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
8086, 16 bit
Clock
10 MHz
RAM access time
120 ns
Wait states
0
Maximum RAM capacity
640 KB
2
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU System Board
CPU System Board
Console Controller
Bus Adapter 8-BIT
Bus Adapter 16-BIT
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 220 V
OGC Monitor adapter
PGC Monitor adapter
OEC Monitor adapter
OVC Monitor adapter
Hard Disk WD Controller
Hard Disk NCL Controller
External uFD 720 KB
interface
External uFD interface
BA200
BA208
CO124
IN093
IN094
LA16B
LA16C
GO708
GO423
GO451/GO467/GO491
GO729
GO425
GO447
IF362
411658 H
411730 V
411659 A
968651 Q
968652 R
411052 M
411711 N
411687 P
411688 Y
411860 Y
412452 L
411423 E
411660 F
411743 W
CHARACTERISTICS
Managed by spares
Managed by spares
Not interchangeable with
other 185 W
Olivetti
Positive video
EGA compatible
VGA compatible 8-BIT
Managed by spares
An external unit
IN101
ROM BIOS/PAL/EPROM LEVEL
FUNCTION
ROM BIOS
EVOLUTION
H
L
RAM Decoder
Bus Converter logic
Bus Converter logic
Bus Arbiter
uP8742 Keyboard controller
Character Generator ROM 259
Keyboard firmware (ANK 25-102)
Keyboard firmware (ANK 25-02)
M240
PCH5 2.04
PCH6 2.04
PL3S
PL6Z
PL27
PL3P
PCHE 2.10
PCHF 2.10
PCHK 2.11
PCHJ 2.11
PLYW/PLWW
CSQM 1.2
PDPL 5.28
CSQR 1.5
PCFY 5.26
uPD8040 (CS35)
PDB5 3.5
PDB3 3.2
PCHL 2.12
PCHM 2.12
uPD8050: CSQH, CSP4
2-1
PAL PLYW
(CDM 240.60.5/505A)
Solves "Parity Error" problems
PAL PLWW
(BIT 240.60.5/07)
Solves compatibility with REDES ETHERLINK and 3 COM
BIOS 2.10
(BIT 240.60.5/8)
Solves:
- "Format Failure" message during hard disk formatting
under MS DOS
- WANGTEK 40 MB streaming tape unit management
- I/O errors in floppy disk after an ON/OFF sequence
- Clock problems after using "GOSLOW"
- Possibility of testing system from a remote work station
- Possibility of programming in RTCC
BIOS 2.11
(BIT 240.60.5/10)
-
Solves FUJITSU 8284 problem
BIOS 2.12
BIOS 2.14
-
Manages 40 MB hard disk
Solves 3.5" JU253 floppy problem (BIT 11)
Keyboard firmware
Solves F9 decoding problems
PDB5 3.5 (BIT 241.60.5/4)
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS: BA200/BA208
P4
P3
OMEGA 4
P1
P2
P5
8253 TIMER
8041 8742
KEYBOARD
CONTROLLER
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
P6
DIP-SWITCH A
PL6Z BUS
CONVERTER
LOGIC
DIP-SWITCH B
P7
PL27 BUS
CONVERTER
LOGIC
PL3P
BUS ARBITER
CPU 8086
8237A DMA
COPROCESSOR
PGA PAR.
INTERFACE
CONTROLLER
ROM BIOS H
ROM BIOS L
P8250 SER.
INTERFACE
CONTROLLER
PL3S
MEMORY
DECODER
INTERRUPT
P8
2-2
P9
BSA6A
M240
DIP-SWITCHES OF GROUP A
AREA
1
2
RAM capacity
ON
ON
RAM not enabled
ON
OFF
256 KB
OFF
ON
512 KB
OFF
OFF
640 KB
EGC board
3
4
5
FUNCTION
ON
Present
OFF
Not present
No. MFD units
ON
1 unit
OFF
ON
2 units
ON
OFF
3 units
OFF
OFF
4 units
AREA
6
7
Monitor type
and screen
form
ON
ON
EGA INS. or CRT not present
OFF
ON
40 x 25 colour
ON
OFF
80 x 25 colour
OFF
OFF
80 x 25 monochromatic
Coprocessor 8087
8
ON
2
FUNCTION
ON
Not present
OFF
Present
3
4
DIP-SWITCHES OF GROUP B
AREA
1
Microfloppy
density
ON
2
720 KB/360
OFF
Unit A
1.44 MB/1.2
ON
5.25"
OFF
3.5"
Unit B
ON
5.25"
OFF
3.5"
Floppy controller
AREA
5
ROM BIOS
ON
6
7
ON
Enabled
OFF
Disabled
8
FUNCTION
BIOS HD - system board
OFF
Monitor
controller
Serial port
Parallel port
M240
FUNCTION
BIOS HD on controller
ON
OGC
OFF
Others
ON
Enabled
OFF
Disabled
ON
Enabled
OFF
Disabled
2-3
JUMPERS
NAME
FUNCTION
AREA
POSITION
P1 and P2
"Disk Change" signal enable
P1 = Unit B
P2 = Unit A
360 KB MFD unit
1-2
720 KB, 1.2 MB,
1.44 MB uFD unit
2-3
P3
Production
Not present
P4
V.C.O. setting
Present
P5
Production
Not present
P6
Production
Not present
P7 and P9
Production
Present
P8
System ROM BIOS enable
Enabled
Not present
Not enabled
Present
INTERRUPT LEVELS
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-03F
040-05F
060-06F
070-07F
080-09F
0A0-0BF
378-37F
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
DMA controller
Timer
Keyboard controller
Date and time
DMA register
NMI register
Parallel controller
Floppy disk
Serial controller
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Timer
Keyboard
Available
Available
Serial port
Available
Floppy disk
Parallel port
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
RAM refresh
Available
Floppy disk
Available
■
2-4
M240
M28
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80286
Clock
8 MHz (4 MHz BUS)
RAM access time
150 ns
Wait states
1
Minimum/maximum RAM
capacity
512 KB/1 MB
ROM memory
32 KB
3
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU System Board
CPU System Board
CPU System Board
CPU System Board
CPU System Board
Console Controller
Bus Adapter
Power supply
U-TURN board
RAM expansion
Monitor adapter
Monitor adapter
Monitor adapter
Monitor adapter
Monitor adapter
MDU adapter
HDU adapter
MFDU/HDU adapter
BA802
BA807
BA808/BA809
BA815
BA816
CO113
IF606
LA21
IF608
ME903
GO318
GO380
GO709
GO413
GO329
GO705/GO711
GO406
GO714
411082 C
411082 V
411949 V
964908 F
411081 B
411077 N
411993 A
411216 N
411080 N
411682 J
48193 H
411084 E
411083 D
411638 V
CHARACTERISTICS
ROM BIOS 2.07
ROM BIOS 2.09
ROM BIOS 2.12
ROM BIOS 2.12
W = 230
Maximum 2 MB
M283270
E.G.C.
BIOS 2.07 required
FUNCTION POS. EVOLUTION
ROM H
BIOS L
6K
4K
PBUG/1.05 PBUL/1.08 1.10 PBUS/2.07 PBUY/2.09 PBU8/2.10 PBU6/2.12
PBUF/1.05 PBUM/1.08 1.10 PBUT/2.07 PBUX/2.09 PBU9/2.10 PBU7/2.12
Wait logic
Bus logic
RAM
select.
BIO select.
I/O logic
RAM decode
PIEGY
BACK
KBC
uP8742
Keyb. FW
5D
6T
7P
PL02
PBUC
PBUB
3M
1F
5T
PBUA
PBUD
PBUH
6X
PL99
8V
CSP9/2.01
M28
CSPZ/1.0
CSL7/203
CSSF/1.1
3-1
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
ROM BIOS 1.05
-
Solves lock problems when hard disk is formatting defective
tracks
ROM BIOS 1.08
-
System distinguishes between 360 KB and 1.2 MB FDs
ROM BIOS 2.07
(BIT 168.605/05)
-
102-key keyboard management (ANK 2502)
720 KB micro floppy disk management
"COMBO" HD/MFD controller board GO714 management
"NOVEL" LAN management
ROM BIOS 209
(CD 168.601/518)
-
Solves Random lock problems when working with Starlan with
IRQ=2
Eliminates interrupt 13 routine locks in the
Step Motor phase
ROM BIOS 2.10
-
Solves losses of set-up problems
ROM BIOS 2.12
(CDM 168.60.1/525
-
1.44 MB micro floppy disk management
OEC/PGC video controller management
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS:
BA802 / BA807 / BA808 / BA815 / BA816
MC146818
8742
JU4
FE2000
UART 16450
JU5
JU3
6X
6T
5T
JU6/JU7/JU8
7P
8259
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
3M
TIMER 8254-2
A
B
JU2
JU1
COPROCES.
1F
EPROM
BOOTSTRAP
27128 PBUG
A:
B:
BANK 0
BANK 1
EPROM
BOOTSTRAP
27128 PBUG
82288-8
BUS CTRL
82284-8
CLOCK
80286 CPU
BGT1A
JUMPERS
JU4 and JU5
AREA
4
5
FUNCTION
Production
IN*
IN*
Test both OUT
3-2
M28
JU1
1........ 8
16....... 9
AREA
1-16
Parity check
IN
512 KB on system board
OUT*
1 MB on system board
User Eprom
2-15
3-14
FUNCTION
IN *
OUT*
2764/27128
OUT
IN
27256
6-11
7-10
AREA
4-13
5-12
BIOS Eprom
IN*
OUT*
27128
OUT
IN
27256
Parallel port
FUNCTION
IN*
Enabled
OUT
Not enabled
Serial port
JU2
8-9
3
IN*
Not enabled
OUT
Enabled
1........ 8
16....... 9
AREA
1-16
2-15
3-14
4-13
FUNCTION
Coprocessor
clock
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
5.33 MHz
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
8 MHz *
AREA
5-12
6-11
7-10
8-9
FUNCTION
Video adapter
IN*
OUT*
Video adapter only
OUT
IN
Video adapter + EGC
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
External video adapter
enable
AREA
1-8
2-7
Production
IN*
JU3
1........
8........
4
5
Video type
Production
3-6
4-5
FUNCTION
Test
IN*
Colour
OUT
Monochromatic
IN*
-
JU6-JU7-JU8
AREA
6
7
8
FUNCTION
CPU Wait
states
IN
OUT
OUT
4 Wait states
OUT
IN
OUT
5 Wait states
OUT
OUT
IN
6 Wait states
(*) Default position
M28
3-3
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-03F
040-05F
060-06F
070-07F
080-09F
0A0-0BF
0F0-0FF
1F0-1F8
200-207
278-27F
DMA controller 1
Interrupt controller 1
Timer
Keyboard controller
RTC, CMOS, NMI mask
DMA page register
80287
Reserved
Parallel port 2
2F8-2FF
300-31F
360-36F
378-37F
380-38F
3A0-3AF
3B0-3BF
3C0-3CF
3D0-3DF
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
Serial port 2
Reserved
Reserved
Parallel port 1
COM2 SDLC
SDLC 1
Reserved
Reserved
Video controller
Available
INTERRUPT LEVELS
DMA CHANNELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Channel 0 timer
Keyboard controller
Interrupt from interrupt controller 2
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Date and Time
Redirected to IRQ 2
Available
Available
Available
80287
Available
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
8 BIT
8 BIT
8 BIT
8 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
3-4
M28
SETTINGS FOR MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD ME903 (MEM2852)
SW1
SW2
3
BANK 3
BANK 2
BANK 1
BANK 0
BPA5A
FOR M28
SW1 GROUP
AREA
1
Parity check
2
3
4
ON
YES
OFF
RAM Capacity
on-board
ME-903
FUNCTION
NO
OFF
OFF
512 KB
ON
OFF
1 MB
OFF
ON
1.5 MB
ON
ON
2 MB
SW2 GROUP
AREA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FUNCTION
System board
512 K
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
1st board on bus
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
2nd board on bus
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
3rd board on bus
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
1st board on bus
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
2nd board on bus
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
3rd board on bus
System board
1 MB
M28
3-5
FOR M250
SW1 GROUP: Configures expansion board capacity, set it as M28.
SW2 GROUP:
FOR M250 WITH 1 MB ON SYSTEM BOARD
SW2 GROUP
No. MEM 2852
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
2
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
3
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
FOR M250 WITH 2 MB ON SYSTEM BOARD
SW2 GROUP
No. MEM 2852
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
2
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
3
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
NOTE: If the MEM 2852 board is installed in a system with 1 MB on the system board, 256 KB are
lost from total system memory.
■
3-6
M28
M280
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80286
Clock
12 MHz (8 MHz BUS)
RAM access time
100 ns
Wait states
1
ROM memory
32 KB
Minimum/maximum RAM
capacity
1 MB
4
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU System board
CPU System board
Console controller
Bus Adapter
Power supply
U-TURN board
RAM expansion
OEC monitor adapter
PGC monitor adapter
HD/FD controller
HD/FD controller
BA817
BA824
CO113
IF622
LA21
IF623
ME903
GO451/GO467
GO423
GO714
GO723
411994 B
964908 F
497680 T
411077 N
497682 R
411993 A
411860 Y
411688 Y
411638 V
412141 L
CHARACTERISTICS
W = 230
Maximum 2 MB
EGA compatible
Monitor, positive
ST506/MFM
ST506/RLL
FUNCTION
POS. EVOLUTION
ROM
Bios
6K
4K
H
L
5D
6T
1A
3M
BIO select.
1F
I/O logic
RAM decode 5 T
PIGGY BACK 6 X
KBC uP8742 8 V
Keyboard FW Wait logic
Bus logic
PBVW 2.14 PBVS 2.16 Rev. 2.16.1
PBVV 2.14 PBVT 2.16
PLY4
PBVU
PLY5
PBUA
PBUD
PBUC
PL99
CSP9
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
ROM BIOS 2.16:
(CD 255.60.1/502)
-
ROM BIOS 2.16.1
Solves problems of operation with Windows/S and with the PG 208M2
printer.
M280
Enlarges the HDU table and adds a 62 MB RLL hard disk
Solves problems with 1.44 MB uFD
Supports OEC 2 board in CGA mode
Solves format B problem: (CDM 501 M280)
Manages correctly hard disk even if it is not formatted with the system
BIOS level
4-1
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS
MC146818
8742
JU4
FE2000
UART 16450
JU6/JU7
JU8
6X
JU5
JU3
6T
5T
JU9
JU6/JU7/JU8
8259
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER
JU11
COPROCES.
TIMER 8254-2
JU10
EPROM
BOOTSTRAP
HIGH BYTE
27128 PBUG
JU1
JU12
JU2
BANK 0
EPROM
BOOTSTRAP
HIGH BYTE
27128 PBUG
BANK 1
80286 CPU
BRA3A
JU1 1..........8
16........9
AREA
1-16
RAM
ON
512 KB
OFF*
1 MB
Customer Eprom
2-15
3-14
FUNCTION
ON
OFF
27128
OFF*
ON*
27256
AREA
4-13
5-12
6-11
7-10
BIOS Eprom
ON
OFF
27128
OFF*
ON*
27256
Parallel Port
8-9
ON*
Enabled
OFF
Serial Port
-
4-2
-
FUNCTION
Not Enabled
ON
Not Enabled
OFF*
Enabled
OFF*
Not used
M280
JU2
AREA
1
2
3
4
Clock of
80287 coprocessor
See:
JU10/JU11 and JU12
OFF* OFF* OFF* OFF* 8 MHz
ON
ON
ON
ON
12 MHz *
AREA
5
6
7
8
FUNCTION
Video
OFF* OFF*
"Dual Port" PGC or OEC
ON
"Flicker" matrox
ON
System clock
FUNCTION
OFF*
24 MHz
ON
External
80287 Wait states
OFF
10
ON*
3
4
FUNCTION
4
JU3
AREA
1
Burn-in
OFF
2
3
Disabled
ON
Monitor type
32 MHz clock
Enabled
OFF
Monochromatic
ON*
Colour / Monochromatic
OFF
Disconnected
ON*
Connected
OFF *
Reserved
AREA
1
FUNCTION
14 MHz clock
OFF
Disconnected
ON*
Connected
AREA
1
FUNCTION
System clock
OFF
8 MHz
ON*
12 MHz
AREA
1
FUNCTION
1.8 MHz clock
OFF
Disconnected
ON*
Connected
AREA
1
FUNCTION
MC146818 and non-volatile
RAM clock
OFF
-
ON*
MC146818 and RAM
JU4
JU6
JU5
JU8
M280
4-3
JU7
AREA
1
FUNCTION
System clock
OFF*
12 MHz
ON
8 MHz
JU10 JU11 JU12
AREA
1
FUNCTION
80287 coprocessor clock
(See: JU2)
OFF*
8 MHz
ON
12 MHz
1
FUNCTION
JU9
AREA
MC146818 clock
OFF
Non-volatile RAM
ON*
MC146818 and RAM
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-03F
040-05F
060-06F
070-07F
080-09F
0A0-0BF
0F0-0FF
1F0-1F8
200-207
278-27F
DMA controller 1
Timer
Keyboard controller
RTC, CMOS, NMI mask
DMA page register
80287
Reserved
Parallel port 2
2F8-2FF
300-31F
360-36F
378-37F
380-38F
3A0-3AF
3B0-3BF
3C0-3CF
3D0-3DF
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
Serial port 2
Reserved
Reserved
Parallel port 1
Comm. SDLC 2
SDLC 1
Reserved
Reserved
Video controller
Available
INTERRUPT LEVELS
DMA CHANNELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Channel 0 timer
Keyboard controller
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Date and Time
Redirected to IRQ 2
Available
Available
Available
80287
Available
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
8 BIT
8 BIT
8 BIT
8 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
16 BIT
■
4-4
M280
M290
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80286
Clock
12 MHz
RAM access time
100 ns
Wait states
1
Minimum/maximum capacity
512 KB - 2 SIMM 256 KB modules
1 MB - 2 SIMM 512 KB modules
2 MB - 2 SIMM 1 MB modules
ROM memory
64 KB (1 CHIP 27512)
5
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU System board
CPU System board
Console controller
Bus Adapter
Power supply 220V
RAM expansion
PGC monitor adapter
OVC monitor adapter
OEC monitor adapter
HD/FD adapter
HD/MFD adapter
Multifunction board
Serial Interface controller
UC081
UC090
GE012
IN108
ESAN/HANTAREX
RA081/A
GO423
GO481
GO491
GO727
GO731
GO477
IF613
412061 P
412495 G
CHARACTERISTICS
412062 Q
412065 K
W = 150
MEM 25-292
Positive monitor
VGA compatible 16-bit
EGA compatible
ST506/MFM 1:1
ST506/MFM 1:1
Floppy-int. HD controller
411688 Y
412444 L
411860 Y
412063 R
412508 V
412543 P
411714 R
FUNCTION
BIOS ROM (2/512)
Keyboard controller
EVOLUTION
1.08
1.10
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.17
1.24
1.25
1.28 1.29 1.34
PEP4 PEP5 field
only
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
PAL PLVW
-
Solves incompatibility problems with PGC monitor adapter
(positive video) in M290
ROM BIOS 1.12
-
Solves RAM acknowledge problems, after pressing the
reset button
ROM BIOS 1.17
-
SHADOW RAM management
ROM BIOS 1.24
-
100 MB hard disk management
GA86 and GA87
-
128 KB SHADOW RAM management
ROM BIOS 1.25
PEP3/BIT 11
-
Correct management of memory expansion board
Solves problems of "NOVELL"/"A" "@"
Solves parity error
ROM BIOS 1.26
-
Solves problems of CONNER hard disk and 33 clock
New ADAMO 2 gate
(FCO511)
-
New "ADAMO" Gate Array GA099B-V2
M290
5-1
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS
98/86 GATE
ARRAY ADAMO
98/86 GATE
ARRAY EVA
CPU
80286
P2
KEYBOARD
CONTROL.
CSLD 1.10
82C206
P3
P1
RAM
80287
COPROCESSOR
BBD5A
DIP-SWITCH
ROM BIOS
27512 64 BITx8
DIP-SWITCHES
AREA
1
2
RAM memory
capacity
ON
ON
512 KB
ON
OFF
1 MB
OFF
ON
2 MB
OFF
OFF
2 MB + 256 KB
Monitor adapter
type
3
4
FUNCTION
ON
OEC/OVC adapter
OFF
PGC/other adapter
Production
control
ON
BURN-IN
OFF
Normal
JUMPER P1
POSITION
FUNCTION
1-2
256-512 KB RAM Module
2-3
1 MB RAM Module
JUMPERS P2 and P3
ON OF NORMAL OPERATION
COMPONENT
FUNCTIONS
GATE ARRAY 98/86 EVA
-
Memory and I/O select logic control
System configuration register
Memory refresh and interrupt logic
Memory paging logic and DMA operations
GATE ARRAY 99/87 ADAMO
-
BUS control and memory timing
Clock generator
BUS arbiter logic
Parity check management
Shut-down logic and reset generation
Coprocessor management logic
IPC 82C206
-
7-channel DMA controller
13-channel interrupt controller
3-channel timer management
5-2
M290
MEM 25-292 MEMORY BOARD SETTINGS
MO2D
MO1DB
5
BBD6A
MO2D DIP-SWITCH BLOCK FOR RAM ADDRESS SELECTION
1st BOARD
M290 with 1 MB
M290 with 2 MB
2nd BOARD
1 BOARD
MEM 2/4 MB
2 BOARDS
MEM 4 MB
MEM 2/4 MB
4-8 OFF
3 BOARDS
MEM 4 MB
MEM 4 MB
4-8 OFF
1 BOARD
MEM 2/4 MB
2-3 OFF
2 BOARDS
MEM 4 MB
2-3 OFF
MEM 2/4 MB
2-3-4-8 OFF,
3 BOARDS
MEM 4 MB
2-3 OFF
MEM 4 MB
2-3-4-8 OFF
3rd BOARD
MEM 2/4 MB
5 OFF
MEM 2/4 MB
2-3-5 OFF
NOTE: The previous table shows only the DIP-Switches that should be set to OFF. The rest should
be set to ON. (See the following table).
DIP-SWITCH
BOARD
1
2
3
M290
3
4
5
6
7
8
SYSTEM BOARD RAM
1
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
1 MB
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
2 MB
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
1 MB
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
2 MB
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
1 MB
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
2 MB
5-3
MO1DB DIP-SWITCH BLOCK FOR I/O ADDRESS SELECTION
DIGIT No. SWITCH No.
3
6
VALUE
7
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
2
1
2
3
4
5
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
000H
100H
200H
300H
000H
010H
020H
030H
040H
050H
060H
070H
080H
090H
0A0H
0B0H
0C0H
0D0H
0E0H
0F0H
1
ON
OFF
000H
008H
Example: In order to select address I/O 3C8H, MO1DB DIP-Switch should be set as follows:
SWITCH
DIGIT
VALUE
3
300H
2
0C0H
1
008H
OFF
TOTAL
3C8H
OFF
1
2
ON
3
ON
4
OFF
5
6
7
8
OFF
OFF
X
OFF
X
X
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
X
X = NOT SIGNIFICANT
5-4
M290
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VGA BIOS
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
5
A000
B000
C000
D000
F000
E000
10000
Addresses C800 to DFFF are available if shadow memory is active.
If shadow memory of both video BIOS and system BIOS is disabled, segment E000 is available.
If only shadow memory of video BIOS is disabled memory segments are not available because system can not reallocate less than 128 KB.
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-03F
040-05F
060-064
061-065
067
069
070-07F
080-09F
0A0-ABF
DMA controller 1
Timer
Keyboard controller
GA98 registers
RAM page registers
RAM enable registers
RTC and NMI registers
DMA page register
0C0-0DF
0C0-0FF
278-27F
378-37F
1F0-1F8
2F8-2FF
380-3AF
3D0-3DF
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
DMA controller 2
80287
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Serial interface
Reserved
OEC or PGC board
Serial interface
INTERRUPT LEVELS
DMA CHANNELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Timer
Keyboard controller
Available
Serial port 1
Available
Parallel port 1
RTC
Available
Available
Available
Available
80287
Available
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
8-BIT
8-BIT
8-BIT
8-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
M290
5-5
HARDWARE COMPATIBILITY
MODEM
MEMORY EXPANSIONS
HAYES SMARTMODEM (1200B)
QUADRAM QUADMODEM II (QM2024)
TELENETICS EXPRESSDATA 24i (24i-12i)
VEN-TEL PC MODEM HALF-CARD (PCM XT)
AT&T 2200 SERIES MODEM (2224-CD0)
HAYES SMARTMODEM 1200
AST RAMPAGE/286 (RAMP286)
BOCARAM/AT
IBM 128 KB/512 KB EXPANSION MEMORY
OPTION (6450338)
IBM 512 KB/2 MB EXPANSION MEMORY
OPTION (6450343)
IBM ENHANCED MEMORY EXPANSION
ADAPTER (74X8635)
INTEL ABOVEBOARD/286 (PCMB4020)
DISPLAY UNITS
MOUSE
IBM COLOR GRAPHICS DISPLAY (5153)
IBM ENHANCED GRAPHICS MONITOR (5154)
IBM MONOCHROME MONITOR (5151)
IBM PS/2 COLOR DISPLAY (8512)
NEC MULTISYNC MONITOR (APC-H431)
PRINCETON RGB DISPLAY (HX-12)
ZENITH RGB/COMPOSITE DISPLAY
(ZVM-135)
AT&T BUS MOUSE (459420)
LOGITECH BUS MOUSE (P7-3F)
MICROSOFT BUS MOUSE, REV. C
MICROSOFT SERIAL MOUSE
MOUSE SYSTEMS PC MOUSE (M1)
NETWORKS & LAN PRODUCTS
I/O INTERFACE PRODUCTS
AT&T STARLAN NETWORK
IBM PC NETWORK
IBM TOKEN RING NETWORK
NOVELL NETWORK
3COM NETWORK
APPARAT PARALLEL/SERIAL CARD
(7950), REV. 1
IBM ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS
CARD (1502074)
IBM MONO DISPLAY/PRINTER ADAPTER
(1504900)
IBM PRINTER ADAPTER (1505200)
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL CARD (6450215)
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST RESEARCH AST-3G PLUS
ATI EGA WONDER
GENOA SUPER EGA HIRES
HERCULES COLOR CARD (GB200)
HERCULES GRAPHICS CARD (GB102)
IBM ENHANCED GRAPHICS ADAPTER
(5154001)
IBM VGA ADAPTER
PARADISE EGA 480
5-6
PARADISE MODULAR GRAPHICS CARD
(06-1, Revision 02)
PARADISE MULTI-DISPLAY CARD (05-1)
QUADRAM QUAD EGA PLUS
TECMAR GRAPHICS MASTER BOARD
(20037, REV. C)
VIDEO-7 VEGA DELUXE
325 INC. ADVANTAGE GRAPHICS
INTERFACE (325 SHADOW)
M290
COMPATIBLE HARD DISKS
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Standard 85 ms
OPE XM5221 half size
Seagate ST225
NEC D3126
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
CDC WREN II slim size
Micropolis 1324 full size
RODIME RO413 full size
CDC WREN II full size
RODIME RO414 ful size
Micropolis 1323-A full size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
NEC D5126
OPE XM3220
Miniscribe M3425
NEC D5126H
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Miniscribe M8425 68 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
Micropolis 1355 ESDI
NEC D5452
10 MB
21 MB
21 MB
21 MB
40 MB
30 MB
80 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
53 MB
53 MB
55 MB
71 MB
71 MB
71 MB
44 MB
306
615
615
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
1024
925
1024
1024
925
1024
4
4
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
5
128
256
256
256
128
128
NO
256
128
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
305
700
700
700
924
696
1023
819
614
980
980
1023
1023
924
1023
1023
924
1023
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
62 MB
612
612
612
612
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
128
128
128
128
128
NO
NO
0
0
-1
123
384
-1
-1
-1
512
656
656
656
656
656
663
880
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
824
5
Where: CYL: No. of disk cylinders
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC: Precompensation cylinder number
LZ: Head parking cylinder number
■
M290
5-7
M250 - M250 E
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80286 16-BIT
Clock
8 MHz/12 MHz (M250 E)
RAM access time
120 ns/80 ns (M250 E)
Wait states
0
Maximum/minimum RAM
capacity
M250 -1 MB / 2 MB on system board
M250 E 1, 2 or 4 MB on system board
Memory expansion KIT for EXM 25-531 - 2 SIMM 512 KB 80 ns
M250 E
(1 MB to 2 MB memory expansion on
system board)
EXM 25-332 - 2 SIMM 1 MB 80 ns
(2 MB to 4 MB memory expansion on
system board)
BIOS RAM
64 KB
Bus
AT339 compatible
Monitor
VGA compatible
Magnetic units
2 3.5" uFD/1 HD/1 STC
SHADOW memory
SI-128 KB (E0000-FFFFF)
Hard disk adapter
AT/RLL on system board
BUS ADAPTER board
Three 8-/16-Bit connectors
IN 113 for the M250
IN 118 for the M250 E
Monitor adapter
PVGA1 on system board
Memory expansion
board
For M250
ME 903
SYSTEM BOARD
M250
M250 E
BA227
BA233
BA239
BA240
6
BA241
POWER SUPPLY
PS07/B 220 V
D.R.S. code 412442 J
PS07/B 110 V
D.R.S. code 412441 R
BIOS
M250: Lev. 1.06
M250 E: Lev. 1.09
MEMORY
EXPANSIONS
M250 - ME903
M250 E - AMB 2678
For M250 E AMB 2678
Expandable to 4 MB by means of
EXM 25-852 memory kit 18 chips
120 ns
External floppy disk
controller board
IF374
External floppy disk
power supply
PSU
Coprocessor for M250 E
Intel 80287-2
M250 - M250 E
6-1
BA239
BA233
BA227
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
412436 M See following table
Lev. 1.03
Lev. 01
BA240
NOTES
M250 system board. Multilayer & SMD
Problems with 16-bit boards, and with 3
COM Token Link Plus, Novell NP 600,
Olicom, Madge Token Ring boards.
Impossible to utilize 512 KB SIMM
Lev. 02
Lev. 1.03
Solves the parity error, CMOS and timer
problems.
Nasc
See following table
M250 motherboard. Multilayer & SMD
Lev. 01
Lev. 1.03
Lev. 1.03
Lev. 02
Lev. 1.04
New BIOS
Lev. 03
Lev. 1.06
Replaces BIOS 1.04 with 1.06.
Corrects serial port problems.
Nasc.
See following table
M250 system board.
Lev. 01
Lev. 1.04
SETUP loss problem solved
Lev. 02
Lev. 1.04
Coprocessor problems solved
Lev. 02/A
Lev. 1.04
Coprocessor and timer problems solved
Lev. 04
Lev. 1.06
BIOS 1.04 replaced by 1.06
Lev. 05
Lev. 1.06
Floppy disk controller W.D. 37C65C ver. C
can be used in place of the W.D. 37C65B
ver. B floppy disk controller.
Nasc.
6-2
BIOS ROM
412577 R See following table
Corrects parity error, CMOS and timer
problems
M250 system board.
Impossible to read 360 MB floppy disk with
1.2 MB drive
Lev. 01
Lev. 1.04
Piggy-Back board RA 085 (VIDEO DRAM)
soldered directly on-board
Lev. 02
Lev. 1.04
SETUP loss problem solved
Lev. 03
Lev. 1.04
Coprocessor problems solved
Lev. 03/A
Lev. 1.04
Coprocessor and timer problems solved
Lev. 05
Lev. 1.06
BIOS 1.04 replaced by 1.06
Lev. 06
Lev. 1.06
M250 - M250 E
BA241
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
412758 E See following table
NOTES
M250 E system board.
Impossible to read 360 MB floppy disks
with 1.2 MB drive
Lev. 01
Lev. 1.06
Solves:
SETUP loss problems
Timing compatibility
Keyboard defects
Chip select output glitches
Parallel port malfunctions
Lev. 02
Lev. 1.06
Cutting and trimming recovery
Lev. 03
Lev. 1.07
BIOS Rev. 1.06 replaced by 1.07
Lev. 04
Lev. 1.08
Lev. 05
Lev. 1.09
Lev. 06
Lev. 1.09
6
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION FOR M250
ROM Bios
U12
1.01
1.02
Keyboard controller
ROM OVC (PVGA1A)
Video circuit
Video circuit
Video circuit
Hard disk circuit
Keyboard/sound circuit
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U88
7.01
1.04 PERA
PLQ4
PLQB
PLQC
PLQD
PLQE
1.06 PERC
PLRT (BA233)
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION FOR M250 E
ROM BIOS
Keyboard controller
ROM OVC (PVGA1A)
Video circuit
Video circuit
Video circuit
Hard disk circuit
Keyboard/sound circuit
U12
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U88
1.06
7.01
1.06 PERC
PLQ4
PLQB
PLQC
PLQD
PLQE
M250 - M250 E
1.03
PERB
1.04
PERD
1.06
PLRU (BA233)
1.07
1.08
1.09
6-3
COMPATIBILITY
BIOS 1.03
Solves SETUP problems on diskless M250 (BI/01)
BIOS 1.04
(BIT 03)
Positive video management
Hard Disk Update table
BIOS 1.06
PERC
M250 as Personal Banking option and for M250 E
Serial port problems solved
BIOS 1.07
PDSG
M250 E only - Eliminates generation of spurious characters during
Power On
Added hard disk type 7 for CONNER CP3044
BIOS 1.08
M250 E only - Solves keyboards installation problems
BIOS 1.09
M250 E only
HARD DISK UNIT TYPE SELECTION --> SETUP
TYPE MODEL
1
2
3
4
7
CONNER CP346
CONNER CP3106
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP3022
CONNER CP3044
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
40 MB
100 MB
40 MB
20 MB
40 MB
805
766
635
615
635
4
8
4
4
4
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
804
775
639
614
639
26
33
33
17
33
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:
Precompensation cylinder number
LZ: Head parking area cylinder number
SET: No. of disk sectors
SETUP OPERATIONS
Date
Time
Base Memory Size
Extended Memory Size
Shadow Memory
Floppy Drive 1
Floppy Drive 2
Hard Disk 1
Mathematic Coprocessor
Primary CRT Adapter Type
Additional Setup
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
POWER SUPPLY
MODEL
LEVEL
PS07/B 220 V Lev. 03
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
412442J
Power Good board replaced.
Lev. 04
PS07/B 110V
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
6-4
Retrofit made to solve certain operating malfunctions
412441R
Same modifications made to the 220 V version.
Corrects the problems given by EMI noise.
M250 - M250 E
MOTHERBOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS: BA227/BA233/BA239/BA240
MEMORY BANKS
P1 - P2
256 KB VGA RAM
U18
U19
U20
U21
VGA ROM BIOS
PARALLEL
PORT
CTRL
PVGA
80C206
SERIAL
PORT
CTRL
GA98
6
ROM BIOS
GA99
80286
CPU
P8
80287
COPROC
FLOPPY
CTRL
P6
8742
KEYBOARD
CTRL
BSA7A
JUMPERS
P1
P2
BANK 0
BANK 1
No. SIMM
SIMM TYPE
IN
OUT
ACTIVE
NOT ACTIVE
2
256 x 9
512 x 9
OUT
OUT
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
4
256 x 9
512 x 9
IN
IN
ACTIVE
NOT ACTIVE
2
1Mx9
OUT
IN
CONFIGURATION NOT USED
NOTE: - BANK 0 (SLOTS U18 and U19)
- BANK 1 (SLOTS U20 and U21)
P6
P8
1-2
40 MB Hard disk (CP3142 interl. 1:1/RLL)/CP346 or CP3024 (1:1)
2-3
20 MB Hard disk (CP3022 interl. 3:1/RLL or SIN HDU)
IN *
Battery connected
OUT
Battery not connected
(*) Default setting
M250 - M250 E
6-5
BA241 SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS FOR M250 E
P15
16C451
P12
8742
KEYBOARD
CONTROLLER
P11 P10
13
0 1
ROM
BIOS
P6
SOCKET FOR
80287 COPROCESSOR
P20
WD37C65
PVGA
P9
DMA
1 MB RAM
P1 - P2
P8
80286
CPU
GA99
GA80
SIMM
MODULES
BGS6A
JUMPERS
NAME
POSITION
FUNCTION
P6
3-2
2-1
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
1-2
2-3
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
HDU interleave 1:1
HDU interleave 1:3
Battery connected
Battery not connected
16 MHz floppy disk
1.2 MB floppy disk
Hard disk not present
Hard disk present
Serial port disabled
Serial port enabled
VGA enabled
VGA disabled
Selectable hysteresis
Normal hysteresis
187 ns precompensation
125 ns precompensation
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
P15
P20
JUMPERS P1 - P2
P2
P2
P2
P1
P1
P1
1 MB - No SIMM
module
6-6
2 MB - 2 SIMM
modules of 512 K
4 MB - 4 SIMM modules
2 of 512 K and 2 of 1 M
M250 - M250 E
MEM 2852 (ME903) MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD SETTINGS FOR M250
(See M28 page 3-5).
AMB 2678 MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD SETTINGS FOR M250 E
(See M300 page 10-7).
M250 MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VGA BIOS
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
A000
B000
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
C000
D000
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
E000
6
10000
M250 I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-021
022-023
040-05F
060-064
61
65
67
69
070-07F
DMA controller 1
82C206
Timer
Keyboard controller
General control register
Configuration register
Memory page register
Memory map register
RTC and NMI controller
0A0-0BF
0C0-0DF
0F0-0FF
1F0-1F7
278-27F
378-37F
3B0-3DF
3F0-3F1
3F2-3F6
3F7
080-09F
DMA page register
3F8-3FF
DMA controller 2
80287
Hard disk adapter
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
VGA controller
Floppy disk registers
Exchange registers between
hard disk and floppy disk
Serial interface
M250 E INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Channel 0 timer
Keyboard
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Floppy disk
Parallel port 1
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
RTC
Available
Available
Available
Available
80287
Hard disk
Available
M250 DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
8-BIT available
8-BIT CD-ROM
8-BIT floppy
8-BIT video
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
16-BIT cascade DMA controller 2
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
M250 - M250 E
6-7
M250 E MEMORY MAP
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
A000
AVAILABLE
VGA BIOS
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
B000
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
C000
D000
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
E000
10000
M250 E I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-021
022-023
040-05F
060-064
61
65
67
69
06B
DMA controller 1
82C206
Timer
Keyboard controller
General control register
Configuration register
Memory page register
Memory map register
Memory banks starting
address register
080-09F
0A0-0BF
0C0-0DF
0F0-0FF
1F0-1F7
278-27F
378-37F
3B0-3DF
3F0-3F1
3F2-3F6
3F7
070-07F
RTC and NMI controller
3F8-3FF
DMA page register
DMA controller 2
80287
Hard disk adapter
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
VGA controller
Floppy disk registers
Exchange registers between
hard disk and floppy disk
Serial interface
M250 E INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Channel 0 timer
Keyboard
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Floppy disk
Parallel port 1
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
RTC
Available
Available
Available
Available
80287
Hard disk
Available
M250 E DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
8-BIT available
8-BIT CD-ROM
8-BIT floppy
8-BIT video
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
16-BIT cascade DMA controller 2
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
6-8
M250 - M250 E
SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, Version 3.30
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, Version 4.01 During installation on hard disk, a formatted
DSDD disk is required.
PS/2 mouse not acknowledged
IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/2, Version 1.10
IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/2, EXTENDED
EDITION, Version 1.10
OLIVETTI’S MICROSOFT DISK OPERATING
SYSTEM, Version 3.30
OLIVETTI’S MICROSOFT DISK OPERATING
SYSTEM, Version 4.01
OLIVETTI MICROSOFT OS/2, Version 1.10
6
MODEMS
NETWORKING & LAN PRODUCTS
IBM PC NETWORK
MADGE AT RING NODE TOKEN-RING
3COM NETWORK (ETHERNET)
10NET NETWORK
MOUSE
MEMORY EXPANSION PRODUCTS
IBM PS/2 MOUSE (6450350)
MSC PC MOUSE PS/2
OLIVETTI NEW ADVANCED MOUSE
(GRD 25-025)
AST RAMPAGE/AT (RAMPAT-2000)
BOCA RESEARCH BOCARAM/AT
INTEL ABOVEBOARD PLUS 8 (PCMB4525)
INTERFACE & I/O PORT PRODUCTS
DISPLAY UNITS
FUTURE DOMAIN HOST ADAPTER (TMC-830)
CARD (1502074)
NATIONAL IEEE-488 CARD (GPIB-PC, Rev. A)
IBM PS/2 MONOCHROME DISPLAY (8503)
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
ATI EGA WONDER
(5154001)
IBM VGA ADAPTER
MATROX PG-1280A
ORCHID PRODESIGNER VGA PLUS
PARADISE EGA 480
QUADRAM QUAD EGA PLUS (QC8601)
TECMAR VGA AD
VIDEO-7 VEGA DELUXEI
■
M250 - M250 E
6-9
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
CHARACTERISTICS
SYSTEM BOARD
Microprocessor
80386
Clock
16 MHz
BA806
BA818
RAM access time
120 ns
ROM BIOS
Wait states
1
Rev. 1.14
ROM memory
128 KB
Expansion slots
Two 8 bits, two 16 bits, three 32 bits
Coprocessor
Intel 80387
Memory
1 MB to 48 MB
No memory on system board.
All memory resides in expansion
boards to be installed on BUS
Hard disk and floppy disk
controllers
M380, M380 C
GO717 (WD1003-WAH) - ST506-MFM
3:1 (Hard disk controller)
GO720 (WD1005-WAH) - ESDI 3:1
(Hard disk controller)
M380 C NEW
GO723 (WD1003 RA-2) - ST506-RLL
2:1 (HDU and FDU controller)
BOARDS
POWER SUPPLY
M380 C
M380 C N
LA16/C
LA16/C
M380
LA21/C
7
MEMORY BOARDS
ME908 1 MB
4 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME912 4 MB
16 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME916 1 MB
4 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME919 1 MB
4 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME923 16 MB
16 SIMM 1 Mb x 9
ME927 4 MB
16 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
CPU system board
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
U-TURN board
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
OEC monitor adapter
PGC monitor adapter
OVC monitor adapter
Hard Disk controller
BA806
BA818
IF615
IF624
LA16/C
LA16/C
LA21/C
LA21/C
IF614
ME908
ME912
ME916
ME919
ME923
ME927
GO451/GO467/GO491
GO423
GO470/GO481
GO717/WD1003 WAH
GO723/WD 1003 RA-2
GO720/WD 1005 WAH
411766 V
411868 U
412318 V
411711 N
411710 Z
411771 S
411770 D
497576 N
411767 W
411895 G
411860 Y
411688 Y
412444 L
411709 D
412141 L
411869 V
ROM BIOS 1.14
7 SLOT
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
M380 C/M380 C N 185 W
M380 230 W
1 MB
4 MB
1 MB
1 MB
16 MB
4 MB
EGA compatible
Positive
M380 C NEW (VGA)
ST506-MFM 3:1
ST506-RLL 2:1 (COMBO)
for M380 C NEW ESDI 3:1
7-1
ROM BIOS/PAL/EPROM LEVEL ON SYSTEM BOARD
POS.
ROM BIOS
H
L
Buffer control
Clock generator
Cycles generator
PBUFCONT B06B
CLOCKGEN C06B
CYCLEGEN D06B
Bus initialization
EPROM control
Orders generator
Refresh control
Bus master
Wait states
Coprocessor control
Bus cycle initialization
BAJAS direction
Floppy control
I/O decoder
I/O port control
Keyboard ctrl uP8742
Floppy controller R6765P
BUSINIT
SBUFCONT
GSIGGEN
RFSHCONT
BMASCONT
DELASCNT
COPRCONT
ALTINIT
LOWADOR
FLOPCONT
IODEC
SPPCONT
AHP
EVOLUTION
N07B1 PBUK 1.05 PBUZ 1.09 PBVQ 1.13 PBVN 1.14
SO751 PBUJ 1.05 PBUQ 1.09 PBVR 1.13 PBVP 1.14
E06B
F06B
G06B
C05BN
D05BN
E05BN
F04B
G05BN
M07B7
N09B
R0837
V0731
X09DB
W113G
PLYH
PLYJ
PLYS
PLYU
PLY
PLYE
PLYN
PLYK
PLYM
PLYU
PLYT
PLYV
PLYQ
PLYR
PLYP
CSP6
CSFA
PLYH
PLXL
PLXD/
PLX7
PLYZ
PLX8
PLYL
PLYG
PLXX
PLXX
PLY
PLX2
PLX2
PLY3
PLXM
PLY1
PLY1
PLYU
PLYT
PLYV
PLYQ
PLYR
PLYP
CSL5/4.04 CSLS/4.05 CSL2
CSFE
COMPATIBILITY
ROM BIOS 1.09
(CD 250.60.1/505)
-
More accurate error signalling in auto-test
RAM capacity display above 32 MB
WEITEK coprocessor management routines implemented
ROM BIOS 1.13
(CDM 250.60.1/506)
-
80 and 300 MB ESDI HDU management
ROM BIOS 1.14
COM509
-
OS/2 Compatibility
ROM BIOS 2.0
COM511
-
CP3106 Hard disk (100 MB) field only
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
(See chapter M380 T, M380/XP1, M380/XP3, M380/XP5, page 8-3).
7-2
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
MEMORY BOARD TABLE
MEMORY BOARD
CAPACITY
SIMM
SIMM TYPE
ME908
ME912
ME919
1 MB
4 MB
1 MB
4, 256 Kb x 9
16, 256 Kb x 9
4, 256 Kb x 9
TI TM4256GU9-10L
TI TM4256U9-12L
NEC MC41256A9B-12
SAM KMM59256-12
MIC MT9259-10
ME912
ME919
4 MB
1 MB
16, 256 Kb x 9
4, 256 Kb x 9
NMB MM2801J9S-8
HIT HB561003B-12
ME916
ME927
1 MB
4 MB
4, 256 Kb x 9
16, 256 Kb x 9
NMB MM2801J9S-8
TI TM4256GU9-12L
TI TM4256U9-12L
NEC MC41256A9B-12
SAM KMM59256-12
MIC MT9259-10
MIC MT9259-12
HIT HB561003B-12
ME923
16 MB
16 DA 1 Mb x 9
7
TOS THM91000S-10
TOS THM91000S-12
TI TM024EAD9-12L
PAL LEVEL ON MEMORY EXPANSION BOARDS
FUNCTION
POSITION
PARGEN
INTLCONT
CASCONT
RASCONT
E07
C07
D08
D07
EVOLUTION
PLY7
PLY6
PLYA
PLYD
PLYC
PLYB
PLX4
MEMORY BOARD INSTALLATION
(See chapter M380 T, M380/XP1, M380/XP3, M380/XP5, page 8-6).
MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
A000
VGA BIOS
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
B000
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
C000
D000
E000
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
10000
7-3
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-02F
040-05F
060-06F EVEN
060-06F ODD
070-07F EVEN
070-07F ODD
080-09F
0A0-0BF
DMA controller 1
Timer
Keyboard controller 8742
Port B status check
NMI
RTC
DMA page register
0C0-0DF
0E0-0FF
278-27F
2F8-2FF
378-37F
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
400-FFFF
2BG+F8-2GB+FF
DMA controller 2
Coprocessor
Parallel port 2
Serial port 2
Parallel port 1
Floppy controller
Serial port 1
80387
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Timer
Keyboard
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Floppy disk
Parallel port 1
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
RTC
Redirected to IRQ2 via software
Available
Available
Available
80387
Hard disk
Available
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DRQ0
DRQ1
DRQ2
DRQ3
8-BIT memory refresh
8-BIT reserved
8-BIT floppy disk
8-BIT reserved
DRQ4
DRQ5
DRQ6
DRQ7
Reserved
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
7-4
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Standard 85 ms
Seagate ST225
NEC D3126
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
NEC D5126
OPE XM3220
Miniscribe M3425
NEC D5126H
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
10 MB
21 MB
21 MB
21 MB
40 MB
30 MB
80 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
53 MB
53 MB
55 MB
71 MB
71 MB
71 MB
44 MB
306
615
615
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
1024
925
1024
1024
925
1024
4
4
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
5
128
256
256
256
128
128
NO
256
128
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
305
700
700
700
924
696
1023
819
614
980
980
1023
1023
924
1023
1023
924
1023
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
62 MB
612
612
612
612
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
128
128
128
128
128
NO
NO
0
0
-1
123
384
-1
-1
-1
512
656
656
656
656
656
663
880
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
824
7
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:Precompensation cylinder number
■
M380 - M380 C - M380 C NEW
7-5
M380 T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80386
Clock
20 MHz
RAM access time
100 ns/80 ns
Wait states
1
ROM memory
128 KB
ROM BIOS
Coprocessor
80387
Weitek WTL 1167
2.0
Memory
XP1-XP3
1 MB/48 MB
XP5-M380T
1 MB/64 MB
No memory on system board.
All memory resides on expansion
boards to be installed on BUS
SYSTEM BOARD
BA814
On system board
M380 T
GO728 (WD1007A) or
GO565 (WD1009-SE2) ESDI 1:1
GO723 (WD1003-RA2) ST506-RLL
2:1 (Hard disk/floppy disk controller)
GO720 (WD1005 WAH) ESDI 3:1
M380/XP1
GO728 (WD1007A) or
GO565 (WD1009-SE2) ESDI 1:1
M380/XP3
GO728 (WD1007A) or
GO565 (WD1009-SE2) ESDI 1:1
M380/XP5
GO728 (WD1007A) or
GO565 (WD1009-SE2) ESDI 1:1
Controller and console
board
M380 T and M380/XP5 only
IF621 Console controller
MI514 Console board
U-TURN board
M380 T
M380/XP5
M380/XP1
M380/XP3
IF618
IF618
IF614
IF614
BUS Adapter board
M380 T
M380/XP5
M380/XP1
M380/XP3
IF617
IF617
IF615/IF624
IF615/IF624
Expansion slots
M380 T
M380/XP5
M380/XP1
M380/XP3
10 slots
10 slots
7 slots
7 slots
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
POWER SUPPLY
M380/XP1
LA16/C
M380/XP3
LA21/C
M380 T
M380/XP5
PS30A
8
MEMORY BOARDS
ME905 4 MB
16 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME915 2 MB
8 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME917 1 MB
4 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME924 16 MB
16 SIMM 1 Mb x 9
ME925 4 MB
4 SIMM 1 Mb x 9
ME926 4 MB
16 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME928 1 MB
4 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME929 2 MB
8 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
ME067 2 MB Field only
8 SIMM 256 Kb x 9
8-1
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
U-TURN board
U-TURN board
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
RAM expansion
OEC video adapter
PGC video adapter
BA814
IF624
IF615
IF617
PS30A
IF614
IF618
ME905
ME915
ME917
ME924
ME925
ME067
GO451/GO467/GO491
GO423
412142 M
412318 V
411868 U
412143 N
412165 L
412164 K
411711 N
4117110 Z
411771 S
411770 D
497576 N
447622 L
412145 Q
412208 G
412207 K
412146 R
412352 X
411860 Y
411688 Y
OVC video adapter
GO470/GO481
412444 L
Console controller
Console board
GO720 (WD1005 WAH)
GO728 (WD1007 WAH)
GO723 (WD1003-RA2)
IF621
MI514
411869 V
412212 K
412141 L
412144 P
412147 J
M380T /XP1 /XP3 /XP5
M380 /XP1/XP3 (7 slots)
M380 /XP1/XP3 (7 slots)
M380T /XP5 (10 slots)
M380T /XP5-340W
"
M380/XP1-185W
"
M380/XP3-230W
"
M380 XP1/XP3
M380T /XP5
4 MB M380T /XP5
2 MB M380/XP1/XP3
1 MB T/XP5/XP1/XP3
16MB T/XP5/XP1/XP3
4 MB M380/XP1/XP3
2 MB /XP1 /XP3 field only
M380T (EGA-compatible)
(positive monitor)
M380 /XP1 /XP3 /XP5
(VGA-compatible)
M380T
M380T
M380T /XP5
M380T /XP5
LA16C
LA21C
ROM BIOS/PAL/EPROM LEVEL ON SYSTEM BOARD
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION
ROM BIOS
H
L
N07B1 PBUZ 1.09 PBVQ 1.13 PBVN 1.14 PBZ6 2.0
SO751 PBUQ 1.09 PBVR 1.13 PBVP 1.14 PBZ7 2.0
Buffer control
Clock generator
Cycles generator
Bus initialization
EPROM control
Orders generator
Control refresh
Master bus
Wait states
Coprocessor control
Bus cycles initialization
BAJAS direction
Floppy control
I/O decoder
I/O port control
MP keyboard controller
Floppy controller
PBUFCONT
CLOCKGEN
CYCLEGEN
BUSINIT
SBUFCONT
GSIGGEN
RFSHCONT
BMASCONT
DELASCNT
COPRCONT
ALTINIT
LOWADR
FLOPCONT
IODEC
SPPCONT
8742 AHP
R6765P
B06B
C06B
D06B
E06B
F06B
G06B
C05BN
D05BN
E05BN
F04B
G05BN
M07B7
N09B
R0837
V0731
X09DB
W113G
PLYY
PLY0
PLYZ
PLYE
PLX2
PLYK
PLY2
PLYU
PLYT
PLYV
PLYQ
PLYR
PLYP
CSL5/4.04
CSFA
PLX6
PLY7
PLXN
PLXX
PLXJ
PLXH
PLXK
PLBS
CSL5/4.04 CSLS/4.05
CSFE
NOTE: ROM BIOS evolution (Ver. M380 - M380 C).
8-2
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND SETTINGS: A806/BA818/BA814
PGA
Z12LU
RTC
PIT
ACE
K0539
DMAC
W07FD
nPI
ODC4
FDC
W1131
DMAC
W010
W07FQ
NVRAM
ROM
PIC
ROML
PIC
8
ROM
ROMH
F01L3
F01LQ
CPU
A05BB
COPROCESSOR
BTA1A
AREA
POSITION
FUNCTION
W010
A05BB
W1131
K05339
IN *
IN *
IN *
IN *
14 MHz clock
32 MHz clock
24 MHz clock
1.8 MHz clock
W07FD
IN
OUT *
Test BURN-IN mode
Normal
W07FQ
IN
OUT *
PGC or OEC video controller
VGA and other video controllers
F01LQ
IN
80387 coprocessor uses an external oscillator
which must be installed on system board F01L3
80387 coprocessor uses system oscillator
OUT *
Z12LU
1-2 IN / 3-4 OUT *
5-6 IN / 7-8 OUT *
9-10 OUT *
Floppy disk - setting for standard operations
NOTE 1: (*) Default setting.
NOTE 2: Information valid for all Personal Computer models.
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
8-3
COMPONENTS
NAME (on page 9-3)
FUNCTION
CPU
NPX
ROM
ROMH / ROML
PIC
NVRAM
FDC
ODC4
nPI
PIT
RTC
ACE
DMAC
PGA
80386
80387
User ROM
BIOS ROM
8259A (2)
NMC9306
PD765
OMEGA4
8742
8245
MC146818A
NS16450A
8237A (2)
PGA
CPU
Coprocessor
Non-volatile RAM
Keyboard controller
Timer
Real time clock
Serial port controller
RAM access controller
Parallel port controller
SETUP OPERATIONS
PAGE 1: C-MOS RAM
PAGE 2: RAM NVRAM
Date
Time
System board memory size
Extended memory
Floppy A
Floppy B
Hard disk C
Hard disk D
Math Coprocessor 80387
CRT adapter type
Serial Port
Parallel port
Basic memory
Memory test
Scroll type
I/O delay time
Delay time on memory
Monitor adapter
Monitor type
8-4
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
16
16
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Standard 85 ms
Seagate ST225
NEC D3126
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
NEC D5126
OPE XM3220
Miniscribe M3425
NEC D5126H
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
10 MB
21 MB
21 MB
21 MB
40 MB
30 MB
80 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
42 MB
53 MB
53 MB
55 MB
71 MB
71 MB
71 MB
44 MB
306
615
615
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
1024
925
1024
1024
925
1024
4
4
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
5
128
256
256
256
128
128
NO
256
128
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
NO
128
NO
305
700
700
700
924
696
1023
819
614
980
980
1023
1023
924
1023
1023
924
1023
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
62 MB
612
612
612
612
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
128
128
128
128
128
NO
NO
0
0
-1
123
384
-1
-1
-1
512
656
656
656
656
656
663
880
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
824
8
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:Precompensation cylinder number
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
8-5
ME9xx RAM MEMORY BOARD
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD
NOTES
Board ME925
4 MB
On this board 80 ns 1 Mb x 9 SIMM modules have been introduced; they
replace 100 ns 1 Mb x 9 SIMM modules.
To expand this board use the expansion KIT related to the type of SIMMs
already on board. Possible kits are:
EXM 25-885 (100 ns SIMM modules)
EXM 26-805 (80 ns SIMM modules)
Board ME913
16 MB
On this board 80 ns 1 Mb x 9 SIMM modules have been introduced; they
replace 100 ns 1 Mb x 9 SIMM modules.
To replace SIMM modules, check which type of SIMMs are already on the
board. 80 ns SIMM suppliers are:
NEC - SAMSUNG
Board ME067
This board is used only by the field to solve problems with the LAN board
NPU9144. It replaces the 2MB ME915 board. The difference between
the two boards is as follows: the M915 board has PAL PLY9 in position
C07 while on the ME067 board PAL PLY9 has been replaced by PAL PLZ9.
PAL LEVEL ON MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD
FUNCTION
POSITION
E07
C07
D08
D07
PARGEN
INTLCONT
CASCONT
RASCONT
EVOLUTION
PLY7
PLY9
PLXA
PLX3
PLY7
PLY9
PLXA
PLXB
PLZ9
MEMORY BOARD TABLE
MEMORY BOARD
CAPACITY
SIMM
SIMM TYPE
ME905
ME915
ME917
4 MB
2 MB
1 MB
16, 256 Kb x 9
8, 256 Kb x 9
4, 256 Kb x 9
TI TM4256GU9-10L
NMB MM2801J9S-8
HIT HB561409B-10
ME926
ME928
ME929
4 MB
1 MB
2 MB
16, 256 Kb x 9
4, 256 Kb x 9
8, 256 Kb x 9
NMB MM2801J9S-8
HIT HB561409B-10
ME924
ME925
16 MB
4 MB
16, 1 Mb x 9
4, 1 Mb x 9
TOS THM91000S-10
NEC
SAMSUNG
8-6
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
RAM BOARD SETTINGS
L07LL
L06LL
A
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
D
B
C
C
B
D
A
8
BDP8A
CAPACITY
No. SIMM MODULES
MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD
SOCKETS WITH
SIMM MODULES
CAPACITY
256K bit SIMM
1M bit SIMM
4
A
1 MB
4 MB
8
AB
2 MB
8 MB
16
ABCD
4 MB
16 MB
X, Y CALCULATION SYSTEM
CAPACITY
BOARD 1
BOARD 2
BOARD 3
BOARD 4
BPA1A
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
8-7
L07LL DIP-SWITCH (SWITCHES 1-6)
CAPACITY
DIP-SWITCH POSITION
256 K KIT
1 MB KIT
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
4
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
2
8
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
4
16
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
VALUE OF Y
DIP-SWITCH POSITION
7
8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
VALUE OF X
DIP-SWITCH
POSITION
VALUE OF X
1
2
3
4
DIP-SWITCH
POSITION
1
2
3
4
0
16
32
48
ON
ON
ON
ON
8
24
40
56
OFF ON
ON
ON
1
17
33
49
ON
ON
ON
OFF 9
25
41
57
OFF ON
ON
OFF
2
18
34
50
ON
ON
OFF ON
10
26
42
58
OFF ON
OFF ON
3
19
35
51
ON
ON
OFF OFF 11
27
43
59
OFF ON
OFF OFF
4
20
36
52
ON
OFF ON
ON
12
28
44
60
OFF OFF ON
ON
5
21
37
53
ON
OFF ON
OFF 13
29
45
61
OFF OFF ON
OFF
6
22
38
54
ON
OFF OFF ON
14
30
46
62
OFF OFF OFF ON
7
23
39
55
ON
OFF OFF OFF 15
31
47
63
OFF OFF OFF OFF
VALUE OF Y
DIP-SWITCH
POSITION
VALUE OF Y
5
6
7
8
DIP-SWITCH
POSITION
5
6
7
8
0
16
32
48
ON
ON
ON
ON
8
24
40
56
OFF ON
ON
ON
1
17
33
49
ON
ON
ON
OFF 9
25
41
57
OFF ON
ON
OFF
2
18
34
50
ON
ON
OFF ON
26
42
58
OFF ON
OFF ON
3
19
35
51
ON
ON
OFF OFF 11
27
43
59
OFF ON
OFF OFF
4
20
36
52
ON
OFF ON
ON
12
28
44
60
OFF OFF ON
ON
5
21
37
53
ON
OFF ON
OFF 13
29
45
61
OFF OFF ON
OFF
6
22
38
54
ON
OFF OFF ON
14
30
46
62
OFF OFF OFF ON
7
23
39
55
ON
OFF OFF OFF 15
31
47
63
OFF OFF OFF OFF
8-8
10
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VGA BIOS
CONSOLE INTERFACE (T/XP5)
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
A000
B000
C000
D000
E000
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
10000
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-03F
040-05F
060-06F
070-07F
080-09F
0A0-0BF
0C0-0DF
0F0
0F8-0FF
278-27F
DMA controller 1
Timer
RTC
DMA page register
DMA controller 2
Processor
Coprocessor
Parallel port 2
2F8-2FF
300-31F
360-36F
378-37F
380-38F
3A0-3AF
3B0-3BF
3C0-3CF
3D0-3DF
3F0-3FF
3F8-3FF
Serial port 2
External boards
Reserved
Parallel port 1
SDLC 2
SDLC 1
Black and white monitor
Reserved
Colour monitor
Floppy controller
Serial port 1
8
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Timer
Keyboard
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Floppy disk
Parallel port 1
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
RTC
Redirected to IRQ2 via software
Available
Available
Available
80387
Hard disk
Available
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
DRQ0
DRQ1
DRQ2
DRQ3
8-BIT memory refresh
8-BIT reserved
8-BIT floppy disk
8-BIT reserved
DRQ4
DRQ5
DRQ6
DRQ7
Reserved
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
16-BIT available
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
8-9
IF621 CONSOLE INTERFACE BOARD
This board is installed on M380/T - M380/XP5 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9 Personal Computers.
JUMPERS
1234
BBD9A
DIP-SWITCH SETTINGS
DIP-SWITCH
1
2
3
4
ROM ADDRESS
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
C8000-C9FFF
CA000-CBFFF
CC000-CDFFF
CE000-CFFFF
D0000-C1FFF
C2000-D3FFF
D4000-D5FFF
D6000-D7FFF
D8000-D9FFF
DA000-DBFFF
DC000-DDFFF
DE000-DFFFF
JUMPER SETTINGS
JUMPER NO.
FUNCTION
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-18
19-20
IRQ14
IRQ13
IRQ12
IRQ11
IRQ10
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
NOTE: By default, the system does not use interrupts (all jumpers set to OFF).
EVOLUTION
D03
D05
8-10
PLX5
PBVZ
PLXP
PBU3
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
EXPANSION MEMORIES
ATI EGA WONDER
IBM COLOR/GRAPHICS ADAPTER (5153001)
(5154001)
IBM VGA ADAPTER
PARADISE EGA 480
(06-1, Revision 02)
(20037, REV. C)
VIDEO-7 VEGA DELUXE
AST ADVANTAGE (ADV-128S)
AST RAMPAGE/AT (RAMPAT-2000)
BOCARAM/AT
EVEREX RAM-2000 (EV-171)
IBM 512 KB EXPANSION MEMORY OPTION
(6450203)
OPTION (6450343)
ADAPTER (74X8635)
INTEL ABOVEBOARD/AT (PCMB2010)
QUADRAM LIBERTY/AT
MODEM
MOUSE
(7950), REV. 1
CARD (1502074)
(1504900)
IBM PC NETWORK
NOVELL NETWORK
3COM NETWORK
8
■
M380T - M380/XP1 - M380/XP3 - M380/XP5
8-11
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
80386
Clock
M380/XP4
M380/XP7
M380/XP9
25 MHz
25 MHz
33 MHz
Architecture
AT/XT
Memory
These three systems have 4 MB on system
board which can be expanded to 8 MB via:
EXM 25-885 - 4 SIMM 1 Mb x 9 100 ns
Memory can be furtherly expanded via
memory board MEM 25-886 - 4 MB SIMM 1
Mb x 9
Memory access
100 ns
Cache memory
32 KB
Cache controller
82385
Coprocessor
Intel 80387 / Weitek 3167
Floppy Disk
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-3
1.2 MB 5.25" Toshiba ND 08 DE
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic J-257
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
1.44 MB Mitsubishi MF355C
Hard Disk
NEC D5655 135 MM ESDI
Micropolis 1654-7 136 M ESDI
Micropolis 1355 135 MM ESDI
Micropolis 1558 300 MB ESDI
MAXTOR 8760 600 MB ESDI
SEAGATE WREN V 304 MB ESDI
SEAGATE ST2182E 136 MB ESDI
SEAGATE ST2383 320 MB ESDI
Streaming Tape
SYSTEM BOARD
XP4: BA842
BA829
XP7: BA842
BA829
BA825
XP9: BA832
BA833
BA839
BUS ADAPTER
BOARD
9
XP4: IF624 ( 7 slots)
XP7: IF617 (10 slots)
40 MB IRWIN 245 - only XP4
80 MB IRWIN 285
150 MB WANGTEK with controller
AT Expansion slots XP4
7 Present
XP7/XP9 10 Present
5 Available
7 Available
Video Adapter
GO470
GO481
HGC 1281
VGA compatible
VGA compatible
MATROX installation kit
Hard Disk Floppy
Disk Controller
GO733
GO535
GO565
CMOS RAM
64 Byte
ROM BIOS
128 KB
Mouse
PS/2 and AT Compatible GRD 25-025
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK26-101 ANK26-102
NOTE: An ANK 25-102 keyboard with
adapter cable may be used.
(WD1007A-WA2) ESDI 1:1
(WD1007V-SE2) ESDI 1:1
(only for XP9)
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
U-TURN BOARD
XP4: IF614
XP7: IF618
XP9: IF618
POWER SUPPLY
XP4: LA21C
XP7: PS30 A or PS30/B1
XP9: PS30 A
PS30 B or PS30/B1
CONSOLE
CONTROLLER
XP7 IF621
XP9 IF621
Lev.03
Lev.03
CONSOLE
XP7 MI514
XP9 MI514
MEMORY EXPANSION
ME-931 MEM 25-886
from 4 to 16 MB with
SIMM modules of
(1 MB x 9)
STREAMING TAPE
CONTROLLER
GO725
9-1
BA829
SYSTEM BOARD
9-2
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
412589 N ROM H: PBU5
Rev. 1.05
ROM L: PBU4
Rev. 1.05
NOTES
System board M380/XP4 and M380/XP7
Supports from 4 MB to 8 MB and 32 KB of SRAM
memory
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.05
Corrects the problem with random resets occurring
when a streaming tape drive is installed.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.05
Retrofitting kit to fix problems of incompatibility
with intelligent multiport boards. After
modification, boards pass to level: NA/A, 01/A,
03/A.
Lev. 03
ROM H: PBZ1
Rev. 1.07
ROM L: PBZ0
Rev. 1.07
Permits use of multiport boards:
Mapped between 512 and 640 KB
Liable to problems from IOCHRDY signal
Using interrupt 12
Using memory between 12 and 16 MB
Requiring CMOS input on BIRQ signals for
interrupt handling
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.07
Cuts and wirings performed at the Subsidiary to
correct:
- Real time clock problems on startup circuit
- Timing problems during DMA cycles
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.07
Solved Panic Error problem in UNIX enviroment.
Replaced component 74F373 with 2 74AS373
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.07
Replacement of microprocessor I80386 step D0
with microprocessor I80386 step D1
Lev. 07
Rev. 1.07
Components replaced to correct the problems
given by the multiport board.
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
BA825
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
412565 M ROM H: PBU5
Rev. 1.05
ROM L: PBU4
Rev. 1.05
NOTES
System board M380/XP7
Supports from 4 MB to 8 MB and 32 KB of SRAM
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.05
Component 82835/25/B replaced by component
82835/25/C
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.05
Corrects the problem of random resets occurring
when a streaming tape drive is installed in the
system.
Lev. 03
ROM H: PBZ1
Rev. 1.07
ROM L: PBZ0
Rev. 1.07
PAL in position U116 replaced
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.07
Made changes not implemented by factory.
See CDM code 3877537 M 504
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.07
Corrects the problems with the refresh.
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.07
Cutting and trimming done by Subsidiary
laboratories to eliminate:
Lev. 07
Rev. 1.07
Level existing for field only, not implemented by
factory. Replacement of component 74F373 with
2 74AS373
Lev. 08
Rev. 1.07
Replacement of microprocessor I80386 step D0
with microprocessor I80386 step D1
Lev. 09
Rev. 1.07
Components replaced to correct the problems
given by the multiport board.
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
9
9-3
BA832
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
412816S
ROM H: PBZ1
ROM L: PBZ0
Rev. 1.07
M380/XP9 motherboard
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Cutting and trimming to eliminate:
Lev. 03
From this level on, changes are no longer
implemented by factory but are run by field
engineers.
Solved Panic Error problem in UNIX environment.
Replaced component 74F373 with 2 74AS373
Lev. 04
9-4
Code added for H template of 82C206 component
ROM H: PBZP
ROM L: PBZQ
Rev. 2.02
Replacement of BIOS and components to solve
"Panic Error" problem in UNIX environment
Lev. 05
Replacement of a GAL code 497585 G with code
978257 P (GLZ6)
Lev. 06
Solves the problem of system random locks
when running 16-bit BUS cycles.
Lev. 07
Replacement of component PLS168-33 code
497051 K in U90 with PLAZ (ULC 24-PLS168)
code 4897070 D gate array that has larger
margins during setup time.
Lev. 08
Replacement of keyboard controller 8.00 with
version 8.01 for problems with software
packages such as Lotus, OS/2 in network server
mode.
Lev. 08
The 33 MHz "step E" CPU 80386DX is
introduced as an alternative to the 33 MHz "step
1" CPU 80386DX. Board level does not change.
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
BA833
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
412665 Z
ROM H: PBZ1
ROM L: PBZ0
Rev. 1.07
M380/XP9 motherboard
Rev. 1.07
Solves the random reset problem when a
streaming tape is installed.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.07
Solves the benchmark problems
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.07
Solves the serial port problems
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.07
Solves the memory refresh problems
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.07
From this level on, changes are no longer
implemented by factory but are run by field
engineers.
Cutting and trimming to eliminate:
- Real time clock problems on start up circuit
Lev. 01
Lev. 01.1
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.07
Replacement of component 74F373 with 2
74AS373
Lev. 07
ROM H: PBZP
ROM L: PBZQ
Rev. 2.02
Replacement of the BIOS
Lev. 08
Rev. 2.02
978257 P (GLZ6)
Lev. 09
Rev. 2.02
Lev. 10
Rev. 2.02
code 4897070 D gate array which has larger
Lev. 11
Rev. 2.02
- Replacement of keyboard controller 8.00 with
packages such as Lotus, OS/2 in network
server mode.
- The 33 MHz "step E" CPU 80386DX is
introduced as an alternative to the 33 MHz
"step 1" CPU 80386DX. Board level does not
change.
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
9-5
9
BA839
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
ROM H: PBZH1 M380/XP9 motherboard
ROM L: PBZ0
Rev. 1.07
Lev. 01
ROM H: PBZP
ROM L: PBZQ
Rev. 2.02
New BIOS for 600 MB hard disk management.
Use user diskette 2.01 upd 2
Use hard disk controller GO535
Two BUILT in SETUP hard disks can be preset.
Solves the "lock" message problem of console
key.
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.02
978257 P (GLZ6)
Lev. 03
Rev. 2.02
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.02
code 4897070 D gate array that has larger
Lev. 05
Rev. 2.02
-
Replacement of keyboard controller 8.00 with
packages such as Lotus, OS/2 in network
server mode.
The 33 MHz "step E" CPU 80386DX is
introduced as an alternative to the 33 MHz
"step 1" CPU 80386DX. Board level does not
change.
-
HARD DISK AND FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLER CHARACTERISTICS
LEV.
GO733
(M380/XP4)
(M380/XP7)
WD1007A-WA2) ESDI 1:1
Nasc
Supports a 20 ms transfer rate Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
GO535
(M380/XP9)
WD1007V-SE2 ESDI 1:1
Supports transfer rates of
lower than 20 ms and is used
to control the 600 MB hard
disk on XP9 and SEAGATE
hard disks with transfer rates
of less than 20 ms
GO565
(M380/XP9)
Replaces the GO535 controller
9-6
Nasc
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
NOTES
Oscillator replaced
Printed circuit modified
Nuovo step del component
New step for component 50C12A
New step for component WD3675
New step for component WD3765
Enhanced board quality
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS
80386 CPU
80387 Coprocessor
Weitek WLT 3126 Coprocessor
82385 Cache controller
82C206 Peripherals controller
8742 Keyboard and mouse controller
UART 16550 Serial port
ROM BIOS AND PAL EVOLUTION
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION OF M380/XP4 - XP7 BA829 BOARD
U127
U126
REV. 1.05
REV. 1.07
PLFP/PLHF
PLCK/PLGC
PLFR/PLHK
PLFD/PLGF
PLGG
PLFE/PLHD
PLCP/PLGJ
PLFC/PLHC
PLXS/PLGL
PLCW/PLGM
PLXU/PLGN
PLFU/PLHM
PLCY/PLGQ
PLFS/PLHJ
PLCX/PLGS
PLCC/PLGT
PLCD/PLGU
PLCV/PLXV
PLCT
PLHH
PBVE
PLBH
PLFT/PLHL
PLFH
CSLB
CS2V(C)
PLEK/PLJ4
ROM BIOS
H/L
DRAM DECOD
I/O DECOD
ALT I/O DECOD
TIMER
ARBITER
REFRESH
STROBE
BUFFERS BUS
LATCHES BUS
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
NMI INT
RAM-CAS
DRAM-RAS
BUS
PARALLEL
PERIPHERAL
COPROC.
PASSWORD
BUS
BUS
PROCESSOR
COPROC.
KBC 8742
CTRL RAM
CACHE 82385
MEM DEC U123
LIO DEC U94
ALT DEC U145
TIMCLK
U143
ARBCTL U30
REFCTL U21
LIOSTB
U18
BUFCNV U87
LADCNV U75
MEMSEL U131
DBUFEN U130
PCHKEN U150
RDYNMI U105
CASCTL U129
RASCTL U148
CMDCNT U59
SPPCNT U71
DPGSEL U41
NPXCTL2 U92
PWPRO U104
BUSCTL16 U40
BUSCTL25 U90
NCACTL U116
NPXCTL1 U19
U27
U99
REV. 2.02
**
PLJO/PLHY
PLJ3
PLET/PLJZ
9
PLDP/PLHX
PLHU
PLBL/PLHT PLJW/PLJY
**
** Only for field level.
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
9-7
FUNCTION
POS.
EVOLUTION OF M380/ XP7 BA825 BOARD
U127
U126
REV. 1.05
ROM BIOS
H/L
DRAM DECOD
I/O DECOD
ALT I/O DECOD
TIMER
ARBITER
REFRESH
STROBE
BUFFERS BUS
LATCHES BUS
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
NMI INT
RAM-CAS
DRAM-RAS
BUS
PARALLEL
PERIPHERAL
COPROC.
PASSWORD
BUS
BUS
PROCESSOR
COPROC.
KBC 8742
CTRL RAM
CACHE 82385
MEM DEC U123
LIO DEC U94
ALT DEC U145
TIMCLK
U143
ARBCTL U30
REFCTL U21
LIOSTB
U18
BUFCNV U87
LADCNV U75
MEMSEL U131
DBUFEN U130
PCHKEN U150
RDYNMI U105
CASCTL U129
RASCTL U148
CMDCNT U59
SPPCNT U71
DPGSEL U41
NPXCTL2 U92
PWPRO U104
BUSCTL16 U40
BUSCTL25 U90
NCACTL U116
NPXCTL1 U19
U27
U99
PLFP/PLHF
PLCK/PLGC
PLFR/PLHK
PLFD/PLGF
PLGG
PLFE/PLHD
PLCP/PLGJ
PLFC/PLHC
PLXS/PLGL
PLCW/PLGM
PLXU/PLGN
PLFU/PLHM
PLCY/PLGQ
PLFS/PLHJ
PLCX/PLGS
PLCC/PLGT
PLCD/PLGU
PLCV/PLXV
PLCT
PLHH
PBVE
PLCS
PLFT/PLHL
PLFH
CSLB
CS2V(B)
REV. 1.07
PLJ3 **
PLET/PLJZ
PLDP/PLHX **
PLHU
PLCZ
PLBL/PLHT
PLBH
PLJW/PLJY **
CS2V(B)
9-8
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
FUNCTION
POS.
U127
U126
REV. 1.07
REV. 2.02
**
PLFP/PLHF
PLCK/PLGC
PLFR/PLHK
PLJO/PLHY
PLJ3
PLFE/PLHD
PLCP/PLGJ
PLFC/PLHC
PLXS/PLGL
PLCW/PLGM
PLXU/PLGN
PLFU/PLHM
PLCY/PLGQ
PLFS/PLHJ
PLCX/PLGS
PLCC/PLGT
PLDP/PLHX
PLCV/PLXV
PLBN
PLHH
PBVE
PLBK
PLJ1/PLJ2
PLBM
CSLB
CS2V(C)
PLEK/PLJ4
ROM BIOS
H/L
DRAM DECOD
I/O DECOD
ALT I/O DECOD
TIMER
ARBITER
REFRESH
STROBE
BUFFERS BUS
LATCHES BUS
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
NMI INT
RAM-CAS
DRAM-RAS
BUS
PARALLEL
PERIPHERAL
COPROC.
PASSWORD
BUS
BUS
PROCESSOR
COPROC.
KBC 8742
CTRL RAM
CACHE 82385
MEM DEC U123
LIO DEC U94
ALT DEC U145
TIMCLK
U143
ARBCTL U30
REFCTL U21
LIOSTB
U18
BUFCNV U87
LADCNV U75
MEMSEL U131
DBUFEN U130
PCHKEN U150
RDYNMI U105
CASCTL U129
RASCTL U148
CMDCNT U59
SPPCNT U71
DPGSEL U41
NPXCTL2 U92
PWPRO U104
BUSCTL16 U40
BUSCTL33 U90
NCACTL U116
NPXCTL1 U19
U27
U99
PLET/PLJZ
9
GLZ6 **
PLAZ **
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
9-9
FUNCTION
POS.
U127
U126
REV. 1.07
ROM BIOS
H/L
DRAM DECOD
I/O DECOD
ALT I/O DECOD
TIMER
ARBITER
REFRESH
STROBE
BUFFERS BUS
LATCHES BUS
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
NMI INT
RAM-CAS
DRAM-RAS
BUS
PARALLEL
PERIPHERAL
COPROC.
PASSWORD
BUS
BUS
PROCESSOR
COPROC.
KBC 8742
CTRL RAM
CACHE 82385
MEM DEC U123
LIO DEC U94
ALT DEC U145
TIMCLK
U143
ARBCTL U30
REFCTL U21
LIOSTB
U18
BUFCNV U87
LADCNV U75
MEMSEL U131
DBUFEN U130
PCHKEN U150
RDYNMI U105
CASCTL U129
RASCTL U148
CMDCNT U59
SPPCNT U71
DPGSEL U41
NPXCTL2 U92
PWPRO U104
BUSCTL16 U40
BUSCTL33 U90
NCACTL U116
NPXCTL1 U19
U27
U99
PLFP/PLHF
PLCK/PLGC
PLFR/PLHK
PLJO/PLHY
PLGG
PLFE/PLHD
PLCP/PLGJ
PLFC/PLHC
PLXS/PLGL
PLCW/PLGM
PLXU/PLGN
PLFU/PLHM
PLCY/PLGQ
PLFS/PLHJ
PLCX/PLGS
PLCC/PLGT
PLCD/PLGU
PLCV/PLXV
PLBN
PLHU
PBVE
PLBQ
PLBJ
PLBM
CSLB
CS2V(B)
REV. 2.02
**
PLJ3
PLET/PLJZ
PLDP/PLHX
PLHH
GLZ6 **
PLBK
PLBP
PLAZ **
PLJW/PLJY **
CS2V(C)
9-10
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
FUNCTION
POS.
U127
U126
REV. 1.07
ROM BIOS
H/L
DRAM DECOD
I/O DECOD
ALT I/O DECOD
TIMER
ARBITER
REFRESH
STROBE
BUFFERS BUS
LATCHES BUS
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
NMI INT
RAM-CAS
DRAM-RAS
BUS
PARALLEL
PERIPHERAL
COPROC.
PASSWORD
BUS
BUS
PROCESSOR
COPROC.
KBC 8742
CTRL RAM
CACHE 82385
MEM DEC U123
LIO DEC U94
ALT DEC U145
U143
TIMCLK
ARBCTL U30
REFCTL U21
U18
LIOSTB
BUFCNV U87
LADCNV U75
MEMSEL U131
DBUFEN U130
PCHKEN U150
RDYNMI U105
CASCTL U129
RASCTL U148
CMDCNT U59
SPPCNT U71
DPGSEL U41
NPXCTL2 U92
PWPRO U104
BUSCTL16 U40
BUSCTL33 U90
NCACTL U116
NPXCTL1 U19
U27
U99
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
PLEK/PLJ4
PLCK/PLGC
PLFR/PLHK
PLEN/PLJ7
PLJ3
PLET/PLJZ
PLCP/PLGJ
PLFC/PLHC
PLXS/PLGL
PLCW/PLGM
PLXU/PLGN
PLFU/PLHM
PLCY/PLGQ
PLFS/PLHJ
PLCX/PLGS
PLCC/PLGT
PLDP/PLHX
PLCV/PLXV
PLBN
PLHH
PBVE
PLBK
PLJ2/PLJ1
PLBM
CSLB
CS2V(B)
REV. 2.02
9
GLZ6
PLAZ
9-11
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
Adapter BUS board
BA839
BA832
BA829
BA825
BA833
IF615
IF624
IF617
IF614
IF618
LA21/C
LA21/C
PS30A-PS30B
PS30A-PS30B
GO733
GO535
GO565
GO481
ME931
IF621
MI525
Adapter BUS board
U-TURN board
U-TURN board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
Video controller
Memory expansion board
Console interface board
Console
D.R.S. CODE
412816 S
412589 N
412565 M
412665 Z
411868 U
412534 E
412143 N
497576 N
497622 L
411771 S
411770 D
412165 L
412164 K
412566 N
412444 L
CHARACTERISTICS
M380/XP9 33 MHz
M380/XP9 33 MHz
M380/XP4/XP7 25 MHz
M380/XP7 25 MHz
M380/XP9 33 MHz
M380/XP4
M380/XP4
M380/XP7/XP9
M380/XP4
M380/XP7/XP9
M380/XP4
M380/XP4
M380/XP7/XP9
M380/XP7/XP9
M380/XP4/XP7
M380/XP9
M380/XP9
Analog video controller
M380/XP4/XP7
M380/XP7/XP9
M380/XP7/XP9
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM
BOARD
DEME (position U162)
Solves:
- Parity error problems
- Replaces delay line 4
BA825
PLHT/BL (position U116)
Solves:
- Flight simulator incompatibility
BA825-29
PLHU (position U104)
PLBH (position U90)
Solves:
- Wangtek streaming tape unit problems
BA825-29
PLBP (position U116)
PLHH (position U104)
Improves system timing and benchmarks
BA829-25
PLBK (position U90)
Solves:
- Wangtek streaming tape unit problems
BA833-39
BA832
PLHX/PLDP
(position U71)
Solves:
- System board serial port management
problems
BA833-39
BA832
PLJ3 (position U30)
Solves:
- Management Enlargement BUS errors
BA829-25
BA832-33
BA829
PLJZ/PLET
(position U121)
Solves system blocks with the Banyan Multiport ICA
Operating System
PLJ4 (position U123)
Solves system blocks when using 512 - 640 KB memory BA829-32
BA839
paging
9-12
BA839-33
BA832-25
BA829
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
MOTHERBOARD
PLJY (position U116)
PLJ4 (position U123)
PLHY (position U143)
Solves:
BA839-25
BA833-32
BA829
Power supply PS30/B1
Power supply unit used to conform with Northern
Countries safety rules (see CP486, P800)
Hard disk and floppy disk
controller board
Replaced component, for factory change, but same
performance
Hard disk controller board
M380/XP9 no longer uses hard disk controller board
GO733 which is replaced by GO535 for each
configuration
Peripherals controller
C&T 82C206
In alternative to this C&T, TEXAS 82C206 component
can be used
Hard disk
SEAGATE ST2182E 136
SEAGATE ST2383E 320
These hard disks work with controller WD1007 SE2
(GO535) only. Therefore, upgrading KIT is still produced
for the old NEC and MICROPOLIS hard disks. They
operate with both GO535 and GO733 controllers
BIOS 2.01
This BIOS is only distributed by OLISERVICE and has
never been discontinued
Power supply LA21/C
Inductor I129 has been replaced to solve component
overheating problems. Field change only
Hard disk controller G0535
Modifications made to the printed circuit board in order
to improve the quality of the board. The level of this
board changes to 02. The original and level 01 GO535
boards cannot be updated to level 02.
To low level format the NEC D5655 hard disk when the
GO535 level 02 board is installed, LLF release 2.06 is
needed. The LLF program on the System Test diskette
does not ensure correct hard disk formatting
The GO535 is replaced by GO565
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
- RAM management problems of CACHE
in the presence of a Multiport board
- Memory problems when using 512 640 KB paging
- Interrupt 12 management
BA839-25
BA833-32
9-13
9
JPR5 (4)
JPR3 (3) JPR4
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
JP11
JP12
8742
1
1
JP8
JP
82C206
JP10
UART
16550
H
L
JP7
80387
JPR2
1
CACHE
MEMORY
1
ROM
BIOS
JP9
PARALLEL
PORT
CONTROLLER
JPR1
RAM
JPR1
JPR2
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
82385
CLOCK
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
25 MHz
33 MHz
JP6
COPROCESSOR CLOCK
ON
OFF
External clock
System clock (normal)
JP5
SYSTEM BOARD RAM ENABLE
ON
OFF
Enabled (normal)
Not enabled
JP7
80386 OPERATING MODE
ON
OFF
Pipeline
Non-Pipeline (normal)
JP1
JP2
FUNCTION
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
16 or 20 MHz (not used)
25 MHz (not used)
33 MHz
40 MHz (not used)
JP3
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
JP4
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
JPR4
Enabled as a cache (1)
Managed by I/O controller
Disabled
RS232 COMPAT.
JPR3/JPR5
1-2
2-3
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
EPROM CAPACITY
4 MB(1)
8 MB
16 MB
32 MB
ON
OFF
OFF
COMPAQ (normal)
IBM
256 KB (normal)
512 KB
1 MB x 9
1 MB x 9
4 MB x 9
4 MB x 9
OFF
ON
OFF
JP12
JP10
0
0 and 1
0
0 and 1
2-3
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
SIMM type Size
1-2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Bank
RAM from 12 MB to
16 MB
JP11
JP9
SYSTEM BOARD MEMORY
IRQ 12 MOUSE
Enabled for the mouse (1)
I/O Disabled / Enabled
Mouse must not be
connected
JP8
SERIAL PORT CLOCK
(1) Default setting
ON
OFF
System clock (normal)
External clock
(2) Not present on BA839
(3) Present on BA832 and BA839 only
(4) Present on BA829 only
9-14
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM DISK Operating System, Ver. 3.30
IBM Operating System/2, Ver. 1.10
Requires formatted DSDD diskette during
installation on hard disk
PS/2 type mouse not recognised
IBM Operating System/2 Extended Edition, Ver. 1.10
AT&T UNIX System V/386 Version 3.2 Rev.2.0
SCO XENIX 386, Rev. 2.3.1
MODEMS
Hayes Smartmodem 1200B
Quadram Quadmodem II QM2024
Telenetics Expressdata 24i 24i - 12i
VEN-TEl PC modem Half Card PCM-XT
Hayes Smartmodem 1200
IBM Async. communication card 1502074
IBM mono display / printer adapter 1504900
IBM printer adapter1505200
IBM Serial / Parallel card 6450215
National IEEE-488 card GPIB-PC. Rev.A
MEMORY EXPANSIONS
MOUSE
AST Rampage 286 RAMP286
AST Rampage/AT RAMPAT 2000
AST ADVANTAGE ! ADV 128S
BOCARAM / AT
EVEREX RAM 2000 EV 171
IBM 512KB EXP. MEMORY OPT. 6450203
IBM 512KB/2MB EXP. MEMORY OPT. 6450343
IBM Enhanced Memory Exp. Adap. 74X8635
INTEL Aboveboard / AT PCMB2010
INTEL Aboveboard / 286 PCMB4020
IBM PS/2 Mouse (6450350)
Logitech BUS mouse P7-3F
Microsoft BUS Mouse rev.C
Microsoft Serial Mouse
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
Mouse Systems PC mouse M1
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM color graphics monitor 5153
IBM enhanced color graphics monitor 5154
IBM monochrome monitor 5151
IBM PS/2 Color Display 8512
JVC Quad-sync color monitor GD-H6116VFW
NEC multisync monitor APC-H431
Princeton RGB monitor HX-12
AT&T Starlan Network
IBM PC Network
IBM Token Ring Network
Madge AT Ring node Token ring
Madge PC Ring node Token ring
Novell Advanced netware ver. 2.12
3COM Network (Ethernet)
10NET Network
9
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST research AST-3G plus
ATI EGA WONDER
Genoa Super EGA Hires
Hercules color card GB200
Hercules graphics card GB102
IBM Color graphics adapter 5153001
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
IBM Enhanced graphics adapter 5154001
IBM VGA adapter
Paradise EGA 480
Quadram quad EGA Plus QC8601
Video-7 VEGA deluxe
9-15
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VGA BIOS
CONSOLE INTERFACE (T/XP5)
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
A000
B000
D000
C000
E000
ADDRESS
BITS
TYPE
FUNCTION
FFFFFFFF - FFFE0000
FFFE0000 - E0000000
E0000000 - D0000000
D0000000 - C0000000
C0000000 - A0000000
A0000000 - 80000000
80000000 - 20000000
20000000 - 01000000
01000000 - 00100000
00100000 - 000E0000
000E0000 - 000C0000
000C0000 - 000A0000
000A0000 - 00080000
00080000 - 00000000
16
16
32
32
32
34
32
32
32/16
32/16
16
16
32/16
32/16
NCA
NCA
NCA
NCA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA/NCA
CA/NCA
NCA
NCA
CA/NCA
CA/NCA
128 KB system ROM
Reserved
Reserved
Weitek Coprocessor
Reserved
Image system RAM
Reserved
System RAM
System RAM
SHADOW RAM
I/O Expansion ROM
Video RAM
I/O Expansion RAM
System RAM
DMA CHANNELS
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
10000
INTERRUPT LEVELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
LEV.
FUNCTION
LEV.
FUNCTION
DRQ 0
DRQ 1
DRQ 2
DRQ 3
DRQ 4
DRQ 5
DRQ 6
DRQ 7
Reserved
Reserved
Floppy disk
Reserved
Reserved
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
RQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Timer channel 0
Keyboard interface
Interrupt from PIC2
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
RQ8
IRQ9*
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Real Time Clock
Reserved
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Hard disk CTRL
Available
* Redirected via software to IRQ2
9-16
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION (INTERNAL)
ADDRESS
FUNCTION (EXTERNAL)
F8-FF
F0
C0-DF
A0-BF
80-9F
70-7F
60-6F
40-5F
20-3F
0-1F
3F8-3FF
Coprocessor
Clear processor
DMA 2
DMA registers
Real Time Clock
Keyboard controller
Timer
DMA 1
Serial port 1
3F0-3FF
3D0-3DF
3C0-3CF
3B0-3BF
3A0-3AF
380-38F
378-37F
360-36F
300-31F
2F8-2FF
278-27F
Floppy disk
Graphic color video
Reserved
B/W display
SDLC 1
SDLC 2
Parallel port 1
Reserved
External boards
Serial port 2
Parallel port 2
SETUP
PAGE 1
1
2
3
4
Date
Time
Base memory size
Extended memory
size
5 Floppy A
6 Floppy B
PAGE 2
7 Hard disk C
8 Hard disk D
9 80387
coprocessor
10 Primary CRT
adapter type
11 Additional setup
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
1 System board serial
port
2 System board
parallel port
3 Base memory
4 Power On memory
test
5
6
7
8
9
10
Scrolling type
I/O delay
Memory delay
Video controller
Primary monitor type
Additional setup
9-17
9
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Standard 85 ms
Seagate ST 225 half size
WREN II full size
CDC WREN 1 35ms full size
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM S1 im
Micropolis 1323 A full size
RESERVED
Miniscribe 85 ms 3,5"
Tandom TM362 85 ms 3,5"
Seagate ST251 40 ms half size
Rodime RO3055 40 ms 3,5"
Miniscribe M8425 3,5"
Seagate ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
Fujitsu M2246 ESDI
NEC D5452
FUJITSU M2227D
FUJITSU M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
-1
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
600 MB
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
512
981
814
977
820
1623
635
805
776
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
15
5
10
15
4
4
8
128
-1
-1
0
128
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
51
1
1
1
639
804
775
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
51
34
34
33
26
33
CDC 94196-766
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP346
CONNER CP3106
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:
9-18
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
MR 931 MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD
SW1
SW2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
CONFIGURATION OF BOARD DIP-SWITCHES
NUMBER OF SIMMs
INSTALLED
CONNECTORS WITH SIMMs
INSTALLED
BOARD CAPACITY
4
8
12
16
A
AB
ABC
ABCD
4 MB
8 MB
12 MB
16 MB
9
X AND Y CALCULATION SYSTEM
If the motherboard has 4 MB write 1
If the motherboard has 8 MB write 2•
CAPACITY
BOARD 1
X
+
=
-1=
Y
X
BOARD 2
+
=
-1=
+1=
Y
X
BOARD 3
+
=
-1=
+1=
Y
X
BOARD 4
+
=
-1=
+1=
Y
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
9-19
DIP-SWITCH SW1 SWITCHES 1 to 4
Values that
SW1 Switches 1 - 4
can be
1
2
3
assumed by X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
4
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Values that
SW1 Switches 1 - 4
can be
1
2
3
assumed by X
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Values that
SW1 Switches 5 - 8
can be
1
2
3
assumed by Y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
4
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Values that
SW1 Switches 5 - 8
can be
1
2
3
assumed by Y
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
All switches to be set to ON.
■
9-20
M380/XP4 - M380/XP7 - M380/XP9
M300
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
I386SX on motherboard to be inserted
in BUS Slot 3
Clock
16 MHz
Architecture
AT/XT
MOTHERBOARD
Memory
System supports 12 MB:
2 banks on motherboard in
which to install:
SIMM of 286 Kb
4 SIMM = 1 MB of memory
SIMM of 1M x 9
From 2 to 4 MB on memory
expansion board AMB 2678
- motherboard memory can be
expanded using the expansion
kit EXM 26-502
(2 1Mx9 SIMMs)
The memory board can be
expanded using the expansion kit
EXM 25-852 (18 chips)
1) UC.097/093
2) UC.112/113
Memory access
100 ns
GO481
Coprocessor
i80387 SX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
MULTI-FUNCTION
BOARD
Hard Disk
20 MB CONNER CP3024
20 MB NEC D3126
40 MB CONNER CP346
40 MB CONNER CP3044/3046
40 MB NEC D4146
100 MB CONNER CP3106
100 MB CONNER CP30104/106
100 MB QUANTUM LPS 105 AT
Streaming Tape
40 MB IRWIN 245 - 80 MB IRWIN 285
AT Expansion slots
8 Present - 5 Available
Video adapter
GO481 VGA compatible board set in
slot 6 of the Expansion BUS
Hard Disk Interface
Floppy Disk controller
Serial port
GO477 Multi-function board set in slot
8 of the Expansion BUS
BIOS ROM
64 KB (27C512)
Mouse
PS/2 and AT compatible GRD 25-025
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101 ANK 26-102
M300
BIOS
Latest level:
Rev. 1.10
For the different
versions see table:
Compatibility Notes
10
POWER SUPPLY
Hantarex 3613 B
VIDEO ADAPTER
GO477 Lev. 02 MI
EXPANSION BUS
BOARD
IN 108
8 slots: 5 AT and 3 XT
10-1
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
UC.097/09
Lev. 02
NOTES
Malfunction revealed by the XENIX application
rel. 2.3.
Lev. 03
PEPD Lev.1.04 Solution: Replaced PAL 20R4 with a PALGL50
Lev. 04
PEPD Lev.1.04 Solves the problem with the board at lev. 02
Lev. 05
PEPD Lev.1.04 Problems: - No cold start
- Malfunctions with the Olicom
Token Ring board
Solutions: - Replace PAL PLDR or PLD1
with PLD6 Pos. U41
With these modifications board level changes to
03/A, 04/A, 05/A
Lev. 06
PEPE Lev. 1.06 Solves: - Conflict problems with second
parallel port
- Too short Conner HDU status signal
at ready
Lev. 07
PEPE Lev. 1.06 Trimming and substitutions of 2.7 V diode at
position DZ2 with 2.4 V SMD diode at position DZ1
Lev. 08
PEPF Lev. 1.07 Solves: - Optional ROM managment problems
- Addition of keyboard fuse UC test
The +12 V on the UC has been removed by
trimming
Lev. 09
PEPH Lev. 1.08 Solves keyboard LED control problems during
POD. Introduction of PLD5 PAL instead of PLD2
PAL at position U41 to solve problem with Olicom
Token Ring board. PLD5 PAL can be used on all
system boards starting with level 06.
Lev. 10
10-2
D.R.S.
ROM BIOS
CODE
412614 N Lev. 1.02
Replaced component 82335 with 82335SX
M300
UC.112/113
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Lev. Nasc.
ROM BIOS 1.07 Replace the UC097 and UC093 boards
Implements correct interrupt management for the
JEPSCRIPT board that is not handled on the
previous boards
Lev. 01
ROM BIOS 1.09 Also introduced for UC097 and UC093 boards to
solve date and time loss.
Lev. 02
ROM BIOS 1.10 Solves the loss of the 1st character after
CTRL+ALT+DEL when Shadow Memory is
disabled
Lev. 03
ROM BIOS 1.10 Replaced component 82335 with 82335SX
i386SX
82335
CPU
80387SX Coprocessor
82230
- Clock generator 8284
- Coprocessor interface
- Interrupt controller 8259 (2)
- R.T.C. 6818 and CMOS RAM
- BUS controller 82288
- Logic control of the data and
address BUS
PAL
See the System Board table
PGA
82231
- Address map and decoder
- DRAM controller
- Parity check
- Synchronisms
- Reset circuit
10
- Timer 8254
- DMA 8237 (2)
- 74LS612 Memory Mappers (2)
- RAM logic refresh
- DMA arbiter
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU motherboard
BUS Adapter board
Memory board
UC93
IN108
AMB 2678
(RA081)
GE012
HANTAREX
HANTAREX
GO477
GO481
412614 N
412062 Q
412542 N
1 MB on board RAM
8 slot, 5 16-bit and 3 8-bit
Memory 2 MB
359899 P
412065 K
412064 J
412543 P
412444 L
Multi-function board
Analog video adapter
Speaker board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Video adapter
M300
10-3
MEMORY MANAGEMENT OEMM386
OEMM386 controls system extended and expanded memory. OEMM386 can not be simultaneously
used with other programs that handle system extended and expanded memory, such as:
WINDOWS386, DESQview Novell, etc.
OEMM386 is to be configured by adding in CONFIG.SYS file its configuration parameters.
Two configuration modes for OEMM386 are illustrated below.
In CONFIG.SYS insert a string as follows:
DEVICE = drv:\path\OEMM386.SYS NOXRAM
In this case:
64 K is used as extended memory (for OEMM386), the remaining system
memory is expanded memory.
DEVICE = drv:\path\OEMM386.SYS NOXRAM EMS = 0
In this case:
All system memory is extended memory.
OEMM386 VERSION
COMPATIBILITY
Ver. 4.02
Ver. 4.06
Ver. 4.08
Can not be used for the M300
Can give problems. (See OEMM386.DOC)
For installation, see OEMM386.DOC
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
COMPONENT
NOTES
Intel 82355
on:
UC093
UC097
UC112
UC113
Intel no longer supplies 82355 component, therefore 82355SX
component is to be used. Parity is no longer handled with the
introduction of this component.
Component 82355SX can be used on UC093 and 097 from level 03
on, and on UC112 and 113 from original level onwards.
To use the new component, make some trimming and replace a
PAL. See FCO 3877542 R 509.
Multifunction board
GO477
Floppy disk controller W.D. 37C65C ver. C can be used in place of
the floppy disk controller W.D. 37C65C ver. B. The board level
does not change
10-4
M300
MOTHERBOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
MEMORY
JP5
JP3
82335
387SX
JP10
82230
386SX
82231
10
BIOS
JP7
JP8
JP4
F1: Keyboard and
mouse fuse
JP2
JP1
8742
PAL
JP11
JP11 FUNCTION
PAL
MOUSE
PGA
JP6
KEYBOARD
JP1 JP2
IN
Enable IRQ12 from
intelligent mouse circuit
OUT Disable IRQ12 from
mouse
JP9
F1
FUNCTION
OUT OUT 100 ns Fast Page mode 4
DRAM pages active
100 ns Fast Page mode 1
OUT IN
DRAM page active
OUT 100 ns DRAM
IN
120 ns DRAM
IN
IN
JP3 - JP5
FUNCTION
IN
OUT
Always (normal)
Factory used only
JP9
FUNCTION
IN
Video adapters - on-board BIOS
(normal)
Video adapters - no BIOS on board
JP6
FUNCTION
OUT
1-2
To activate signal A20GATE
through keyboard ctrl (normal)
To activate signal A20GATE in fast
mode
JP4-7-8-10
FUNCTION
1-2
2-3
For component 82335 B
For component 82335 A
2-3
M300
10-5
MULTI-FUNCTION BOARD GO477
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON
OFF
Disables the board Floppy Disk Controller
Enables the board Floppy Disk Controller (normal)
2
ON
OFF
Disables the system hard disk
Enables the system hard disk (normal)
3
ON
OFF
Disables the serial port
Enables the serial port (normal)
4
ON
OFF
Serial port address COM2
Serial port address COM1 (normal)
NOTE: The serial port must be disabled in presence of a multiport board configured for MS-DOS
operations.
10-6
M300
AMB 2678 MEMORY BOARD
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW1
XYZ: Selection of
memory I/O addresses
Normal address 120
X=1
Y=2
Z=0
10
SW2
Start address of each
board. Depends on
the memory size
installed on the
system board.
NOTE: If installing a
second or third board,
boards already
installed must have a
capacity of 4 MB
board 1
board 2
board 3
1 MB on
board
2 MB on
board
4 MB on
board
SW3
Boards’ end address.
Depends on capacity
of memory installed
on board.
2 MB
M300
board 1
4 MB
2 MB
board 2
4 MB
2 MB
board 3
4 MB
10-7
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
During installation on hard disk a
formatted DSDD disk is required.
PS/2 mouse not acknowledged.
PS/2 mouse not acknowledged.
IBM Operating System/2, Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
Olivetti’s Microsoft Disk Operating System, Ver. 3.30a
Olivetti’s Microsoft Disk Operating System, Ver. 4.01
Olivetti’s Microsoft OS/2, Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
SCO XENIX 386, Rev. 2.3
MODEM
Quadram Quadmodem II QM2024
Telenetics Expressdata 24i 24i - 12i
VEN-TEl PC modem Half Card PCM-XT
FUTURE DOMAIN HOST ADAPTER (MCS-350)
IBM PS/2 Dual Async Adapter/A (6450347)
MEMORY EXPANSIONS
MOUSE
AST Rampage 286 RAMP286
AST Rampageplus 286
BOCARAM / ATPLUS
INTEL Aboveboard plus 8 PCMB4525
Logitech BUS mouse P7-3F
Microsoft BUS Mouse rev.C
Microsoft Serial-PS/2 Mouse
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
Olivetti New Advanced Mouse (GRD 25-025)
Olivetti BUS Mouse (GRD 25-019)
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM enhanced color graphics monitor 5154
IBM monochrome monitor 5151
JVC Quad-sync color monitor GD-H6116VFW
NEC multisync monitor APC-H431
Princeton RGB monitor HX-12
IBM OS/2 lan server/requester
IBM PC Network
Madge Token-ring network
Novell Netware 386
3COM 3 + open lan manager
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST research AST-3G plus
AST research AST-VGA plus
ATI EGA WONDER
EVEREX VIEWPOINT VGA adapter EV-678
Genoa Super EGA Hires
Hercules graphics card GB102
Hercules incolor card GB222
IBM Enhanced graphics adapter 5154001
10-8
IBM VGA adapter
Paradise EGA 480
Paradise VGA Pro card
Quadram quad EGA Plus QC8601
Quadram quad VGA spectra QC9001
Tecmar VGA AD
Video-7 VEGA deluxe
M300
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VGA BIOS
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
A000
VIDEO
BIOS
SHADOW
B000
C000
D000
E000
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
00 0000 - 09 FFFF
0A 0000 - 0B FFFF
0C 0000 - 0D FFFF
0E 0000 - 0F FFFF
10 0000 - 1F FFFF
20 0000 - 3F FFFF
40 0000 - 7F FFFF
80 0000 - C9 FFFF
CA 0000 - CA 1FFF
CA 2000 - FD FFFF
FE 0000 - FF FFFF
640 K
128 K
128 K
128 K
1024 K
2048 K
8192 K
4736 K
8K
3320 K
128 K
System RAM
Video RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS ROM
2 MB RAM configuration
4 MB RAM configuration
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL FUNCTION
DRQ 0
DRQ 1
DRQ 2
DRQ 3
DRQ 4
DRQ 5
DRQ 6
DRQ 7
Reserved
Integrated CD-ROM
Floppy disk
Video
Reserved
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
SYSTEM
BIOS
SHADOW
F000
10000
10
WORM
BIOS ROM
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV.
FUNCTION
LEV.
FUNCTION
RQ0
Channel 0 of output
timer
Keyboard interface
Interrupt from PIC2
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Available
Floppy disk ctrl
Parallel port
RQ8
IRQ9*
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Real Time Clock
Reserved
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Available
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
M300
10-9
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000- 01F
020-021
022-03F
040-043
044-05F
060
061
062-063
064
065-06F
070-071
072-080
081-08F
090-09F
0A0-0A1
0A2-0BF
0C0-0DF
0E0-1EF
1F0-1F8
1F9-277
278-27B
27C-2F7
DMA controller
First interrupt controller
82335 registers (only on reset)
Timer
2F8-2FF
300-377
378 - 37B
37C-3B3
3B4-3B5
3B6-3B9
3BA
3BB-3BF
3C0-3CF
3D0-3D3
3D4-3D5
3D6-3D9
3DA
3DB-3EF
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
400-46E7
46E8
46E9-FFFF
8000F0-8000FF
Serial port 2
10-10
Keyboard controller
System Port B controller
Keyboard controller
RTC/CMOS and NMI mask
DMA page registers
DMA registers 4 - 7
Hard disk drive
Parallel port 1
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Serial port 1
VGA control registers
Coprocessor
Parallel port 2
M300
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Standard 85 ms
WREN II full size
CDC WREN 1 35ms full size
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
WREN II slim size
Micropolis 1323 A full size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms half size
Tandom TM362 85 ms 3,5"
Seagate ST251 40 ms half size
Rodime RO3055 40 ms 3,5"
Seagate ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
FUJITSU M2227D
FUJITSU M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP3022
CONNER CP3106
Miniscribe 8051
Quantum PC40 AT
CONNER CP346
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
-1
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
40 MB
20 MB
100 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
635
615
776
745
965
805
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
4
4
8
4
5
4
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
639
614
775
744
964
804
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
33
17
33
28
17
26
Where: CYL:
T:
LZ:
SET:
10
No. of disk cylinders
No. of disk heads
Head parking cylinder number
No. of disk sectors
■
M300
10-11
P500
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
i386SX (P9) 16-bit bus
Clock
16 MHz
Architecture
MICROCHANNEL
Memory
The motherboard supports 16 MB:
With 286 KB SIMMs
Total memory on system board 1 MB
not expandable.
With 1 MB SIMMs
- 2 banks of 2 MB on motherboard
- 4 banks of 2 MB on expansion
board MEM 26-503
- 4 banks of 2 MB on another
memory board.
Modules that can be installed in the
memory banks are SIMM 1 MB x 9
EXM 26-502
MOTHERBOARD
p1.4 BA823 1 MB
BA827 2 MB
p5
BA242 1 MB
BA243 2 MB
BIOS
Last level:
Rev. 1.18 on all boards.
For the various
versions, see table
Compatibility Notes
Memory access
100 ns
Coprocessor
I80387 SX
POWER SUPPLY
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
PS13A 220 V
40 MB 3.5" NEC 3146H ST506
40 MB NEC D3142 ST506
40 MB FUJITSU M2227 ST506
80 MB 5.25" CDC ESDI
135 MB 5.25" NEC D5655 ESDI
135 MB 5.25" Micropolis 1654-7 ESDI
CONSOLE
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
AT expansion slots
Video adapter
Integrated on System Board - VGA
compatible PVGA1
Integrated on System Board.
FDC 8272A
1) GO787 WD1006V
ST506 interface
2) GO788 WD1007V
ESDI interface
3) GO525 ESDI interface
CMOS RAM
64 bytes for the Set-up and 8 KB
expanded CMOS
ROM BIOS
128 Kb (2x27C512)
Mouse
PS/2- AT-compatible GRD 25-025
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101 ANK 26-102
P500
11
PS13A 110 V
CO 131
1) NASC level
HARD DISK
CONTROLLER
GO787 ST506
1) Level: NASC
2) Level: 0.3 MI
GO788 ESDI
1) Level: NASC
GO525 ESDI
1) Level: NASC
2) Level: 0.1 MI
GO564
1) Level: NASC
11-1
SYSTEM BOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc. 412445 M
ROM H PB - UDB13
ROM L PB - UDA13
Rev. 1.03
See the table on the next page
Lev. 0.1
Lev. 0.2
Rev. 1.03
Rev. 1.03
RETROFITTING
RETROFITTING
Lev. 0.3
ROM H PBV1
ROM L PBV2
Rev. 1.05
RETROFITTING
Lev. 0.4
Lev. 0.5
Rev. 1.05
Rev. 1.05
RETROFITTING
RETROFITTING
Lev. 0.6
ROM H PBV6
ROM L PBV7
Rev. 1.06
Corrects the 3270 problem
Lev. 0.7
Rev. 1.06
Corrects the ATTACHMATE problem
Lev. 0.8
ROM H PBV8
ROM L PBV9
Rev. 1.09
Corrects the real time clock problem
Lev. 0.9
ROM H PPU2
ROM L PPU3
Rev. 1.14
Corrects video problems
Lev. 10
ROM H PPU4
ROM L PPU5
Rev. 1.16
Corrects system parity
Lev. 11
ROM H PPJL
ROM L PPJH
Rev. 1.18
Solves Adapter IBM 8514/A problems, of
SW IBM 4700 in banking environment
and PS/2-compatible Microsoft mouse.
Lev. 12
Rev. 1.18
Cutting and trimming to solve problems
of the "Parallel Processor AOX" board.
Lev. 12
Rev. 1.18
To solve configuration problems with the
OS/RAM32 board, a 47 pF capacitor has
been mounted between pins 4 and 10 of
component 74F245 at location UGA12.
Applied at field level only.
-
This board has evolved in the same way as BA823.
BA827
BA823
LEVEL
11-2
P500
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
ROM H PPU4
ROM L PPU5
Rev. 1.16
See the table on the next page.
Lev. 0.1
Modified 32.768 KHz
oscillator circuit
Lev. 0.2
ROM H PPJL
ROM L PPJH
Rev. 1.18
Solves Adapter IBM 8514/A problems, of
SW IBM 4700 in banking environment
and PS/2-compatible Microsoft mouse.
Lev. 0.3
Rev. 1.18
Cutting and trimming to solve problems
of the "Parallel Processor AOX" board.
Lev. 0.3
Rev. 1.18
To solve configuration problems with the
OS/RAM32 board, a 47 pF capacitor has
been mounted between pins 4 and 10 of
component 74F245 at location UGA12.
Applied at field level only.
-
This board has evolved in the same way as BA242.
11
BA243
BA242
LEVEL
P500
11-3
i386SX CPU
80387SX Coprocessor
8272 Floppy disk Controller
8259A Two Interrupt Controllers
82308 MCA BUS Control
Compatibility with the Microchannel BUS
Support for 8 - 16 - or 32-bit data transfers
82307 DMA controller and Interrupt Arbiter
8 DMA channels
Refresh generation for memory
boards on BUS
Interface between CPU and Coprocessor
Decode of I/O device interrupts
DMA controller
16550 Serial port controller
MV146818 RTC and 64 Byte of CMOS RAM
82309 Address BUS Controller
RAM refresh cycle management
RAM access control
ROM BIOS access control
Decode of the addresses of devices on the
system board
Implements the error recovery registers at
given I/O addresses
82306 Local Channel Support Controller
Floppy Disk subsystem support
I/O address decode
8254 compatible programmable timer
System POS registers
Registers for the system board functions
NMI logic
8742
Keyboard controller
PVGA1
Video adapter
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
CPU motherboard
Console board
Power supply
BA823
BA827
BA242
BA243
CO131
PS13A
GO787
GO788
GO525
GO564
412445 M
412519 P
951747 F
412446 N
412449 Z
412450 W
412814 F
-
P1.4 printed level - 1 MB of memory
P1.4 printed level - 2 MB of memory
P5 printed level - 1 MB of memory
P5 printed level - 1 MB of memory
ST506 controller
ESDI controller
ESDI controller
ESDI controller replaces GO525
PAL
CODE
FUNCTION
POSITION
EVOLUTION
PRS4
WS
SG
HS
SL
SK
CSLA
Reset circuit
RTC & CMOS RAM
Clock circuit
Clock circuit
POS registers
VGA circuit
UF13A
U17C
UCC9
UD9
UN4
UJ5
RT4
PLSN
11-4
SM
P500
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.06 update 4
BIOS 1.09
1.07 update 2
BIOS 1.14
1.08 update 2
BIOS 1.16
Solves:
- Video test problems responsible for system crashes
- The hard disk test problem which indicates test that has been
passed even when the hard disk is not connected.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD or HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
ROM BIOS 1.06
Solves:
ROM BIOS 1.09
For use with the user diskette Ver. 1.06 upd 4
Solves:
"Real Time Clock" random errors
ROM BIOS 1.14
Solves:
Handling problems with IBM 3270 board
- System crashes during initialization of the
mouse drive if the network password is enabled.
The Keyboard controller can not accept the
password
- Problem with the Intel chip set during access to the
system board port 107h.
- Problem with the "Monitor detect routine" when the
monitor is not present
- Problem in hard disk initialization when an error is
found in the configuration of the HD controller even
when configured correctly
- Problem in initialization of the IBM twin serial
port board
- Incorrect video management
- System slow down caused by operation of Real
Time Clock
- System crash when the parallel port functions are
used under Microsoft OS/2 and the ABIOS interface
- ABIOS initialization problems
11
ROM BIOS 1.16
Solves:
Compatibility problems with standard VGA
ROM BIOS 1.18
Solves:
-
GO525/GO564
GO564 replaces GO525 to unify stock
ME064 memory board
Board TECMAR Rev. A (ME064 NA) is changed to solve a parity
error problem. Board TECMAR Rev. B (ME064 NA/A) being produced
does not have this problem
P500
PS/2 mouse faults
IBM 8514/A installation problems
Parity error when BUS is loaded with different boards
SW IBM 4700 problems in banking environment
11-5
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
412449 Z
GO525
ROM BIOS
Lev. 0.3 MI
NOTES
Replacement of components.
No change in functions
Replaced by the GO525 to solve some problems
Nasc.
412450 W
ROM BIOS
Ver. R.2020
Firmware
Ver. 7.8
Nasc.
412814 F
ROM BIOS Solves:
Ver. R.2.031
Firmware
Ver. 7.11-02
- Crashes in OS/2 ver. 1.10
environment with 2 units installed.
- Incorrect management of accesses to
alternative tracks.
Solves:
Firmware
Ver. 7.11-05
- Incorrect management of installation
of NOVEL Netware 286 v.2.15.
- Impossibility of formatting a HDU
with a Defect List with only one
defect.
- Incorrect management of read
accesses to alternative sectors
even with Retries disabled.
GO788
GO787
HARD DISK CONTROLLER
Lev. 0.1
-
-
Replaces GO525
GO564
Nasc.
INSTALLABLE HARD DISKS and BUS ARBITRATION LEVELS
TYPE
CAPACITY
MODEL
INTERFACE
BUS ARBITRATION
LEVEL
6
16
3
13
22
27
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
Seagate ST 125
Miniscribe 8425F
NEC D3142
NEC D3146H
Fujitsu M2227
Toshiba MK134F
ST506
ST506
ST506
ST506
ST506
ST506
3
3
3
3
3
3
-
80 MB
135 MB
135 MB
CDC 94216-106
NEC D5655
Micropolis 1654-7
ESDI
ESDI
ESDI
3
3
3
11-6
P500
P4.1 MOTHERBOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
8230
LCSC
JP3 JP2
8742
1
8272 FDC
1
BANK 0
JP5
1
8259
PIC1
8259
PIC1
JP10
BANK 1
JP01
16550
ACE
VGA
82309
ABC
11
82308
MCBC
BIOS
1
2
82307
DMA
CACP
L
H
387SX
NPX
3
4
5
386SX
CPU
6
P500
JP01
IN One memory bank only installed (1MB SIMM) MEM 2 MB
OUT Two memory banks installed (4 246 Kb SIMMs or 4 1 MB SIMMs)
1 or 4 MB memory
JP2 & JP3
Position 1-2 RAS 0 enable (bank 0)
Position 2-3 RAS 1 enable (bank 0 and bank 1)
JP5
Position 1-2 1 MB SIMM Modules
Position 2-3 256 Kb SIMM Modules
JP10
IN Disables the password at power-up
OUT Normal position
11-7
P5 MOTHRBOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
82306
LCSC
8272 FDC
8742
JP10
BANK 0
8259
PIC1
JP5
8259
PIC1
JP01
JP2
82309
ABC
16550
ACE
BANK 1
JP3
VGA
82308
MCBC
BIOS
1
2
82307
DMA
CACP
L
H
387SX
NPX
3
4
5
6
11-8
386SX
CPU
JP01
IN
One memory bank only installed (2 1MB SIMM ). MEM 2 MB
OUT Two memory banks installed (4 246 Kb SIMMs or 4 1 MB SIMMs)
1 or 4 MB memory
JP2 & JP3
Position 1-2 1 MB installed on system board
Position 2-3 2 or 4 MB installed on system board
JP5
Position 1-2 1 MB SIMM Modules
Position 2-3 256 Kb SIMM Modules
JP10
IN
Disables password at power-up
OUT Normal position
P500
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM DISK Operating System, Version 4.00
During installation on hard disk, a
MODEMS
Hayes Smartmodem 1200P
IBM PS/2 300/1200 Internal Modem/A
(6450349)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
IBM PS/2 80286 Memory Exp. Option
INTEL Aboveboard/2
Orchid Ramquest extra 16/32
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM PS/2 Monochrome Display 8503
IBM PC Network
IBM PC Network (Baseband Adapter)
Novell Network
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
IBM PS/2 Display Adapter 8514/A
MATROX PG2 - 1281 HI-RES Graphics
Controller
SOFTWARE SECURITY Parallel Port Block
P500
11
11-9
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
AVAILABLE
VIDEO RAM (text)
640 KB
VIDEO
RAM
(graphics)
A000
SYSTEM
BIOS
B000
C000
D000
E000
F000
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
00000000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 0000FFFF
00100000 - 0025FFFF
00260000 - 0045FFFF
00460000 - 00FDFFFF
00FE0000 - 00FFFFFF
640 K
128 K
128 K
128 K
1408 K
2048 K
11776 K
128 K
System RAM - Bank 0 on motherboard
Video RAM
I/O ROM
System Board ROM
System RAM Bank 0
System RAM Bank 1
System Board ROM
DMA CHANNELS
10000
INTERRUPT LEVELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
DMA 0
DMA 1
Floppy disk
DMA 3
DMA 4
DMA 5
DMA 6
DMA 7
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
EXP. SLOT
386SX CPU
RQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
RQ8
IRQ9*
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Channel 0 of output timer
Keyboard interface
Interrupt from PIC2
Available
Primary serial port
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Real Time Clock
Reserved
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Available
11-10
P500
CMOS MEMORY MAP (SETUP)
BYTE
FUNCTION
BYTE
FUNCTION
00-0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
R.T.C
Reserved
Protected mode or Virtual mode
Floppy disk type
Reserved
Hard disk unit type C and D
Reserved
System configuration
RAM low byte
RAM high byte
Expansion RAM least significant
byte
18
Expansion RAM most significant
byte
Hard disk unit type C
Hard disk unit type D
Reserved
Address control 10-2D
Least significant byte of RAM
Total
Most significant byte of expansion
RAM
Information on the data
Reserved
Password
19
1A
1B-2D
2E-2F
30
31
32
33-37
38-3F
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000- 01F
020-021
022-03F
040
041
042-044
045-046
047
048-05F
060
061
062-063
064
065-06F
070-091
072-073
074-076
077-07F
080-08F
090
091
092
093
094-095
096-097
098-09F
0A0-0A1
0A2-0BF
DMA controller
First interrupt controller
0C0-0DF
100-1EF
1F0-1FF
200-277
2F8-27A
27B-27F
2F8-2FF
300-377
378 - 37A
37B-3B3
3B4-3B5
3B6-3B9
3BA
3BB
3BC - 3BF
3C0-3C9
3CA-3CD
3CE-3CF
3D0-3D3
3D4-3D5
3D6-3D9
3DA
3DB-3EF
3F0 - 3F7
3F8 - 3FF
400-FFFF
8000F88000FF
DMA channel 4-7
POS registers
Timer
Timer
Timer
Keyboard controller
Keyboard controller
RTC/CMOS and NMI mask
CMOS RAM expansion
DMA registers
POS registers
Selected board register
System Port A controller
POS registers
POS registers
11
Parallel port 3
Serial port 2
Parallel port 2
Video adapter
Video adapter
Parallel port 1
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Serial port 1
Coprocessor
■
P500
11-11
P800
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Intel 80386
Clock
25 MHz
Architecture
MICROCHANNEL
Memory
The system board supports 16 MB
installed in 4 banks:
- 2 banks of 4 MB on system board
- 2 banks of 4 MB on expansion
board MEM 26-804
- 2 banks of 4 MB on Proprietary
memory MEM 26-806
Modules that can be installed in
memory banks are SIMM 1 MB x 9
EXM 26-805
MEM 26-806 is a Proprietary memory
expansion module of 4 MB expandable
to 8 MB with SIMM module kit EXM
26-805
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
1) Intel 80387
2) Weitek 3167
Floppy Disk
Hard Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
150 MB Micropolis 1654-7
150 MB NEC D5655
300 MB Micropolis 1558
Streaming Tape
80 MB IRVIN 285
AT Expansion slots
8 Present
7 Available
Video adapter
Integrated on System Board - Super
VGA 82C451
Integrated on System Board
Floppy Disk controller: WD 57C65
1) GO788 WD1007V - MC1
ESDI interface
Cache Controller
82385
Cache size
64 KB
Mouse
PS/2- and AT-compatible GRD 25-025
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK26-101 ANK26-102.
P800
SYSTEM BOARD
BA826
BIOS
Last level:
Rev. 1.07
POWER SUPPLY
PS30B 220V Lev. 08 MI
PS30B 110V Lev. 06 MI
PS30/B1 220V
Lev. 01 MI
PS30/B1 110V
Lev. 01 MI
12
S.P.S.
PS30C 220V Lev. 02 MI
S.P.S.
PS30C 110V Lev. 02 MI
CONSOLE
IF 632
Level: 02 MI
HARD DISK
CONTROLLER
GO788 ESDI
Lev.: 01
GO525 ESDI
Lev.: 01 MI
GO564 ESDI
Lev.: NASC
12-1
SYSTEM BOARD
BA826
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Lev. Nasc. 412636 L
ROM L PBZ4 - U118 See the following table.
ROM H PBZ5 - U119
Rev. 1.02
Lev. 01 MI
ROM L PBZW
ROM H PBZX
Rev. 1.03
RETROFITTING
Lev. 03 MI
Lev. 0.2
does not
exist
ROM L PPU8
ROM H PPU9
Rev. 1.05
-
Insertion of a PAL GL1G Rev. 2
Pos. U129
Replacement of the PAL PLDM rev.1
with a PAL GL1H Rev. 2. Pos. U65
Replacement of the PAL PLDJ rev. 3
with a PAL GL1J Rev. 4. Pos. U159
Lev. 04 MI
ROM L PPJ0
ROM H PPJ1
Rev. 1.06
Cutting and trimming to solve the system
crash problem after a manual reset
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.07
Solves the BIOS problems of the W.D. board
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.07
The RESET4 circuit has been modified to
solve the system crash problems after a
manual reset
Lev. 07
A 70 ns PAL has been mounted at U129 to
solve the problems concerning DOS 5.0 and
WIN 3.1. Applied at field level only.
82385
82C206
82C322 Memory Controller
Supports 256 KB - 1M DRAM
Shadow RAM
Supports up to 16 MB
Programming of wait states
82C325 Data Buffer Controller
Bus Conversion and Bus Swapping function
Generation and checking of parity errors in
DRAM
Contains POS register in MCA architecture
82C223 DMA Controller
Performs DMA operations
8 independent DMA channels
Extended mode operations
16 MB memory addressing capacity
DMA serial operations
Supplies virtual DMA on channels 0 and 4
se controller 8042
82C451
adapter
16C552
er
WD57C65
ler
CMOS RAM
ollers 8259 82C226
e timer
ompatible
S RAM
ller
82C231 MCA controller
verter
12-2
P800
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
Console interface board
Memory board
Memory board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
BA826
IF632
ME937
ME938
412636 L
412637 M
412936 H
612102 W
412638 W
412639 X
412814 F
412450 N
4 MB of memory
GO525
GO564
GO788
4 MB of on-board memory
4 MB of on-board memory
ESDI controller
ESDI controller
ESDI controller
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.00 update 1
1.00 update 2
From BIOS 1.03
From BIOS 1.03 - Solves the faults of
previous version
From BIOS 1.03 - Solves the Tecmar memory
expansion board installation problems
1.01 update 2
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
IF632
Lev. Nasc. 412637 M
ROM BIOS
COMPATIBILITY
CSQ7 - U4
Rev: 1.3
Compatible with BIOS Rel. 1.03
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 02 MI
12
Cutting and trimming taken in and inversion of the
signals on connector J2. This version is not
compatible with the earlier version.
CSQ6
Rev: 1.5
Solves the error message problems of the SPS.
Introduction of the label "Bar Code Traceability".
This change does not modify the console level.
P800
12-3
HARD DISK CONTROLLER
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. Nasc. 412637 M
–
Compatible with BIOS 1.02
Lev. Nasc. 412814 F
Rel. 7.11-02
Lev. 01
Rel. 7.11-05
Lev. Nasc. –
–
Solves:
- Crashes under OS/2
ver. 1.10 with 2 units installed.
- Incorrect management or access
to the alternative tracks
Replaces GO525
GO564
GO525
GO788
LEVEL
INSTALLABLE HARD DISKS AND BUS ARBITRATION LEVELS
TYPE CAPACITY
MODEL
CYL
25
24
31
Micropolis 1654-7
NEC D5655
Micropolis 1558
CDC 94186-386
CDC 94126-106
820 8
1021 10
814 15
135 MB
135 MB
300 MB
300 MB
80 MB
INT: Interface
T
LZ.
INT
822 ESDI
1023 EDSI
ESDI
ESDI
1
ESDI
ARBITRATION LEVEL
3
3
3
3
3
T: No. of disk heads
PS30B POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY LEVEL
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220/110 V
PS30B 220V only
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 02 MI
Lev. 03 MI
Lev. 04 MI
Lev. 05 MI
Lev. 06 MI
PS30B 220V only Lev. 07 MI
NOTES
Solves power up criticality problems
Modifications to structure, no change in functions
Modification made in order to acquire larger margins on
MOS voltage.
Solves:
- Power up random failure problems
- + 12 V auxiliary voltage out of specs problems
- + 5 V auxiliary diode breakage
PS30B 220V
PS30B 110V
Lev. 08 MI
Lev. 06 MI
Changes due to telediagnosis (cable through)
PS30/B1
Lev. Nasc.
New power supply unit to conform with Northern Countries
safety rules (see CP486)
Lev.: 0.1 MI
Changes due to PEM
12-4
P800
PS30C S.P.S.
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 02 MI
Solves the output voltage problem that, in previous level, was at tolerance limit.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
Console Firmware 1.5
Solves problems of error messages displayed on the console when
the SPS is installed
ROM BIOS 1.03
Solves:
- Diagnostic problems
- Messages on screen
ROM BIOS 1.05
Solves:
- Disables all memory banks (except for
bank 0) when one is found faulty.
- Error signalled during the "Parrallel Port Test"
when an Olivetti parallel printer is connected.
- Control of hard disk controller ID during
initialization
BIOS GO525
Solves:
- System crashes when working in
OS/2 ver 1.1 with 2 units installed.
- Incorrect management of access to
the alternative tracks
12
LOW LEVEL FORMAT
diskette ver. 1.20
Solves the problem of version 1.10 in which it was not possible to
format the entire hard disk if a power failure occurred during
formatting.
Hard disk NEC D5655
Incompatibility between hard disk controller GO788 and hard disk
NEC D5655 in cases where the hard disk mounts a G8ATE circuit
board.
There are no problems where the hard disk has a G8ATA board.
Insertion and replacement
of PAL’s and cutting and
trimming made.
Lev. 03 System Board
Solve random system crashes during execution of the self-test or
during use of the FLIGHT SIMULATOR program.
Level 0.1 of power supply
PS30/B1
Change due to PEM introduction on CP486 that uses the same
power supply unit
82C451 C&T component
Video Controller
Step "C" of this component can be installed on Personal Computer
P800. This replacement is to be made in case of failure and is not
implemented at the factory by Olivetti.
P800
12-5
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS, JUMPERS
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL
CONNECTOR
SERIAL
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
8042
MCA SLOTS
CMOS RAM
82C226
16552
CONSOLE
CTRL
FLOPPY
CTRL
VIDEO
ADAPTER
82C325
POWER SUPPLY
BIOS ROM
SOCKET
FOR WEITEK
82C223
82385
L
H
82C231
82C322
SOCKET
FOR 80387
12-6
80386 CPU
CONNECTOR
FOR MEMORY
EXPANSION
BOARD
BEH9A
P800
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
and Ver. 1.10
Olivetti’s Microsoft OS/2, Ver. 1.10
MODEMS
(6450349)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
IBM PS/2 80386 2-6 MB Exp. Memory Option
Olivetti Memory Expansion board MEM 26-503
Profit System Elite 16/2
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM PC Network
Novell Advanced netware Ver.2.12
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
12
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
00000000 - 0007FFFF
00080000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 000FFFFF
00100000 - 00FFFFFF
01000000 - BFFFFFFF
C0000000 - C1FFFFFF
C2000000 - FFFDFFFF
FFFE0000 - FFFFFFFF
512 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
15 MB
15 MB
System DRAM
I/O RAM
Video adapter RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS (SHADOW RAM)
System RAM
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
UNIMPORTANT
YES
YES
P800
15 MB
128 KB
12-7
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
0
1
2
3
Reserved
Available for use
Floppy disk
Available for use
4
5
6
7
Reserved
Available for use
Available for use
Available for use
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000- 01F
020-021
022
023
040-047
060
061
064
070 - 071
074 - 076
DMA controller (channels 0-3)
First interrupt controller 8259A
System Setup Indexing registers
System Setup Data registers
System Timer
Auxiliary device
Auxiliary device
RT/CMOS and NMI mask
8 KB CMOS RAM expansion
Configuration registers 68B50
registers
DMA registers pages 0 - 3
Central arbitration control port
Response from board selected
Reserved
Boards enable
096 - 097
0A0 - 0A1
0C0 - 0DF
0E0
0E1
0E2
0E3 - 0E7
0F0 - 0FF
100 - 107
1F0 - 1F8
278 - 27B
2F8 - 2FF
378 - 37B
3BC - 3BF
3B4 - 3C5
3CE - 3DA
3C6 - 3C9
3F0 - 3F7
3F8 - 3FF
POS, Connector selection
Second interrupt controller 8259A
DMA controller (4 - 7)
Split address register
Memory map register
Cache control register
Channel restore registers
Coprocessor
Programmable option selection
Hard disk adapter
Parallel port 3
Serial port 2 (RS-232-C)
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Video subsystem
Video subsystem
Video DAC, Bt471
Serial port 1 (RS- 232-C)
081 - 087
089 - 08F
090
091
092
093
094
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
RQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Channel 0 of timer output
Keyboard interface
Interrupt from PIC2
Optional serial port
Primary serial port
Available
Parallel port
RQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Real Time Clock
Redirected via software to IRQ2
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Available
■
12-8
P800
CP486
SYSTEM BOARD
BA847 P1.25 - 2 MB
BA867 P1.7 - 4 MB
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 80486
Clock
25 MHz
Architecture
32-bit EISA (Extended Industry
Standard Architecture)
Memory
2 or 4 MB on system board expandable
up to 16 MB by:
EXM 26-482 2 SIMM 1 MB x 9 100 ns
EXM 26-484 2 SIMM 2 MB x 9 100 ns
BIOS
BA847: 2.03
BA867: 2.03
VIDEO ADAPTER
GO734
GO739
Memory access time
80 ns
Coprocessor
1) Integrated in the INTEL 80486
2) Weitek 4167
HARD DISK - FLOPPY
DISK CONTROLLER
Optional processor
INTEL i860
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
GO736
GO738
GO740
Hard Disk
150 MB
300 MB
600 MB
CONSOLE
IF632 497860 X
Wren V HH SCSI
Micropolis 1674-7
Wren IV SCSI
Seagate ST2383N
Maxtor XT - 8760S
1) Level: 01MI
2) Level: 02MI
13
POWER SUPPLY
Streaming Tape
Wangtek 150 MB SCSI
EISA slots
8 Present
6 Available
Video adapter
EISA EVC-1 board GO734
PS30 B 110 V
Level: 0.6
Hard Disk and Floppy
disk controller
EISA ESC-1 board GO736
SP30/B1 220 V
Level: 01
Cache Controller
Integrated in microprocessor
Cache size
8 KB integrated in microprocessor
Mouse
PS/2 and AT compatible
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
PS30 B 220 V
Level: 0.8
PS30/B1 110 V
Level: 02
PS30 C 220 V S.P.S.
Level: 02
PS30 C 110 V S.P.S
Level: 02
MEMORY EXPANSION
1
WARNING: It is not essential to fill all the
memory banks available. Starting from the
basic 4 MB, it is thus possible to obtain the
following memory configurations: 6, 8, 10,
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,
34, 36, 38, 40, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56,
58, 60, 62, 64 MB.
The SIMM modules installable are:
EXM 26-484
4 MB
EXM 26-482
2 MB
CP486
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Connectors
1
2
3
4
BFB6A
13-1
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
BA847
Lev. Nasc.
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS / NOTES
ME9W 497352V
Rev. 1.06
ME9R 497416E Rev. 1.08.2
Rev. 1.08.2
-
New BIOS to solve the interrupt 5, SCSI
controller and configuration problems
PAL replaced to solve the Data Compare
Error problem
Lev. 02
ME8K 497450U Rev. 1.10.1
-
New BIOS for management of INT13 and
the power-on diagnostics
PAL replaced to allow management of the
i860 processor and solve the DMA paity error
and system lock problems
Lev. 03
-
Lev. 01
ISP A2 without Piggyback introduced.
The modifications described from this point on have not been implemented in production but in the
field only.
PPJ5 498060H
Rev. 1.15
-
New BIOS to solve the following problems:
- Reset of 860
- Proteon P1344
- Format and auto slow with C3 82077
- Win386
- Matrox 1281
- Installation of NETWARE/386 on HDU
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.15
Rev. 1.15
-
Two PAL changed to eliminate Panic error
and parity error in SCO UNIX.
Lev. 08
Rev. 1.15
-
Cut to solve system hang problems on some
TORUS (EISA) communication boards and
serial port malfunctioning.
Lev. 09
PPJF 498124J
Rev. 2.0
-
New BIOS for addition of following features:
- Support for more than 2 HDU
- Support for several ESC-1 boards
- Support for PEM
- Support for telediagnostic board
- Support for ESDI HDU
Lev. 10
Rev. 2.0
-
Cut to solve system hang problems during
P.O.D.
Lev. 11
PPJR 498155Z
Rev. 2.01
-
New BIOS for management of the 300 MB
ESDI Type 35 hard disk and solve the
following problems:
- BOOT with non-formatted ESDI HDU
- BOOT from diskless system
- Compatibility
BA847
Lev. 04
13-2
CP486
BA847
LEVEL
ROM BIOS
Lev. 12
Rev. 2.01
-
Changes to solve interrupt noise problem of
serial port when i486 microprocessor non D0
is installed on motherboard
Lev. 13
Rev. 2.01
-
Keyboard controller 8.01 introduced to
replace the 8.0
Lev. 14
Rev. 2.03
-
New BIOS to solve problems of the previous
release:
- Memory over 16 MB
- Boot of 720 KB floppy drives
- ADAPTEC EISA Controller
- MYLEX SCSI Controller
612164 T PPJ5 498060H
Rev. 1.15
-
New layout level for recovering cutting and
trimming and solve problems of previous
board. Board with 4 MB of memory.
Lev. 01
PPJF 498124J
Rev. 2.0
-
New BIOS for addition of following features:
- Support for more than 2 HDU
- Support for PEM
- Support for ESDI HDU
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.0
-
Cuts and wirings to solve problem of system
locks during the P.O.D. when there are
several EISA boards on the BUS
BA867
Lev. Nasc.
D.R.S.
CODE
Lev. 03
PPJR 498155Z
Rev. 2.01
-
ESDI Type 35 hard disk and solve the
following problems:
- BOOT with non-formatted ESDI HDU
- Compatibility
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
-
Serial port problems due to noise on
interrupts when using an i486 processor not
step D now solved.
Signal BCLK improved
Lev. 06
CP486
Rev. 2.01
-
New keyboard controller 8.01 introduced
New 80486-25-D0 introduced to replace the
80486-26-B6
WD component 16C552 Mask D used to
replace the previous component.
13-3
13
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. 07
612164 T Rev. 2.01
-
BA867
-
Allows introduction of step A2 of the EBC
82358 component replacing step A1
Improved BCLK EISA BUS signal and EBC
HCLKCPU signals
release
- Memory over 16 MB
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
82537 ISP
DMA Controller
Interrupt Controller
5 Timers
I/O Ports
XL2865
EEPROM Configuration
DS1287
Real Time Clock/Timer
8042/8742
Keyboard and Mouse Controller
WD16C552
Serial and Parallel Port Controller
82358 EBC
EISA BUS Controller
WARNING: If hardware or firmware changes should occur on system board, hardware and firmware for hard disk and video controller boards must also be changed if necessary. See table below
BOARDS, DIAGNOSTIC BIOS AND DRIVERS COMPATIBILITY
SYSTEM BOARD
HDU CTRL
BDS
BIOS LEV. ESC 1 FW
847
847
847
847
847
847
847
847
847
867
867
867
867
1.06
1.06
1.08.2
1.08.2
1.10.1
1.10.1
1.10.1
1.10.1
1.15
1.15
2.0
2.01
2.03
13-4
Na
Na
01
01
02
03
03
03
04
Na
01
03
07
736
738
738
738
738
738
738
740
738
740
740
740
750
1.10
1.10
1.13
1.13
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.42
1.43
1.43
VIDEO CTRL
LEV. EVC 1 FW
01
Na
01
03
04/05
04/05
08
Na
09
Na
01
02
02
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
739
739
739
739
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
DIAGNOSTIC
LEV. S.T.
01
01
02
02
03
03
03
03
04
Na
Na
Na
Na
1.20 05
1.20 05
1.20 1
1.20 1
1.20 1
1.20 1
1.20 1
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
DRIVER
U.D.
OEM
EVC
1.10 02
1.10 02
1.20 04
1.10 04
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20 01
1.20.01
4.08 1.3
4.08 1.3
4.08 1.4
4.08 1.4
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
1.01
1.01
2.01
2.01
2.01 3
2.01 3
2.01 3
2.01 3
2.01 3
3.0
4.0 1.3
5.0
5.0
CP486
REFURBISHING KITS
These KITs allow system board BA847 to be increased to level 05/06, and hard disk controller
board GO738 of CP486 to be increased to level 08.
INITIAL LEVEL
KIT TO BE USED
SYSTEM BOARD
HDU CONTROLLER
BA847 Level Nasc.
GO736 Lev. 01
KIT003-03 code 977732 S
KIT003-04 code 977733 T
Composition: Material for BA847 change
HDU controller board GO740
Starter kit floppy 3.5" KIT003,
floppy 5.25" KIT004
BA847 Level Nasc.
GO738
KIT003-01 code 977730 C
KIT003-02 code 977731 Z
HDU controller board GO738
Starter kit floppy 3.5" KIT001,
floppy 5.25" KIT002
BA847 Level 02/03
GO738 Lev. 04
KIT003-06 code 977803 T
Material for GO738 change
BA847 Level 02/03
GO738 Lev. 05
KIT003-06 code 977800 C
13
CP486
13-5
BA847 I/O DEVICES
DEVICE
TYPE
LOCATION
Asynchronous communication element
Keyboard and mouse controller
Flash EPROM
Configuration EEPROM
Real time clock
PAL CPU reset counter
I/O controller 3
PAL keyboard intercept
I/O controller 2
I/O controller 1
EISA BUS controller
EISA integrated system peripherals
Address decode PAL
Even RAS driver
Odd RAS driver
PAL, Address translation
PAL, RAM map control
PAL, AEN(x) generation
PAL, parity error control
PAL, Snoop Stroke control
PAL, Burst address generation
Odd CAS driver
Even CAS drive
PAL, Byte-enable control
PAL, EISA buffer control
PAL, host access control
PAL, latch address control
PAL, system reset control
PAL, Burst control
PAL, CAS control
PAL, EISA access control
PAL, RAS control
PAL, CPU control
PAL, numeric coprocessor address control
PAL, numeric coprocessor control
PAL, BUS arbitration
PAL, BUS control
PAL, parity error detection
PAL2, numeric coprocessor addresses
WEITEK coprocessor
Microprocessor
Optional microprocessor
WD16C552
8742AH
28F010
XL2865A
DS1287
16R6
20L8
22V10
EP1800
EP1800
82358-25
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U24
U25
U26
U27
U35
U36
U37
U39
U40
U44
U46
U47
U69
U70
U74
U75
U76
U80
U81
U82
U83
U84
U85
U87
U96
U97
U203
U204
U205
U206
U207
U208
U218
U219
U220
U232
U233
U241
13-6
20L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
22V10
20V8
16R4
20R4
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
20R6
16L8
16R8
16R4
16R4
20L8
16R4
20R6
20L8
16R8
16R6
20R6
20L8
20L8
20L8
20L8
WTL4167
I486
I860
CP486
BA867 I/O DEVICES
DEVICE
TYPE
LOCATION
Flash EPROM
Real time clock
I/O controller 3
I/O controller 2
I/O controller 1
EISA BUS controller
Address decode PAL
Even RAS driver
Odd RAS driver
PAL, addresses translation
PAL, ISA Master Buffer-Swap
Odd CAS driver
Even CAS driver
PAL, CAS-enable control
PAL, Snoop control
PAL, RAS control
PAL, CAS control
PAL, CPU control
PAL, BUS control
WEITEK coprocessor
Microprocessor
WD16C552
8742AH
28F010
XL2865A
DS1287
16R6
20L8
22V10
EP1800
EP1800
82358-33
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U24
U25
U26
U27
U35
U36
U37
U39
U40
U44
U46
U47
U56
U70
U71
U72
U73
U74
U77
U78
U79
U80
U81
U82
U83
U84
U203
U204
U205
U206
U207
U208
U218
U219
U220
U232
U233
U241
CP486
20L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
22V10
16L8
20V8
20L8
20R4
16L8
16L8
20V10
16V8
20R8
16L8
16R8
16R4
16R4
16R4
20R6
20V8
16R8
16R6
20R4
20L8
20L8
20L8
20L8
WTL4167
I486
I860
13
13-7
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
412783 Q PBZ2 Rev. 1.01 82C452 super VGA
RAM Video - VRAM 100 ns 256 Kx4 Dual-ported
497534C
Lev. 01 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 497346X
-
New firmware to solve EVC’s DAM test error
problem
Cuts and wirings to solve overheating and
emission out of VDE - FCC/B limitations
problems
Lev. 02 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 497346X
Improvement of performances
Solved problem of 1023rd pixel mixing.
Lev. 03 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 497346X
Replaced component I74F374 in U36 to
improve clock frequency circuit
Lev. 04 MI
PBZY Rev. 1.03 - New firmware to support mode 79H function
This modification is implemented in field only,
497461K
not in production.
Lev. Nasc.
PBZY Rev. 1.03 New printed circuit to remove cuts and wirings
497461K
GO739
GO734
VIDEO ADAPTER BOARD
13-8
CP486
POWER SUPPLY UNITS
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
LEVEL
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220/110 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Solves criticality problems at power on
Lev. 04
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220/110 V
PS30 B 220 V only
Lev. 05
Frame changes, no change in functions
Lev. 06
Modification made in order to acquire better margins on
the MOS voltage.
PS30 B 220 V only
Lev. 07
Solves: Power on random failure problems
+12 V auxiliary voltage out of specs problems
+5 V auxiliary diode failure problems
PS30 B 220 V only
Lev. 08
PS30 B 110 V only
Lev. 06
PS30/B1 220/110 V
Lev. Nasc. New power supply unit to conform with Northern
Countries safety rules.
Allows PEM device to be installed.
PS30/B1 220/110 V
Lev. 01
PS30 C 220/110 V
PS30 C 220/110 V
Lev. Nasc. S.P.S. device
Lev. 01
PS30 C 220/110 V
Lev. 02
CP486
NOTES
Frame change to clear passage for PEM device
cable
13
Changes to improve the output voltage level that is at
tolerance limit
13-9
SCSI CONTROLLER BOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
Lev. 0.1
412784 R PPUA 497327L Processor 80186 - Local CPU
PPUB 497328U BIMIC 82355 - EISA Bus Master controller
Rev 1.10
82077 - Floppy disk controller
GO738
GO736
LEVEL
Lev. Nasc.
PPUA 497327L 80186 CPU - Local CPU
PPUB 497328V BIMIC 82355 - EISA Bus Master controller
Rev. 1.10
Lev. 01 MI
PPUD 497366T PPUE 497367U Rev. 1.13
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.13
Lev. 04 MI
PPKB 497486D PPKC 497487E Rev. 1.22
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
New firmware to support Conner HDUs
Replaced two PALs to solve noise problems
in two components. Implemented on 40 MHz
BMIC board
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
Modifications of components, cuts and wirings
to solve the "Data Compare Error" during
HDU’s tests
Lev. 09 MI
PPKD 497488P PPKE 497489Q
Rev. 1.35
New firmware to manage Olivetti and DEC IDs
Lev. 10
PPJD 498122Q PPJE 498123R
Rev. 1.42
New firmware to solve the following problems:
- AT environment NOVELL DOS driver
- 200 MB CONNER and 600 MB MAXTOR
HDUs problems
- AT mode PEM support
Lev. 11
PPJP PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
Lev. 12
13-10
ROM BIOS
-
-
New firmware to enhance performance
Replaced chip 82355 A1 with 82355 A2
Replaced FDU controller 82077 C3 with
82077 C4
New 82355 chip to solve timing problems.
New firmware to support Conner HDUs.
Replaced two PALs to solve noise problems in
two components. Implemented on 32 MHz
BMIC board
It allows use of a 40 MHz oscillator in place of
the 32 MHz one
New firmware to solve CONNER HDUs
problems
New floppy disk controller 82077 CSFM replaces
82077 step C4
CP486
GO740
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPKD 497488P New printed circuit to remove cuts and wirings
PPKE 497489Q
Rev. 1.35
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.42
Lev. 02
PPJP
PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
-
Lev. 03
PPJP
PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
New BMIC (82355-B0) to replace current 82355
A2.
This component can also be installed on the
GO738 board.
Lev. 04
PZDS PZDT
Rev. 1.45
Solves some of the faults of the previous version
- AT mode NOVELL DOS driver
HDUs problems
- AT mode PEM support
New firmware to solve CONNER HDU
problems
82077 step C4
Lev. 05
USER DISKETTE
13
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.00
1.10 upd 2
1.10 upd 4
1.20 upd 1
1.30 upd 2
BIOS 1.02 (not in field)
BIOS 1.06
BIOS 1.08 and subsequent releases
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.20 upd 5
1.20 upd 1
1.50
BIOS 1.06
BIOS 1.08.2 and subsequent releases
BIOS 1.10 upd 1 and subsequent releases
CP486
13-11
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
Console IF632
Level 01MI with console controller CSQ7 13.497118K (U4) does not
manage the SPS device. The problem is solved with level 02MI with
console controller CSQ6 1.5
OEMM386
Level 4.06 does not acknowledge this Personal Computer.
For CP486 use version 4.08 rev. 1.40
ROM BIOS 1.06
Solves:
ROM BIOS 1.08.2
- 300 MB hard disk problems
- NVRAM SETUP problem
- 1.2 and 1.44 MB floppy disk problem
Solves: 600 MB hard disk problem
ROM BIOS 1.10.1
This change on board BA847 is to be simultaneously applied with
the GO738 changes which increase its level to 04 MI
Board GO734 (EVC - 1)
When the EVC-1 board operates with direct video access, a VGA
compatible controller can be installed on the BUS.
Power supply unit PS30/B1 Can be approved at 33 A on +5 (full load) and can comply with the
safety norms applied in northern countries
220 V version
ROM BIOS 1.10.1
Solves:
- COMPAQ compatibility
- Hard disk IRQ13 problems
- Power up selftest problems
SCSI GO738 controller with Via this BIOS it can support CONNER CP486 hard disks
Firmware 1.20
Power supply unit PS30/B
Can not support PEM device. The new power supply unit PS30/B1
can handle this option.
i860 processor
Customer test diskette does not correctly handle the installation of
this processor.
Possibly new customer test release should handle it.
486 microprocessor
i486 B6 microprocessor is no longer produced. It is replaced by i486
D0 microprocessor that has the same functionalities.
On BA847 motherboard, use of a microprocessor different from
version D0 causes problems on the parallel port that were solved
with level 12.
GO738 (ESC-1)
On hard disk and floppy disk GO738 controller, component 82355
A2 (BMIC) is replaced with component 82355B0 that is functionally
compatible with it. This operation is only to be executed in case of
malfunctioning in field, board level is not changed.
WD component 16C552
step D
Step D of the WD 16C552 component can be introduced on the
BA847 board. Board level is not changed.
EBC component 82358
Step A2 of the EBC 82358 component can be introduced on the
BA847 board to replace step A1. Board level does not change.
13-12
CP486
DS1287 REAL-TIME
CLOCK/TIMER
XL2865
CONFIGURATION
EEPROM
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
i860
PROCESSOR
BIOS EEPROM
SOCKETS FOR
SIMM RAM
MEMORY
MODULES
FUSE
KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
CONTROLLER
WD16C552
SERIAL AND
PARALLEL PORTS
CONTROLLER
JP1
INTEL 80486
PROCESSOR
82357 ISP
82358 EBC
CONTROLLER OF
EISA BUS
CLOCK
GENERATOR
CRYSTALS
EISA BUS
CONNECTORS
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
PROCESSOR
WEITEK
BFB4A
JUMPER JP1
Only board
BA847
BA859
BA860
FUSE F1
CP486
- Disables the system password
- Cancels the configuration
If the system is badly configured take the following action:
1) Switch off the PC.
2) Move jumper JP1.
3) Switch PC on again. This is the default configuration.
5) Put jumper JP1 back to its initial position.
6) Switch the system on and reconfigure with the User Diskette.
Keyboard and Mouse Fuse 2 A 5 V.
13-13
13
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
INTERACTIVE 386/ix, Ver. 2.02
SCO UNIX System V/386, Rev. 3.2
MODEMS
Telenetics Expressdata 24i (24i-12i)
Ven-tel PC Modem Half-Card (PCM-XT)
IBM Asynchronous COM. CARD (1502074)
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Anvil Stallion Intelligent 16 Port Controller
Chase MSC Connect/AT8 Intelligent 8 Port
Computone System Intelliport 16 Port AT16
Computone System Intelliport 16 Port EISA ECC
Consensys Powerports 8 Port Intelligent Ctr.
Digiboard Digichannel COM/xi Intelligent 8 Port
Specialix Si Intelligent I/O Controller
Logitech Bus Mouse (PF-3F)
Microsoft Bus Mouse, Rev. C
Microsoft Serial-PS2 Mouse
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
Olivetti Bus Mouse (GRD 25-019)
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST RESEARCH AST - 3G PLUS
AST RESEARCH AST - VGA PLUS
ATI EGA WONDER
HERCULES INCOLOR CARD (GB222)
IBM MONO Display/Printer Adapter (1504900)
MATROX PG - 1281
PARADISE EGA 480
PARADISE VGA PRO CARD
QUADRAM QUAD EGA PLUS (QC 8601)
TECMAR VGA AD
VIDEO - 7 VEGA DELUXE
CARD (6450215)
IBM OS/2 Lan Server/Requester
IBM PC Network
MADGE Token-Ring Network
MS OS/2 Lan Manager
Novell Netware 386 with ISA Adapter
Novell Netware 386 with EISA Adapter
PROTEON Token Ring Network
3COM 3 + Network /Ethernet)
3COM 3 + Open Lan Manager
IONET Network
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
JVC QUAD-SYNC Color (GD-H6116VFW)
NEC Multisync Monitor (APC-H431)
OLIVETTI HIRES Color (DSM 26-115)
PRINCETON RGB Monitor (HX-12)
ZENITH RGB/COMPOSITE Monitor (ZVM-135)
OLIVETTI OD-810 WORM (WRM 25-810)
PLUS Development 20MB Hardcard
WELCH-ALLYN Barcode Reader
(HBD-100, R. A)
13-14
CP486
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV. NAME
1
2
3 -10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
CTRL
FUNCTION
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Interrupt to Controller1 from Controller2
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Floppy Disk Controller
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
Keyboard
Real time clock. Bit 7 of the real
time clock is in the 82357 for NMI
Real time clock read/write register
71 h
Port A20
92 h
278 - 2FF LPT3 Parallel port
3BC - 3BF LPT1 Parallel port
03F8 - 03FF
02F8 - 02FF
0C00 - 0C05
0C20 - 0C3F
0C80 - 0C84
0CF8 - 0CFF
0100 - 03FF
COM1 Serial port
COM2 Serial port
Configuration registers
EEPROM addressing
System ID codes
Console interface
Address space for ISA
expansion boards
60 h
70 h
13
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
0000 0000 - 000A 0000
0000 000A - 000C 0000
000C 0000 - 000E 0000
000E 0000 - 0010 0000
00E0 0000 - 0100 0000
0010 0000 - 00E0 0000
0100 0000 - 0400 0000
640 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
13 MB
2 MB
48 MB
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
0400 0000 - 1000 0000
192 MB
1000 0000 - C000 0000
C000 0000 - C200 0000
C200 0000 - D000 0000
D000 0000 - E000 0000
E000 0000 - F000 0000
F000 0000 - FFFE 0000
FFFE 0000 - 10000 0000
32 MB
32 MB
224 MB
256 MB
286 MB
268 MB
128 KB
System RAM
Video memory
EISA/ISA BUS ROM
ROM BIOS (copied into the shadow RAM)
System RAM
Direct video buffer access (location 2)
System RAM (Maximum memory
on system board)
that can be fitted in the cache)
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
SRAM
System RAM
ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
■
CP486
13-15
M386/25
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Intel 80386
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
25 MHz
BA247
Architecture
XT/AT
BA255
Memory
2 MB soldered on system board
Possibility of installing on system
board 256 Kb x 9 EXM 26-801 and
1M x 9 EXM 26-807 SIMM modules to
expand memory to 10 MB
Possibility of installing a 4 MB memory
board expandable up to 8
MEM 26-806. This board can be
expanded using kit EXM 26-807
BA263
Memory access
80 ns
POWER SUPPLY
Coprocessor
1) Intel 80387
2) Weitek 3167
PS14 220 V
Level: 04 MI
Floppy disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
PS14 115 V
Level: 04 MI
Hard disk
40 MB
100 MB
200 MB
ROM L PEQS - U65
ROM H PEQR - U66
Rev. 1.09
CONSOLE
IF 638
Level: 01 MI
Conner CP 3046 - AT
Quantum LPS 52 - AT
Conner CP 30106 - AT
Quantum LPS 105 - AT
Conner CP 3206 - AT
Streaming tape
80 - 120 MB IRWIN 285
AT Expansion slots
5 Present
5 Available
Video adapter
Integrated on System Board - Super
VGA 82C452.
Hard disk and floppy
disk controller
Integrated on system board
FDU controller: National DP8473
HDU controller: Logic ports and MSI
Buffers implementing an AT interface
for intelligent hard disks.
Cache controller
82385
Cache size
32 KB
Mouse
PS/2- and AT-compatible
Keyboard
101/102-key Compact ANK27-101
ANK27-102.
M386/25
BIOS
14
14-1
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
BA247
Lev. Nasc. 412907
ROM BIOS
ROM L PEPY - U65
ROM H PEPX - U66
Rev. 1.04
82385
82C206
8042
82C452
16C552
DP8473
BCU
DPU
MCU
IOU
14-2
Cache controller
Non-volatile RAM NVRAM
Real Time Clock RTC
DMA controller
Super VGA video adapter
Serial port controller
Bus control unit
Data path unit
Memory control unit
Input output unit
Solved bootstrap problems after shutdown
procedure from UNIX SCO
Solved: - EMI problems. Quality
improvement.
- Parity error problem caused
randomly by WE* and CAS*
signals.
Solved read problems of Bit 4 port 61
(refresh signal)
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.04
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.04
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.04
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.04
Solved serial port malfunctions
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.04
Solved RTC and FDC oscillator problems
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.04
Solved floppy disk bootstrap lock problem
caused by FDC 8473 24 MHz oscillator
circuit triggering failure
Lev. 07
ROM L PEQS - U65
ROM H PEQR - U66
Rev. 1.08
New BIOS
Changes for field only
Lev. 08
Rev. 1.08
Replaced video controller 82C452 with
video controller 82C452A. This change is
only to be executed in case of field failure.
Lev. 09
ROM L PEQM - U65
ROM H PEQN - U66
Rev. 1.09
Solved compatibility problems with NEC
Multisync video and HGC board (high
resolution video controller)
Lev. 10
Rev. 1.09
WD16C551 Step C (LB9U) component is
replaced with WD16C551 Step D (LB9V)
component.
Changes for field only
M386/25
BA255
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.04
Rev. 1.04
Lev. 02 MI
ROM L PEQS - U65
ROM H PEQR - U66
Rev. 1.08
New BIOS for video performance
improvement, introduced Quantum hard
disk and removed password bugs.
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.08
video controller 82C452A. This
modification to be made only in case of
field failure
Lev. 04 MI
ROM L PEQM - U65
ROM H PEQN - U66
Rev. 1.09
Lev. 05 MI
Solved floppy disk bootstrap lock problem
caused by FDC 8473 24 MHz oscillator
circuit triggering failure
Multisync video and MATROX board (high
Rev. 1.09
BA263
WD16C551 Step C component is
replaced with WD16C551 Step D
component. Field only modification.
Lev. Nasc.
Rev. 1.08
New P.C.B. for cutting and trimming
recovery
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.08
video controller 82C452A.
Lev. 02 MI
ROM L PEQM - U65
ROM H PEQN - U66
Rev. 1.09
Multisync video and MATROX board (high
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.09
Introduced 16C551 component mask D to
replace 16C551 component mask C, no
longer produced
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.09
80386DX-25 step D0 CPU replaced with
80386DX-25 step E CPU
USER DISKETTE/SYSTEM TEST/DRIVER
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
User Diskette Ver. 1.01
User Diskette Ver. 1.02 upd 1
BIOS 1.04
BIOS 1.04
EVD driver Ver. 4.0 Rev. 1.3
Added a Windows driver
EVD Ver. 5.0
Added DAM mode support (1024 x 768 x 256) for
Windows 3.0, AutoCAD 386 Ver. 10.0 and AutoCAD 386
Ver. 11.0
BIOS 1.08
BIOS 1.08. New System Test version that allows tests to be
executed both in stand alone mode and under manager file
control
System Test 1.05
System Test 1.06
M386/25
14-3
14
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
COMPATIBILITY
Nasc.
497314 P
Changes that solve the loudspeaker sound problem still audible
with volume control potentiometer at MIN position
IF638
Lev. 01 MI
PAL
CODE
FUN.
FUNCTION
977000D GL9A DMA Decode
977013K GL9Z MCU PATCH
NAME
LOC.
VIRGIN FUN.
PAL16L8D
PAL20L8
U70
U125
PLCC20
DIL24
COMPATIBILITY
DEVICE BOARD
COMPATIBILITY
Serial port component
WD16C552
This component can be replaced by WD16C551 component
which is pin to pin compatible
BIOS 1.08
Video performance improvement, introduced Quantum hard
disk and removed password bags
EVD 4.0 Rel. 1.3
New Windows driver added
82C206 component on BA263
TEXAS component 82C206 is available in alternative to the
C&T one in use. They are compatible and do not change the
level of the system board on which they are used.
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
NOTES
PS14 Ver. 220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Improved ventilation and electrical noise susceptibility.
PS14 Ver. 115 V
14-4
Lev. 02
Introduced a mylar protection between L101 inductance
and support for compliance of the power supply unit with
safety rules.
Lev. 03
Removed mylar protection. The safety rules are
respected using a new type of inductor.
Lev. 04
Conformity with the new reinforced insulation rules and
improvement of reliability.
Modified TL7705 (IC351) component.
Lev. 05
Compliance to EMI Standards.
Lev. 06
Renewed power supply drive module.
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
This version has undergone the same modifications as
the 220 V version (up to level 04).
M386/25
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
PS/2 mouse not recognised
MODEMS
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
NETWORK & LAN PRODUCTS
ATI EGA WONDER
MATROX PG - 1281
PARADISE EGA 480
TECMAR VGA AD
CARD (6450215)
IBM PC Network
MS OS/2 Lan Manager
IONET Network
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
PLUS Developement 20MB Hardcard
(HBD-100, R. A)
M386/25
14
14-5
Expansion slot
Fuse
J11-12
BT471
8042
82C452
16C552
8473
Power supply
connectors
FDU
Connector J14
IOU
Eprom
J27
L
HDU
Connector
H
DPU
Mem. Board
82C206 Connector
RAM
Cache
80386
CPU
J28
MCU
BCU
82385
J30
80387
Weitek
J32
Memory
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 3
Bank 2
BHC8A
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J30
OUT *
IN
25 MHz 80387 math coprocessor operation.
80387 math coprocessor enabled to tune into clock of optional
oscillator to install in U124.
J32
OUT *
IN
BIOS EPROM enabled.
BIOS EPROM disabled.
J27
OUT *
IN
Normal operation.
Erases CMOS RAM (before installing this jumper, the battery must
be disconnected).
J11-12
OUT *
IN
Normal operation.
Indicates the RS232 threshold level.
J14
IN
This jumper must always be inserted.
J28
OUT *
IN
Normal operation.
To be able to use a different model of cache controller
82385.
FUSE
2 A, 5 V keyboard and mouse fuse.
14-6
M386/25
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
DMA Controller (all channels)
2F8-2FF h
Serial Port COM2
(alternate)
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
Data Keyboard controller
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
System Control Port B
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
Commands Keyboard controller
3D4-3D5 h
Video adapter
70 - 71 h
Real time clock, NMI Mask, CMOS
RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
080-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
VGA Control Registers
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
8000F0-8000FF Coprocessor
278-27B h
Parallel port 2 (alternate)
-
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Timer OUT channel 0
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
Interrupt to Controller 1 from Controller 2
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Available
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
Hard Disk Controller
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
M386/25
14
14-7
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
2 GIG + 1 MEG
A31 = 1
2 GIG + 960 K
A29 = 0
Oliven=0 - No bank selection
READ - WRITE
A30 = 0
2 GIG + 896 K
Oliven=1 - Bank selection
2 GIG + 640 K
Split512=0 & Oliven=0
Bank selection
2 GIG + 512 K
Split512=1 & Oliven=0
No bank selection
2 GIG
Split512=X & Oliven=1 & A31=1
Bank selection
32 MEG
A30=0
A29= 0
Oliven=X A31=0
1 MEG
F SEGMENT
960 MEG
E SEGMENT
896 K
Never Mappable:
ShadowF=0 - Writable
ShadowF=1 - Readable
Never Mappable:
ShadowE=0 - Writable
ShadowE=1 - Readable
Mappable
(No bank selected in
this area)
640 K
512 K
14-8
Split 512=0 - No bank selection
Split 512=1 - Bank selection
M386/25
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
NEC D5146H half size
Seagate ST277R
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 ES
NEC D5452
FUJITSU M2227D
FUJITSU M2227D RLL
ESDI
ESDI
CONNER CP3206
RESERVED
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP346
CONNER CP3106
CONNER CP3206
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum PD210 AT
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
200 MB
615
612
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
814
977
820
683
8
4
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
15
5
10
16
128
128
-1
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
664
663
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
1
1
1
682
17
17
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
51
34
34
38
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
200 MB
100 MB
200 MB
635
805
776
683
776
873
4
4
8
16
8
13
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
639
804
775
682
775
872
33
26
33
38
33
36
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:
14
■
M386/25
14-9
P750
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Intel 486
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
25 MHz
Architecture
MICROCHANNEL
BA849 - P1.5 - 4 MB
BA858 - P1.5 - 2 MB
Memory
System board can support 8 MB
installed on 2 banks:
Two configurations are possible:
- 2 MB on system board
(8 SIMM 256 Kb x 9). Expandable
only by replacing these SIMMs with
those of 1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-807
- 4 MB on system board
(4 SIMM 1 Mb x 9). Expandable
by installing 4 more SIMMs
1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-807
System memory can be furtherly
expanded via a 4 MB memory
expansion board MEM 26-806. This
board can be expanded to 8 MB via
4 SIMM 1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-807.
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
Weitek WTL 4167
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
Hard Disk
100 MB CONNER 30109 MCA 3.5"
120 MB CONNER 30109 MCA 3.5"
200 MB CONNER 3209 MCA 3.5"
Streaming Tape
80, 120 MB IRVIN 285
Expansion slots
Five available, one 16-bit; one 16-bit
with video board extension; three
32-bit.
Video adapter
Super VGA 82C452
Floppy Disk controller: WD57C65
Uses intelligent hard disk drives that
do not need controllers because BUS
is directly interfaced via adapter board
for MIS49 signals
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK27-101
ANK27-102
P750
BA880 - P2.1 - Base
Assembly
BA865 - P2.1 - 4 MB
BA875 - P2.1 - 2 MB
BIOS
BA 849 & BA 858
Rev. 1.06
BA 865 & BA875
Rev. 1.06
POWER SUPPLY
PS14 220 V
Level: 04 MI
PS14 110 V
Level: 04 MI
CONSOLE
15
IF 638
Level: 0.1
HDU INTERFACE
MI 549
15-1
BA849
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
412935 G PPUS U118
PPUT U119
Rev. 1.02
BA558
BA880
New BA865
INTEGRATED CONTROLLER AND
MODIFICATIONS
See table below. 4 MB boards.
There are only 42 boards of this level
Lev. 0.1
Rev. 1.02
Factory version which corrects floppy disk
write problems.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.02
Change on timer circuit
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.06
New BIOS to solve the problem of the 120 MB
hard disk during system configuration
PPUS U118
PPUT U119
Rev. 1.02
See table below. 2 MB boards.
There are only 42 boards of this level
Rev. 1.02
Rev. 1.02
Rev. 1.06
This board includes the same modifications
made to the previous.
Nasc.
15-2
ROM BIOS
Lev. 0.1
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
412934 F
Printed circuit P2.1 - Base Assembly - Code BA880 identifies the printed circuit P2.1 on
which SIMM modules are to be mounted according to memory size. The printed circuit with
SIMM modules installed takes the name of the BA boards described below.
Nasc.
PPUS U118
PPUT U119
Rev. 1.02
New printed circuit (BA880) with 4 MB. This
board has the same components as BA849.
Lev. 02
PPJJ U118
PPJK U119
Rev. 1.04
Solves "Parallel Port Test Error" problem at
POD, supports the new video modalities and
improves 15H interrupt features in CBIOS.
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.05
Allows the step D0 version of the Intel 80486
processor to be used.
New BIOS to solve the problems of:
CBIOS
POD, Floppy, INT10
ABIOS
Parallel and serial
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.05
C&T component F82C452A introduced to
replace the F82C452 component. This also
involves replacement of the 74F244
component in position U32 with the
74FCT244CT component.
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.05
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.06
hard disk during system configuration.
P750
BA875
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
INTEGRATED CONTROLLER AND
MODIFICATIONS
Lev. Nasc.
PPUS U118
PPUT U119
Lev. 1.02
New printed circuit (BA880) with 4 MB. This
board has the same components as BA849.
Lev. 02
PPJJ U118
PPJK U119
Lev. 1.04
Solves "Parallel Port Test Error" problem at
POD, supports the new video modalities and
improves 15H interrupt features in CBIOS.
Lev. 03
Lev. 1.05
Allows the step D0 version of the Intel 80486
processor to be used
New BIOS to solve problems of:
CBIOS
POD, Floppy, INT10
ABIOS
Parallel and serial
Lev. 04
Lev. 1.05
C&T component F82C452A introduced to
replace the F82C452 component. This also
involves replacement of the 74F244
component in position U32 with the
74FCT244CT component.
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.05
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.06
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Console board
Intelligent HDU
interface board
BA858
BA849
BA865
BA875
PS14
PS14
IF638
MI549
412934 F
412935 G
P1.5 - 2 MB
P1.5 - 4 MB
P2.1 - 4 MB
P2.1 - 2 MB
P750
15
412908 W
412909 X
497314 P
497272 V
120 MB hard disk can replace
100 MB hard disk without any
problem
15-3
82C322 Memory Controller
Supports 256 K - 1M DRAM
Shadow RAM
Programming of Wait states
82C223 DMA Controller
8 indipendent DMA channels
Extended mode operations
16 MB memory addressing capacity
DMA serial operations
Supplies a virtual DMA on channels 0 and 4
8042 Keyboard and mouse controller
82C452 Super VGA Video adapter
NS16550 ASerial port controller
WD57C65 Floppy disk controller
82C325 Data Buffer Controller
Bus Conversion and Bus Swapping function
Generation and checking of parity errors in
DRAM
Contains POS registers in MCA architecture
82C226
Non-volatile RAM
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
82C226
Two interrupt controllers 8259
An 8254 compatible timer
Watchdog timer
A real time clock compatible
with MC146818
114 bytes of CMOS RAM
82C231 MCA controller
MCA Compatibility
Memory timing
Bus Converter 32 - 16 bit
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
User Diskette Version 1.00
EVD Driver Version 3.0 Rev. 1.2
Supports Rel. 10 and 11 of ACAD386
Solves the problem in OS/2 PM 1.2 DAM driver
This version supports DAM modes (1024 x 768 x 256)
for Windows 3.0, AutoCAD 386 Ver. 10.0 and
AutoCAD 386 Ver. 11.0
To be used only when requested
To be used only when requested
EVC Driver for ACAD10 and ACAD11
D.A.M. Driver for OS/2 P.M.
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. Nasc. 497314 P
Change to conform with EMI rules
IF638
Lev. 01
15-4
P750
PS14/PS14H POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
NOTES
PS14 Ver. 220 V
HANTAREX
Lev. Nasc.
Improved ventilation and electrical noise susceptibility.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Introduced a mylar protection between L101 inductance
and support for power supply unit compliance with
safety rules.
Lev. 03
Removed mylar protection. A new type of inductor is
used to comply with safety norms.
Lev. 04
Conforms with the new rules concerning reinforced
insulation and reliability improvement.
Modified TL7705 (IC351) component.
PS14 Ver. 115 V
HANTAREX
Lev. Nasc. This version has undergone the same modifications as
the 220 V version.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
PS14 H Ver. 220 V
HANTAREX
Lev. Nasc. New type of power supply unit.
Lev. 01
A capacitor has been replaced to solve the problems
with the IR-MA3 board.
PS14 H Ver. 115 V
HANTAREX
Lev. Nasc. New type of power supply unit.
Same modifications as made to the 220 V version.
Lev. 01
PS14 H Ver. 220 V
ALITEC
Lev. Nasc. New supplier for this type of power supply unit.
Lev. 01
PS14 H Ver. 220 V
ALITEC
15
A capacitor has been replaced to solve the problems
with the IR-MA3 board.
Lev. Nasc. New supplier for this type of power supply.
Same modifications as made to the 220 V version.
Lev. 01
MI549 HARD DISK INTERFACE
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. Nasc.
Specific for the P750
P750
15-5
KEYBOARD
CONTROLLER
PARALLEL PORT
WATCH DOG TIMER
REAL TIME CLOCK
SERIAL PORT
FLOPPY DISK
CONNECTOR
BANK 1
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
BANK 0
VIDEO RAM
BIOS
82C452
VGA
PLUS
BT471
DAC
BUS
CONTROLLER
DMA
CONTROLLER
MEMORY
CONTROLLER
DATA BUFFER
CONTROLLER
CPU
WEITEK
COPROCESSOR
J3
BUEOA
JUMPER J3
15-6
OUT:
IN:
Normal setting
Disables password
Cancels the system configuration and restores
the default settings
P750
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM Operating System/2 Extended Edition,
Ver. 1.1 and Ver. 1.10
MODEMS
(6450349)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM PC Network
Novell Advanced netware Ver. 2.12
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
P750
15
15-7
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
00000000 - 0007FFFF
00080000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 000FFFFF
00100000 - 007FFFFF
00800000 - 00FFFFFF
01000000 - BFFFFFFF
C0000000 - C1FFFFFF
C2000000 - DFFFFFFF
E0000000 - FFFDFFFF
FFFE0000 - FFFFFFFF
512 K
128 K
128 K
128 K
128 K
System DRAM
I/O RAM
Video adapter RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS (SHADOW RAM)
System RAM
System RAM
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
System RAM
ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
128 K
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
0
1
2
Reserved
Usable
Floppy disk
3
4
5
Usable
Reserved
Usable
6
7
Usable
Usable
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000- 01F
020-021
022
023
040-047
060
061
064
070 - 071
074 - 076
System Timer
Auxiliary device
Auxiliary device
8 KB CMOS RAM expansion
Registers for configuring
registers 68B50
Central arbitration control port
Response from selected board
Reserved
Boards enable
096 - 097
0A0 - 0A1
0C0 - 0DF
0E0
0E1
0E2
0E3 - 0E7
0F0 - 0FF
100 - 107
1F0 - 1F8
278 - 27B
2F8 - 2FF
378 - 37B
3BC - 3BF
3B4 - 3C5
3CE - 3DA
3C6 - 3C9
3F0 - 3F7
3F8 - 3FF
POS, Connector select
Second interrupt controller 8259A
Split address register
Memory map register
Coprocessor
Programmable option select
Hard disk adapter
Parallel port 3
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Video subsystem
Video subsystem
Video DAC, Bt471
Serial port 1 (RS- 232-C)
081 - 087
089 - 08F
090
091
092
093
094
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Channel 0 of timer output
Keyboard interface
Interrupt from PIC2
Primary serial port
Available
Parallel port
RQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Real Time Clock
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Available
15-8
P750
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35 - 45
N.C.
Seagate ST225 half size
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
Formatted, ESDI full size
Formatted, ESDI half size
N.A.
CDC 94196-766
RESERVED
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
128
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
980
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
600 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
814
977
820
1623
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
15
5
10
15
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
1
1
1
1
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
-
15
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC: Precompensation cyliunder number
■
P750
15-9
M486 SCSI
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
INTEL 80486
25 MHz
Architecture
Memory
Memory access
32-bit EISA
2, 4 or 8 MB on system board expandable
up to 32 MB by:
EXM 26-482 2 MB - 2 SIMM 1 Mb x 9
EXM 26-484 4 MB - 2 SIMM 512 Kb x 36
EXM 6108
8 MB - 2 SIMM 1 Mb x 36
System memory can be expanded up to 64
MB using 8 MB SIMM modules when
available
100 ns / 80 ns
Coprocessor
Optional processor
Integrated in the INTEL 80486, Weitek 4167
INTEL i860
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
105 MB CONNER 30100
210 MB CONNER 3200
300 MB WREN IV 94171
320 MB SEAGATE ST2383
600 MB MAXTOR XT8760S
Wangtek 150 MB SCSI
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
EISA slots
Video adapter
Hard disk and Floppy
disk controller
Cache Controller
Cache size
Mouse
Keyboard
SYSTEM BOARD
BA859 P1.25 2 MB
BA860 P1.25 4 MB
BA868 P1.7 2 MB
BA869 P1.7 4 MB
BA882 P1.7 8 MB
BIOS
Revision 2.03
VIDEO ADAPTER
GO734
GO739
HARD DISK - FLOPPY
DISK CONTROLLER
GO738
GO740
POWER SUPPLY
PS20 A 220 V
Level: 01 MI
16
PS20 A 110 V
Level: 01 MI
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
MEMORY EXPANSION
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,
34, 36, 38, 40, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56,
58, 60, 62, 64 MB.
EXM 26-484
4 MB
EXM 26-482
2 MB
EXM 6108
8 MB
M486 SCSI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Connectors
1
2
3
4
BFB6A
16-1
BA859
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
412930 P ME8K 497450U Board with 2 MB memory
Rev. 1.10.1
All the modifications are field only and are not
implemented at the factory.
Lev. 01 MI
PPJ5 Rev. 1.15 498060H
New BIOS for installation of NETWARE/386
on the hard disk
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.15
-
Two PALs replaced to solve the Parity Error
problem in UNIX SCO
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.15
-
Cuts and wirings made to solve system hang
problems with some TORUS communication
boards and the serial port problem
Lev. 05 MI
PPJF Rev. 2.0
498124J
-
New BIOS to implement new features:
- support for more than two HDUs
- support for several ESC-1 boards
- support for PEM
- support for telediagnostic board
- support for ESDI HDU controller
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 2.0
Cuts and wirings made to solve the system
lock problem in the P.O.D. with several EISA
boards on the BUS
Lev. 07 MI
PPJR Rev. 2.01 -
ESDI Type 35 hard disk and to solve the
following problems:
- BOOT with unformatted ESDI HDU
- Compatibility
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 2.01
-
This change solves the interrupt noise problem of the serial port when a 486 microprocessor non-D0 is present.
Lev. 09 MI
Rev. 2.01
Keyboard Controller Rel. 8.01 introduced to
replace the 8.0 Keyboard Controller
Lev. 10
PPJX Rev. 2.03 New BIOS to solve the problems of the previous
release:
- Memory above 16 MB
- Boot from 720 KB floppy drives
Same as BA859 but with a different 4 MB
memory slice
BA860
412932 D
16-2
M486 SCSI
BA867
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
612164 T PPJ5 498060H
Rev. 1.15
trimming and removal of previous board
problems. Board with 4 MB of memory
Lev. 01
PPJF 498124J
Rev. 2.0
-
New BIOS to implement new features:
- support for more than two HDUs
- support for PEM
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.0
-
boards on the BUS
Lev. 03
PPJR 498155Z
Rev. 2.01
-
following problems:
- BOOT with unformatted ESDI HDU
- Compatibility
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
-
This change solves the interrupt noise
problem of the serial port when on motherboard a 486 microprocessor non step D is
present.
Lev. 06
Lev. 07
Rev. 2.01
-
PPJX Rev. 2.03 -
Keyboard Controller Rel. 8.01 introduced
current 804286-26-B6 WD 16C552 Mask D
component used to replace the previous
component
Allows introduction of step A2 of the EBC
82358 component to replace step A1
EISA BUS BCLK and EBC HCLKCPU signals
improved
New BIOS to solve the problems of the
previous release:
BA868
Same as BA867 but with a different 2 MB
memory slice
M486 SCSI
16-3
16
BA882
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPJF 498124J
Rev. 2.0
New board with 8 MB memory
Lev. 01
Rev. 2.0
-
Lev. 02
PPJR Rev. 2.01 -
Lev. 03
Rev. 2.01
-
This change solves the interrupt noise
problem of the serial port
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
-
current 804286-26-B6
WD 16C552 Mask D component used to
replace the previous component
-
Rev. 2.01
Lev. 05
-
PPJX Rev. 2.03 -
Lev. 06
boards on the BUS
following problems:
- BOOT with unformatted ESDI HDUs
- Compatibility
Introduction of step A2 of the EBC 82358
component to replace step A1
improved
New BIOS to solve the problems of the
previous release:
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
82357 ISP
DMA Controller
Interupt Controller
5 Timers
I/O Ports
XL2865
EEPROM configuration
DS1287
Real Time Clcok/Timer
8042/8742
WD16C552
Serial and Parallel Port Controller
82358 EBC
EISA Bus Controller
16-4
M486 SCSI
WARNING: If hardware or firmware changes should occur on system board, hardware and firmware for hard disk and video controller boards must also be changed if necessary. See table below.
BOARDS, DIAGNOSTIC BIOS AND DRIVERS COMPATIBILITY
SYSTEM BOARD
HDU CTRL
VIDEO CTRL
LEV. EVC 1 FW
DIAGNOSTIC
BDS
BIOS LEV. ESC 1 FW
LEV. S.T.
859/
860
859/
860
859/
860
868/
867
868/
867
868/
867
882
882
882
882
882
882
882
1.10.1 Na
738
1.22 04/05 734
1.02 03
1.10.1 Na
738
1.22 08
734
1.10.1 Na
740
1.35 Na
1.15
Na
740
2.0
01
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.01
2.01
2.01
2.01
2.03
U.D.
DRIVER
OEM
EVC
No drw 1.0 3
4.08 1.4 2
2.02 1
1.02 03
No drw 1.0 3
4.08 1.4 2
2.02 1
734
1.02 03
1.50
1.0 3
4.08 1.4 2
2.02 1
1.35 Na
739
1.03 Na
1.50
1.0 3
4.08 1.4 2
3.0
740
1.42 01
739
1.03 Na
1.50
1.30 1 4.08 1.4 2
4.0
02
740
1.42 01
739
1.03 Na
1.50
1.30 1 4.08 1.4 2
4.0
Na
01
02
03
04
05
06
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
1.42
1.42
1.43
1.43
1.43
1.43
1.43
01
01
02
02
03
03
03
739
739
739
739
739
739
739
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
Na
Na
Na
Na
Na
Na
Na
1.50
1.50
2.10
2.10
2.10
2.10
2.10
1.30 1
1.30 1
1.30 1
1.30 1
1.30 1
1.30 1
1.40 1
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.08 1.4 2
4.081.4 2
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
REFURBISHING KITS
These KITs allow system board BA859/60 to be increased to level 02, and hard disk controller
board GO738 of M486 to be increased to level 08.
INITIAL LEVEL
KIT TO BE USED
SYSTEM BOARD
HDU CONTROLLER
BA859/60 Lev. Nasc.
GO736 Lev. 05
KIT003-03 code 977732 S
KIT003-05 code 977800 C
Composition: Material for BA859/60 change
16
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Console board
BA859
BA860
BA868
BA867
BA882
PS20
PS20
IF637
412930 P
412932 D
P1.25 2 MB
P1.25 4 MB
P1.7 2 MB
P1.7 4 MB
P1.7 8 MB
M486 SCSI
612164 T
412915 C
412914 B
497112 D
16-5
BA859/60 I/O DEVICES
DEVICE
TYPE
LOCATION
Flash EPROM
Real time clock
I/O controller 3
I/O controller 2
I/O controller 1
EISA BUS controller
Address decode PAL
Even RAS driver
Odd RAS driver
PAL, Address translation
PAL, Snoop Stroke control
Odd CAS driver
Even CAS driver
PAL, Byte-enable control
PAL, Burst control
PAL, CAS control
PAL, RAS control
PAL, CPU control
PAL, BUS control
WEITEK coprocessor
Microprocessor
WD16C552
8742AH
28F010
XL2865A
DS1287
16R6
20L8
22V10
EP1800
EP1800
82358-25
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U24
U25
U26
U27
U35
U36
U37
U39
U40
U44
U46
U47
U69
U70
U74
U75
U76
U80
U81
U82
U83
U84
U85
U87
U96
U97
U203
U204
U205
U206
U207
U208
U218
U219
U220
U232
U233
U241
16-6
20L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
22V10
20V8
16R4
20R4
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
20R6
16L8
16R8
16R4
16R4
20L8
16R4
20R6
20L8
16R8
16R6
20R6
20L8
20L8
20L8
20L8
WTL4167
i486
i860
M486 SCSI
DEVICE
TYPE
LOCATION
Flash EPROM
Real time clock
I/O controller 3
I/O controller 2
I/O controller 1
EISA BUS controller
Address decode PAL
Even RAS driver
Odd RAS driver
PAL, address translation
PAL, ISA Master Buffer-Swap
Odd CAS driver
Even CAS driver
PAL, CAS-enable control
PAL, Snoop control
PAL, RAS control
PAL, CAS control
PAL, CPU control
PAL, BUS control
WEITEK coprocessor
Microprocessor
WD16C552
8742AH
28F010
XL2865A
DS1287
16R6
20L8
22V10
EP1800
EP1800
82358-33
U10
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
U24
U25
U26
U27
U35
U36
U37
U39
U40
U44
U46
U47
U56
U70
U71
U72
U73
U74
U77
U78
U79
U80
U81
U82
U83
U84
U203
U204
U205
U206
U207
U208
U218
U219
U220
U232
U233
U241
M486 SCSI
20L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
16L8
22V10
16L8
20V8
20L8
20R4
16L8
16L8
20V10
16V8
20R8
16L8
16R8
16R4
16R4
16R4
20R6
20V8
16R8
16R6
20R4
20L8
20L8
20L8
20L8
WTL4167
i486
i860
16
16-7
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
497534C
Lev. 01 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 497346X
-
New firmware to solve problem of error on
EVC DAM test
Cuts and wirings made to solve problems of
overheating and VDE FCC/B emission out of
range
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.02
-
Performance improvement
Solved problem of missing 1023 pixel
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.02
-
Replaced component 174F374 in U36 to
improve clock frequency circuit
Lev. 04 MI
PBZV Rev. 1.03 - New firmware to support the 79H mode
function
497461K
This change is implemented at field level, not at
factory level
Lev. Nasc.
PBZV Rev. 1.03 New printed circuit to absorb cuts and wirings
497461K
of the previous one
GO739
GO734
VIDEO ADAPTER BOARD
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
MODEL
LEVEL
PS20A
Lev. Nasc.
01
16-8
NOTES
Solves problem of insulation safety standards
Solves problem of fan minimum speed too slow
M486 SCSI
SCSI CONTROLLER BOARD
GO738
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPUA 497327L Processor 80186 - Local CPU
PPUB 497328V BIMIC 82355 - EISA Bus Master Controller
Rev. 1.10
Lev. 01 MI
PPUD 497366T PPUE 497367U Rev. 1.13
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.13
Lev. 04 MI
PPKB 497486D PPKC 497487E Rev. 1.22
New firmware to support CONNER hard disks
Two PALs replaced for noise problem on
signals of two components implemented on
board with 32 MHz BIMIC. This allows the
40 MHz oscillator to be used instead of 32
MHz oscillator
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
New firmware to support CONNER hard disks
Two PALs replaced for noise problem on
signals of two components implemented on
board with BIMIC and the 40 MHz oscillator.
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
Changes to components, wirings and cuts
to solve Data compare error problem during
HDU test.
Lev. 09 MI
Rev. 1.35
New firmware for management of Olivetti
and DEC identifiers
Lev. 10
Rev. 1.42
New firmware to solve the problems:
- NOVELL DOS driver in AT mode
- Problems on 200 MB CONNER and
600 MB MAXTOR hard disks
- Support for PEM in AT mode
Lev. 11
PPJP
PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
Lev. 12
M486 SCSI
-
-
New firmware to improve performance
Chip 82355 A1 replaced by chip 82355 A2
FDU controller 82077 C3 replaced by FDU
controller 82077 C4
New 82355 chip to solve timing problems
16
New firmware to solve the CONNER hard disk
problems
82077 step C4
16-9
GO740
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPKD 497488P New printed circuit to absorb cuts and wirings on
PPKE 497489Q previous one.
Rev. 1.35
Lev. 01
PPJD 498122Q New firmware to solve the problems:
PPJE 498123R - NOVELL DOS driver in AT mode
- Problems on 200 MB CONNER and 600 MB
Rev. 1.42
MAXTOR hard disks
Lev. 02
PPJP PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
New firmware to solve the CONNER hard disk
problems
Lev. 03
PPJP PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
Introduced new 82355-B0 (BMIC) component to
replace 82355-A2.
This component can also be installed on the
GO738 board.
Lev. 04
PZDS PZDT
Rev. 1.45
Solves some of the problems experienced with the
previous version
82077 step C4
Lev. 05
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
1.00 upd 2
1.00 upd 3
1.1 upd 1
1.2
1.10 upd 1
1.20
1.30 upd 1
1.40 upd 1
COMPATIBILITY
Solved hard disk problem that can be damaged by the test contained in the
previous diskette version.
Includes BA868/69
Supports Weitek diagnostics
ESDI HDU management
Recovers correct capacity of 320 MB hard disk
Introduced in the hard disk table, the specific TYPE for 320 MB ESDI hard disk
Corrected error messages for German version
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.50 upd 1
1.15
16-10
M486 SCSI
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
OEMM386
For M486 use version 4.08 rev. 1.40
ROM BIOS 1.06
Solves:
ROM BIOS 1.08.2
Solves: 600 MB hard disk problem
Board GO738 (ESC - 1)
Can work with a 40 or 32 MHz oscillator.
User Diskette 1.30 upd 1
Recovers correct capacity of 320 MB hard disk (1.2 version
recovered 304 MB)
EVC driver 4.0 1.3
Driver to support ACAD10 and ACAD11, changed DAM driver for
OS/2 P.M.
i860 coprocessor
Can be installed on BA867/BA868 boards only.
EVD Version 5.0
Version 5.0 of EVD allows supporting in DAM mode (1024 x 768 x
256) Windows 3.0, AutoCAD 386 Rev. 10.0 and AutoCAD 386 Rev.
11.0.
GO738
On hard disk and floppy disk controller, component 82355A2 (BMIC)
is replaced with component 82355B0 that is functionally compatible
with it. This operation is only to be made in case of malfunctioning in
field.
486 microprocessor
486 B6 microprocessor is no longer produced. It is replaced by 486
D0 microprocessor that has the same functionalities.
On BA859 and BA860 motherboards, use of a microprocessor
different from version D0 causes problems on the parallel port that
were solved with level 08.
Component WD16C552
step D
It is possible to introduce step D of the WD 16C552 component on
the BA859 and BA860 boards. Board level does not change.
Component 82358 EBC
It is possible to introduce step A2 of the 82358 EBC component on
the BA859 and BA860 boards to replace step A1. Board level does
not change.
Component 82355
Component 82355-A2 is replaced by component 82355B1.
M486 SCSI
300 MB hard disk problems
NVRAM SETUP problem
1.2 and 1.44 MB floppy disk problem
16-11
16
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM Operating System/2, Ver. 1.10 e 1.20
MODEMS
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
ATI EGA WONDER
MATROX PG - 1281
PARADISE EGA 480
TECMAR VGA AD
CARD (6450215)
IBM PC Network
MS OS/2 Lan Manager
IONET Network
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
(HBD-100, R. A)
16-12
M486 SCSI
DS1287 REAL-TIME
CLOCK/TIMER
XL2865
CONFIGURATION
EEPROM
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
i860
PROCESSOR
BIOS EEPROM
FUSE
KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
CONTROLLER
WD16C552
SERIAL AND
PARALLEL PORTS
CONTROLLER
SOCKETS FOR
RAM MEMORY
SIMM MODULES
JP1
82357 ISP
INTEL 80486
PROCESSOR
82358 EBC EISA
BUS CONTROLLER
CLOCK
GENERATOR
CRYSTALS
EISA BUS
CONNECTORS
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
PROCESSOR
WEITEK
BFB4A
JUMPER JP1
only for boards
BA859
BA860
FUSE F1
M486 SCSI
2) Move jumper JP1.
16-13
16
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV. NAME
1
2
3 -10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
CTRL
FUNCTION
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
Keyboard
71 h
Port A20
92 h
03F8 - 03FF
02F8 - 02FF
0C00 - 0C05
COM1 Serial port
COM2 Serial port
0C20 - 0C3F
0C80 - 0C84
0CF8 - 0CFF
0100 - 03FF
EEPROM addressing
System ID codes
Console interface
Address space for ISA expansion
boards
60 h
70 h
16-14
M486 SCSI
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
0000 0000 - 000A 0000
0000 000A - 000C 0000
000C 0000 - 000E 0000
000E 0000 - 0010 0000
00E0 0000 - 0100 0000
0010 0000 - 00E0 0000
0100 0000 - 0400 0000
640 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
13 MB
2 MB
48 MB
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
0400 0000 - 1000 0000
192 MB
1000 0000 - C000 0000
C000 0000 - C200 0000
C200 0000 - D000 0000
D000 0000 - E000 0000
E000 0000 - F000 0000
F000 0000 - FFFE 0000
FFFE 0000 - 10000 0000
32 MB
32 MB
224 MB
256 MB
286 MB
268 MB
128 KB
System RAM
Video memory
EISA/ISA BUS ROM
ROM BIOS (copied into shadow RAM)
System RAM
on system board)
that can be fitted in cache)
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
SRAM
System RAM
ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
16
■
M486 SCSI
16-15
M486 ESDI
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 80486
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
25 MHz
BA859 P1.25 2 MB
Architecture
32-bit EISA
Memory
2, 4 or 8 MB on system board expandable
up to 32 MB by:
EXM 26-482 2 MB - 2 SIMM 1 Mb x 9
EXM 26-484 4 MB - 2 SIMM 512 Kb x 36
EXM 6108
8 MB - 2 SIMM 1 Mb x 36
System memory can be expanded up to 64
MB using 8 MB SIMM modules when
available
BA860 P1.25 4 MB
BA868 P1.7 2 MB
BA869 P1.7 4 MB
BIOS
Rev. 2.03
Memory access time
100 ns / 80 ns
VIDEO ADAPTER
Coprocessor
Integrated in INTEL 80486, Weitek 4167
GO734
Optional processor
INTEL i860
GO739
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
GO481
Hard Disk
HARD DISK - FLOPPY
DISK CONTROLLER
GO740
Micropolis 1654-7 ESDI 136 MB
Seagate ST 2383E ESDI 330 MB
NEC D5655 ESDI 136 MB
GO565
Streaming Tape
IRWIN 80/120 MB floppy interface
POWER SUPPLY
EISA slots
Video adapter
EISA OVC board GO481
PS20 A 220 V
Level: 01 MI
PS20 A 110 V
Level: 01 MI
Hard disk and Floppy
disk controller
WD1009-SE2 combo controller
Cache Controller
Cache size
Mouse
PS/2 and AT compatible
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
17
MEMORY EXPANSION
1
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,
34, 36, 38, 40, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56,
58, 60, 62, 64 MB.
EXM 26-484
4 MB
EXM 26-482
2 MB
EXM 6108
8 MB
M486 ESDI
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Connectors
1
2
3
4
BFB6A
17-1
BA859
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
412930 P ME8K 497450U Board with 2 MB memory
Rev. 1.10.1
These changes are implemented in the field
only, and not in the factory
Lev. 01 MI
PPJ5 Rev. 1.15 498060H
New BIOS for installation of NETWARE/386
on hard disk
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.15
-
Two PALs replaced to solve the Parity Error
problem in UNIX SCO
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.15
-
Cuts and wirings made to solve system hang
problem with some TORUS communication
boards and the serial port problem
Lev. 05 MI
PPJF Rev. 2.0
498124J
-
New BIOS for implementation of new features
- support for more than two HDU
- support for PEM
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 2.0
-
Cuts and wirings made to solve system lock
problem during P.O.D. with several EISA
boards on the BUS
Lev. 07 MI
PPJR Rev. 2.01 -
New BIOS for management of 300 MB ESDI
Type 3 hard disk and solve the following
problems: - Booth with unformatted ESDI
- BOOT from diskless
- Compatibility
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 2.01
-
This change solves the problem of noise on
the serial port interrupt when there is a non
D0 486 microprocessor on the main board
Lev. 09 MI
Rev. 2.01
-
Keyboard Controller Rel. 8.01 introduced to
replace Keyboard Controller Rel. 8.0
Lev. 10
PPJX Rev. 2.03 -
Same as BA859 but with 4 MB memory
BA860
412932 D
release: - memory above 16 MB
17-2
M486 ESDI
BA867
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc
612164 T PPJ5 498060H
Rev. 1.15
trimming and removal of previous board
problems. Board with 4 MB of memory
Lev. 01
PPJF 498124J
Rev. 2.0
-
New BIOS for implementation of new features:
- Support for more than two HDU
- Support for PEM
- Support for ESDI HDU controller
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.0
-
Cuts and wirings made to solve system lock
problem during P.O.D. with several EISA
boards on the BUS
Lev. 03
PPJR 498155Z
Rev. 2.01
-
New BIOS for management of 300 MB ESDI
Type 35 hard disk and solve the following
problems: - BOOT with unformatted ESDI
HDU
- Compatibility
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
-
This change solves the problem of noise on
the serial port interrupt when there is a
non-step D i486 microprocessor
Lev. 06
Rev. 2.01
-
Lev. 07
PPJX
Rev. 2.03
-
Introduced 80486-25-D0 component to
replace 80486-25-B6
Introduced WD 16C552 Mask D component
to replace the previous one
Allows introduction of step A2 of the 82358
EBC component to replace step A1
improved
New BIOS to solve problems of previous
release:
- Boot of 720 KB floppy disks
BA868
Same as BA867 but with a 2 MB memory
M486 ESDI
17-3
17
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
82357 ISP
DMA Controller
5 Timers
I/O Ports
XL2865
EEPROM Configuration
DS1287
Real Time Clock/Timer
8042/8742
WD16C552
Serial and Parallel port controller
82358 EBC
EISA BUS controller
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
Console board
Video adapter
BA859
BA860
BA867
BA868
PS20
PS20
IF637
GO481
412930 P
412932 D
612164 T
P1.25 2 MB
P1.25 4 MB
P1.7 4 MB
P1.7 2 MB
17-4
412915 C
412914 B
497112 D
412444 L
Compatible ISA OVC board
M486 ESDI
They are the same as those for Personal Computer M486 (see page 16-6).
They are the same as those for Personal Computer M486 (see page 16-7).
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
497534C
Lev. 01 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 New BIOS
497346X
Lev. 02 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 Performance improvement
497346X
Lev. 03 MI
PPVC Rev. 1.02 Replaced a component in U36
497346X
Lev. 04 MI
PBZY Rev. 1.03 New BIOS. This change is implemented at field
497461K
level only, and not at factory level
Lev. Nasc.
PBZV Rev. 1.03 Circuitry improvements
497461K
Lev. Nasc.
PDP5 - PDP7
Rev. 1.06
GO739
GO734
VIDEO ADAPTER BOARD
GO481
ISA analog OVC video adapter board
17
POWER SUPPLY
MODEL
LEVEL
PS20 A
Lev. Nasc.
01
M486 ESDI
NOTES
Complies with insulation safety norms
Solves the problem of the fan’s minimum speed being too slow.
17-5
HARD DISK/FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER BOARD
GO738
LEVEL
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPUA 497327L 0186 CPU - Local CPU
PPUB 497328V BIMIC 82355 - EISA Bus Master controller
Rev. 1.10
Lev. 01 MI
PPUD 497366T PPUE 497367U Rev. 1.13
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.13
Lev. 04 MI
PPKB 497486D PPKC 497487E Rev. 1.22
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
Replaced two PALs to solve noise problems
in two components. Implemented on 40 MHz
BMIC board
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 1.22
-
Modifications of components, cuts and wirings
to solve the "Data Compare Error" during
HDU’s tests.
Lev. 09 MI
Rev. 1.35
New firmware to manage Olivetti and DEC IDs
Lev. 10
Rev. 1.42
- AT environment NOVELL DOS driver
HDUs problems
- PEM support in AT mode
Lev. 11
PPJP
PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
Lev. 12
17-6
D.R.S.
CODE
-
-
New firmware to enhance performances
Replaced chip 82355 A1 with 82355 A2
Replaced FDU controller 82077 C3 with
82077 C4
New 82355 chip to solve timing problems.
Replaced two PALs to solve noise problems in
two components. Implemented on 32 MHz
BMIC board.
It allows use of a 40 MHz oscillator in place of
the 32 MHz one.
New firmware to solve CONNER HDU
problems
82077 step C.
M486 ESDI
GO740
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
PPKD 497488P New printed circuit to absorb cuts and wirings of
PPKE 497489Q previous one.
Rev. 1.35
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.42
Lev. 02
PPJP PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
-
Lev. 03
PPJP PPJQ
Rev. 1.43
Introduced new 82355-B0 (BMIC) component to
replace 82355-A2. This component can also be
installed on the G0378 board
Lev. 04
PZDS PZDT
Rev. 1.45
Solves some of the faults of the previous version
New firmware to solve following problems:
- NOVELL DOS driver in AT mode
- Problems with 200 MB CONNER and 600
MB MAXTOR hard disks.
New firmware to solve CONNER hard disk
problems
82077 step C4.
Lev. 05
Rev. 2.0
ESDI hard disk controller board
GO565
Lev. Nasc.
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
1.20
1.30 upd 1
1.40 upd 1
BIOS 1.15
17
Introduced in the hard disk table, the specific TYPE for 320 MB ESDI hard disk
Corrected error messages for German version
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 2.10
BIOS 2.01 on system board
Firmware 2.0 on GO565 board
M486 ESDI
17-7
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
OEMM386
For M486 use version 4.08 rev. 1.40
ROM BIOS 1.06
Solves:
ROM BIOS 1.08.2
Solves:
Board GO738 (ESC - 1)
Can work with a 40 or 32 MHz oscillator.
EVC driver 4.0 1.3
Driver to support ACAD10 and ACAD11, changed DAM driver for
OS/2 P.M.
i860 coprocessor
Can be installed on BA867/BA868 boards only.
EVD Version 5.0
Version 5.0 of EVD allows supporting in DAM mode (1024 x 768 x
256) Windows 3.0, AutoCAD 386 Rev. 10.0 and AutoCAD 386 Rev.
11.0.
486 microprocessor
486 B6 microprocessor is no longer produced. It is replaced by
486 D0 microprocessor that has the same functionalities.
On BA859 and BA860 motherboards, use of a microprocessor
different from version D0, causes problems on the parallel port that
were solved with level 08.
Component WD16C552
step D
Possible to introduce step D of the WD16C552 component on
boards BA859 and BA860. Board level does not change.
Component 82358 EBC
Possible to introduce step A2 of the 82358 EBC component on
boards BA859 and BA860 to replace step A1. Board level does not
change
Component 82355
Component 82355-A2 is replaced by component 82355-B1.
17-8
300 MB hard disk problems
NVRAM SET UP problem
1.2 and 1.44 MB floppy disk problem
600 MB hard disk problem
M486 ESDI
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
MODEMS
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
GRAPHICS ADAPTERS
ATI EGA WONDER
MATROX PG - 1281
PARADISE EGA 480
TECMAR VGA AD
CARD (6450215)
IBM PC Network
MS OS/2 Lan Manager
IONET Network
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
(HBD-100, R. A)
M486 ESDI
17
17-9
DS1287 REAL-TIME
CLOCK/TIMER
XL2865
CONFIGURATION
EEPROM
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
i860
PROCESSOR
BIOS EEPROM
FUSE
KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
CONTROLLER
WD16C552
SERIAL AND
PARALLEL PORTS
CONTROLLER
SOCKETS FOR
RAM MEMORY
SIMM MODULES
JP1
INTEL 80486
PROCESSOR
82357 ISP
82358 EBC
EISA BUS
CONTROLLER
CLOCK
GENERATOR
CRYSTALS
EISA BUS
CONNECTORS
SOCKET FOR
OPTIONAL
PROCESSOR
WEITEK
BFB4A
JUMPER JP1
(only for boards
BA859
BA860)
FUSE F1
17-10
2) Move jumper JP1.
M486 ESDI
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV. NAME
1
2
3 -10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
CTRL
FUNCTION
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
Keyboard
71 h
Port A20
92 h
03F8 - 03FF
02F8 - 02FF
0C00 - 0C05
COM1 Serial port
COM2 Serial port
0C20 - 0C3F
0C80 - 0C84
0CF8 - 0CFF
0100 - 03FF
EEPROM addressing
System ID codes
Console interface
Address space for ISA
expansion boards
60 h
70 h
17
M486 ESDI
17-11
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
0000 0000 - 000A 0000
0000 000A - 000C 0000
000C 0000 - 000E 0000
000E 0000 - 0010 0000
00E0 0000 - 0100 0000
0010 0000 - 00E0 0000
0100 0000 - 0400 0000
640 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
13 MB
2 MB
48 MB
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
0400 0000 - 1000 0000
192 MB
1000 0000 - C000 0000
C000 0000 - C200 0000
C200 0000 - D000 0000
D000 0000 - E000 0000
E000 0000 - F000 0000
F000 0000 - FFFE 0000
FFFE 0000 - 10000 0000
32 MB
32 MB
224 MB
256 MB
286 MB
268 MB
128 KB
System RAM
Video memory
EISA/ISA BUS ROM
ROM BIOS (copied into shadow RAM)
System RAM
on system board)
that can be fitted in cache)
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
SRAM
System RAM
ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
■
17-12
M486 ESDI
M300-05
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386SX
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
16 MHz
Architecture
XT AT addressing 32-bit
BA 267
Lev. 03 MI
Memory
From 1 MB to 11 MB on motherboard
Bank 1
1 MB soldered chip
256 Kb x 4
Bank 2
Two sockets, for SIMM
modules:
1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-502 or
4 Mb x 9 EXM 26-809 or
1 Mb x 9 EXM 25-532
Bank 3
Same as bank 2
BA 271
Lev. 06 MI
Memory access
100 ns / 80 ns
Rev. 1.08
Coprocessor
16 MHz 80387SX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
Hard Disk
40 MB CONNER CP3046
40 MB Quantum LPS 52 AT
40 MB W.D. AC 140
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
Streaming Tape
40 MB IRWIN 245 floppy interface
80/120 MB IRWIN 285 floppy interface
Slots
Three 16-bit connectors on expansion
board of BUS IN283
Video adapter
PVGA1B integrated on motherboard
VGA compatible
disk controller
Integrated on motherboard
Floppy disk controller: National DP8473
Hard disk interface:MSI buffer and logic
ports
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M300-05
BA 274
Lev. 06 MI
BA 288
Lev. 05 MI
BIOS
EXPANSION BUS
IN283
Lev. 03
IN124
Lev. 01
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 220 V
Lev. 06
PS11 115 V
Lev. 04
PS11 220 V only
ASTEC Lev. 05
18
18-1
MOTHERBOARD
BA267
LEVEL
18-2
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
Rev. 1.03
Board produced in small quantities as replaced
immediately by BA 271
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCF Changes at field level only as board is no longer
in production. The changes are:
- AMD CPU alternative to the INTEL CPU
- Component IPC82C206 alternative to the
"Texas" component
- W.D. 16C551 step C replaced by step D
- Keyboard controller changed from Rev. 7.02
to Rev. 10.01 for introduction of the security
features. This release functions only with the
1.06 BIOS or subsequent versions
- New BIOS 1.06
All these changes update BA267 but do not
make it functionally equivalent to BA 288 level 03
Lev. 01 MI
No change
of level
Rev. 1.07 PZCK New BIOS to remedy the slow mouse problem in
WINDOWS 3.0 in floppy disk access
simultaneous with mouse movement
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.08 PZCL New BIOS to remedy problems with the DEPCA
board on some monochrome monitors when
displaying the 132 column mode.
Field change only
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.08
Component WD 16C551 Rev. C replaced by the
WD 16C551 Rev. D component
M300-05
BA271
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
Rev. 1.03 PEQT Replaces BA267. Components are the same
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.04 PEQP New BIOS
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.04 PEQP Replace PAL BCONV GLZ5 at location U91 with
PAL GLZ8 to eliminate malfunctioning of some
boards on the bus during refresh cycles.
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.05 PUN2 New BIOS and hardware changes to solve
problems for Duplicator software and PCTOOLS
6.0
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCF Changes at field level only as board is no longer
being produced. The changes are:
"Texas component"
1.06 BIOS or subsequent versions
- New BIOS 1.06
All these changes update BA 271 but do not
make it functionally equivalent to BA 288 level 03
Lev. 04 MI
No change
of level
Lev. 05 MI
Field change only
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.08
M300-05
Cuts, wirings and replacment of PAL GLZB in
position U96 with PAL GLWK to solve problem
of the QBASIC software when the numeric
coprocessor is installed.
18-3
18
BA274
18-4
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
612205 D Rev. 1.03 PEQP Replaces BA267. Integrated controllers are the
same
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.04 PEQP Replace PAL BCONV GLZ5 at location U91 with
PAL GLZ8 to eliminate malfunctioning of some
boards on the bus during refresh cycles.
Lev. 03 MI
problems for Duplicator software and PCTOOLS
6.0
Field change only.
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCZ Changes at field level only as board is no longer
being produced. The changes are:
"Texas"
component
1.06 BIOS or later
- New BIOS 1.06
All these changes update BA 274 but do not
make it
functionally equivalent to BA 288 level 03
Lev. 04 MI
No change
of level
Lev. 05 MI
Field change only
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.08
Cuts, wirings and replacment of PAL GLZB in
position U96 with PAL GLWK to solve problem
of the QBASIC software when the numeric
M300-05
BA288
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
612454 W Rev. 1.04 PEQP New board for trimming recovery
Lev. 01 MI
ROM BIOS
Rev. 1.05 PUN2 -
-
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCF -
New BIOS
Introduced TEXAS IPC 82C206 component in
alternative to the C&T IPC 82C206.
The TEXAS component becomes the primary
source and the C&T component the secondary source.
The WD16C551 Rev. C is replaced with
WD16C551 Rev. D component.
Introduced AMD CPU in alternative to the
Intel CPU
New BIOS to handle keyboard password and
System Password
Introduction of Keyboard Controller Revision
10.01 to handle these passwords.
To correctly handle these passwords use
Lev. 03 MI
No change
of level
Lev. 04 MI
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.08 PZCL Cuts and wirings to solve problem of the
QBASIC software when the numeric
18
M300-05
18-5
MOTHERBOARD INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS
MOTERBOARD
BA267
8742
PVGA1B
82C206
WD16C552
DP8473
MSI buffer
NORD Gate Array
SUD Gate Array
BA271
Keyboard and Mouse controller
VGA super video adapter
Non-volatile RAM
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
Serial and parallel port controller
Intelligent hard disk interface
READY signal generation
Intel 387SX interface
RESET generation
BUS addresses control
Slow speed work session
Memory address control
Address map decode
Interface for refresh
Shadow RAM support
DMA controller
Data BUS controller
Clock generator
Parity control
BUS controller
Read/write logic decode
Signal generation
A20GATE
These boards have the same controllers as BA267
BA274
BA288
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
BUS Adapter board
BUS Adapter board
BA267
BA271
BA274
BA288
PS11
PS11
IN283
IN124
612205 D
612454 W
412957 N
412958 X
977913 Q
978265 P
18-6
CHARACTERISTICS
M300-05
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.01
Lev. 1.02
Lev. 1.03
Lev. 1.04
BIOS 1.04
BIOS 1.05
BIOS 1.06 - Keyboard Controller Revision 10.01
This User Diskette allows:
- Management of Western Digital 40 MB and 120 MB hard disks
- Management of keyboard Passwords introduced with new Keyboard
controller Revision 10.01
- Management of System Password
- Updating of message system
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.02
BIOS 1.04
Lev. 1.03
New tests organisation, now they can run singly or via a file manager
Lev. 1.06
The MS-DOS 4.01 files have been introduced in this version. The new release
also includes:
- The security features
- New Keyboard Controller test to support releases 10.01 and later
- Tables for management of W.D.40 MB and 120 MB hard disks
18
M300-05
18-7
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 01
Solves malfunctioning problems of some boards on the AT bus
during refresh cycles
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 02
Solves the problems with RETIX board
BUS adapter board
IN124 Original Lev.
New printed circuit absorbing cuts and wirings of the IN283
BUS adapter board
IN124 Lev. 01
Introduction of terminators on the board
Intel 386SX CPU
Intel will no longer supply the 386SX Step C CPU, it is replaced with
Step D that has the same electrical and mechanical characteristics
as Step C. Board level does not change
CONNER and QUANTUM
hard disks
The following hard disks:120 MB CONNER CP30126 19 ns
210 MB CONNER CP3206 16 ns
40 MB QUANTUM LPS 52 AT 19 ns
can only function with BIOS release 1.05 or later
BIOS 1.05
Solves:
AMD CPU
The AMD CPU can be used as an alternative to the INTEL CPU.
TEXAS 82C206
Component
The C&T 82C206 component is replaced by the TEXAS 82C206
component. The two components are interchangeable.
18-8
- Memory problems after POD
- Incorrect initialization of POD for an eventual optional
ROM
- Loading problems of video parameters
- Parallel port problems after a reset (CTRL-ALT-DEL)
- Management of new hard disks
M300-05
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 ASTEC 220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only version 220 V
Extended magnetic peripheral cables
Lev. 02
Following problem solved: system fails to switch on
if the printer connected is switched on before the
system. Problem occurs especially on printers
shared with other systems. A zener diode and a
resistor have been added to the fan drive circuit to
increase the power supply’s immunity to external
voltages.
Lev. 03
The box and lid have ben modified
Lev. 04
A capacitor has been added and a resistor
replaced to solve production problems.
Lev. 05
Inductor L5 has been added near the mains input
and changes have been made to the circuitry to
eliminate EMI problems and random voltage drops.
PS11 Plessey 220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
Improved RESET signal
Reduced acoustic noise
Solves temperature problems
Reduced acoustic noise with MITSUBISHI fans
Replaced printed circuit material to improve
transportability
PS11 Plessey 110 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
This power supply has evolved in the same way as
the 220 V model.
18
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
IBM Operating System/2 Extended Edition, Ver. 1.10/1.20 PS/2 mouse not recognised
WINDOWS
GEM/3 Desktop, IBM-PC Ver. 3.02
MS-WINDOWS /286 Ver. 2.11
M300-05
MS-WINDOWS 3 Ver. 3.0
18-9
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 MAXTER MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
Hayes Smartmodem 1200 B
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
IBM PS/2 Mouse Serial
Logitech 3 button mouse
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA PLUS
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
HERCULES GRAPHICS CARD
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
MAXON MVGA - 16 Adapter
10 NET INTERFACE BOARD 200 series
3COM Etherlink adapter 3C501
3COM Etherlink II adapter 3C503
3COM Etherlink plus adapter 3C505
DECNET PCSA adapter
IBM PC NETWORK adapter II
IBM TOKEN RING 16/4 adapter
IBM TOKEN RING adapter II
MADGE AT RING NODE adapter
MICOM NP1000 adapter
NOVELL NE1000 adapter
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM enhanced graphics monitor 5151
IBM PS/2 Monochrome display 8503
IBM PS/2 color display 8512
NEC MULTISYNC II
18-10
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
M300-05
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS
SPEAKER
PARITY BIT
VIDEO RAM
PVGA1B
IMSG176
BANKS 2-3
BANK 1
BANK 1
16C552
BIOS ROM
80387
SX
SUD
BUS BOARD CONNECTOR
NORD
82C206
80386SX
CPU
8473
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
8742
KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
CONTROLLER
BKG1A
18
M300-05
18-11
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
2
3-10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
DMA controller (all channels)
2F8-2FF h
Serial port COM2 (alternate)
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
Data keyboard controller
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
System Controller Port B
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
Commands keyboard controller 3D4-3D5 h
Video adapter
70-71 h
Real time clock, NMI Mask,
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port com1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
−
18-12
M300-05
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
AT standard has a basic memory of 512 KB, expandable up to 640 KB, in which remapping of physical memory areas is not requested.
With a basic memory expansion beyond 640 KB, a logic addressing conflict arises because the
physical memory between 640 KB and 1 MB occupies the logic addressing space reserved for
BIOS ROM addressing. This addressing space between 640 KB and 1 MB is called AT compatibility gap.
In order not to lose this memory space, in these systems a remapping function has been introduced
which makes it possible to have this memory portion available by addressing it beyond the MB.
This memory remapping function also includes a Shadow RAM function that allows BIOS ROM to
be recopied by the system into the system memory at the same logic address locations in order to
speed up the system.
These operation generates adjacent physical address space (physical memory map) from which a
logic address space can be configured, these logic addresses may be not adjacent (logic memory
map). In this case, for instance, it is possible to intercalate portions of memory resident on boards installed on BUS with portions of memory of system board.
LIMITATIONS FOR MEMORY CONFIGURATION
There are some limitations when using these system memory configuration function.
Limitations are as follows:
AT Compatibility Gap - system needs this GAP
External memory can not be mapped in the logic address area reserved for this gap (0A000h to
0FFFFF h).
128 KB memory segment size - this function works only for memory segments of 128 KB.
The first 258 KB is always used by system internal memory - this 256 KB is reserved for BIOS
during Power-On procedure. This memory space requires that the physical address be equal to
logic address. This means that the first two memory segments of 128 KB must belong to system
memory.
If these limitations are violated, automatically the system gives priority to physical memory map, ignoring the logic memory map. As a result, the external memory installed is ignored.
Another case is to be taken into consideration: when the maximum memory is installed, i.e.
16 MB.
In this case there is logic addressing space to remap the AT compatibility Gap which, therefore, will
be a usual read/write RAM memory. In this situation, the user memory available depends on how
the Shadow RAM option is used.
Shadow RAM disabled
512 KB of AT compatibility Gap is ignored by the system and is lost.
System total memory is therefore 15.872 KB (16.384 - 512 = 15.872).
Therefore, system looses 512 KB.
Only video BIOS in shadow RAM
64 KB of AT compatibility gap is recovered because it is remapped.
64 KB of video BIOS are set in shadow RAM. System total memory is therefore is 16.000 KB
(16.384 - 512 + 64 recovered +64 in shadow = 16.000).
Therefore, system looses 384 KB.
System BIOS and video BIOS in shadow RAM
32 KB of AT compatibility gap is recovered because it is remapped. 96 KB of system BIOS and
video BIOS are set in shadow RAM. System total memory, therefore, is 16.000
(16.384 - 512 + 32 recovered + 96 in shadow = 16.000). Therefore, system loses 384 KB.
M300-05
18-13
18
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Standard 85 ms
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 Fujitsu M2246
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP3022
CONNER CP3106
Quantum P40 AT
Miniscribe 8051A
CONNER CP346
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum LPD210 AT
CONNER CP30064
CONNER CP30124
CONNER CP3206
W.D. AC-140
W.D. AC -2120
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
128
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
980
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
40 MB
20 MB
100 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
199 MB
58 MB
116 MB
202 MB
40 MB
116 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
635
615
776
745
965
805
776
873
762
762
683
980
762
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
4
4
8
4
5
4
8
13
4
8
16
5
8
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
639
614
775
744
964
804
775
872
761
761
682
980
762
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
33
17
33
28
17
26
33
36
39
39
38
17
39
T:
No. of disk heads
SET: No. of disk sectors.
■
18-14
M300-05
M300-10
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386SX or AMD 386SX
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
20 MHz
Architecture
XT AT addressing 32-bit
BA 250
Level 03 MI
Memory
From 2 MB to 12 MB on system board
Bank 1
2 MB soldered chip
256 Kb x 4
Bank 2
Two sockets, for SIMM
modules:
1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-502 or
4 Mb x 9 EXM 26-809
Bank 3
Same as bank 2
BA 275
Level 04 MI
BA 279
Level 05 MI
BA 289
Level 02 MI
Memory access
100 ns / 80 ns
BA 303
Level 01
Coprocessor
20MHz 80387 SX
BIOS
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
Rev. 1.00 for BA 250
Hard Disk
40 MB Quantum LPS 52 AT 40 MB
40 MB W.D. AC 140 40 MB
120 MB CONNER CP 30126 120 MB
120 MB W.D. AC 2120 120 MB
210 MB Quantum LPS 240 AT 210 MB
200 MB CONNER CP 3206 / CP 3204F
Streaming Tape
40 MB IRWIN 245 floppy interface
Slots
Four 16-bit connectors on expansion
board of BUS IN283
Video adapter
Integrated in PVGA1B system board
VGA-compatible
disk controller
Integrated in system board
Hard disk interface: MSI buffer and logic
ports
Cache
Cache controller 82385
16 KB cache capacity
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M300-10
EXPANSION BUS
IN283 Level 03
IN124 Level 01
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 220 V
Level 06
PS11 115 V
Level 04
PS11 220 V only
ASTEC Level 05
19
CONSOLE
IF469
Level 01
19-1
SYSTEM BOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
Lev. Nasc.
412998 Q Rev. 1.01 PZBA 8742
PVGA1B
82C206
BA250
LEVEL
VGA super video adapter
Non-volatile RAM
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
WD16C552 Serial and parallel port controller
DP8473
MSI buffer Intelligent hard disk interface
NORD Gate Array READY signal generation
RESET generation
BUS address control
Memory addresses control
Address map decode
Shadow RAM support
SUD Gate Array
DMA controller
Data BUS controller
Clock generator
Parity control
BUS controller
Signal generation
A20GATE
82385
Cache controller
Rev. 1.02 PZBC Replaced PAL 20L8B at location U85 with PAL
20R4B GL8G, executed cutting and trimming to
eliminate faults on some boards on the AT BUS
caused by an incorrect IOCHRDY management
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.04 PZCG New BIOS
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.04
Keyboard controller 10.01 introduced
612295 X Rev. 1.02 PZBC Replaces BA250 with same integrated
controllers
Lev. 01
Replaced PAL 20R4B GL8G at location U85
with PAL GL8H and replaced R40 and R25
resistors to eliminate faults on DEPCA board
caused by an incorrect IOCHRDY management
Solves system crashing in OS/2 Olivetti rel. 1.21
environment during format "A" when the system
contains more than 6 MB. Field only, it is not
factory applied.
Lev. 02
19-2
Lev. 01
Lev. Nasc.
BA275
ROM BIOS
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.04 PZCG New BIOS, field only
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.04
Keyboard controller 10.01 introduced
M300-10
BA279
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
612400 D Rev. 1.02 PZBC Replaces BA275 with same integrated
controllers
Lev. 01
Solves malfunctioning of some printers
connected to parallel interface
Lev. 02
Solves system crashes in OS/2 Olivetti rel. 1.21
environment during format "A" when the system
contains more than 6 MB.
Lev. 03
WD 16C551 component is no longer produced.
It is replaced with WD 16C551 rev. D. They are
functionally equivalent.
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.04 PZCG -
-
-
Lev. 05
Introduction of Keyboard Controller
Rev. 10.01 to handle Keyboard Password
and System Password
New BIOS. To allow the correct management
of these passwords and install new Western
Digital hard disks
To correctly manage the passwords it is
necesary to use version 1.02 upd 1 of User
Diskette
Rev. 1.04
Cuts and trimmings to allow introduction of the
AMD 386SX processor as an alternative to the
INTEL 386SX
612473 Z Rev. 1.04 PZCG -
BA289
Lev. Nasc.
-
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.06 PZCJ -
-
Lev. 02
BA303
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
M300-10
Rev. 1.06
-
New board for trimming recovering
Replaced sockets for SIMM modules to
improve factory process and quality of
system board
Management of Keyboard Passwords and
System Password
Eliminates the error message "Error BUS not
present press F1 to continue" displayed
during the P.O.D. when a PS/2 mouse is
connected to the system
Allows correct management of the
132-column video mode
Cuts and trimmings made to allow introduction
of the AMD 386SX processor as an alternative to the INTEL 386SX processor
553062 V Rev. 1.06 PZCJ Replaces BA 289.
- Can use the INTEL CPU or AMD CPU
irrespectively.
- Can house a VL16C551 component in place
of a WD16C551 component
The 330pF capacitor in position C141 has been
removed to contain costs.
19-3
19
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 ASTEC 220 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only version 220 V
Lev. 02
Following problem solved: system fails to switch on
if the printer connected is switched on before the
system.
Occurs especially where printers are shared with
other printers. A zener diode and a resistor have
been added to the fan drive circuit to increase the
power supply’s immunity to external voltages.
Lev. 03
The box and lid have been modified.
Lev. 04
removed to solve production problems.
Lev. 05
Inductor L5 has been added to the main input area
and the circuitry has been modified to eliminate
EMI problems and random voltage drops.
PS11 Plessey 220 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
Replaced printed circuit material to improve the
transportability
PS11 Plessey 110 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
the 220 V model.
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Console
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
BUS Adapter board
BUS Adapter board
BA 250
BA 275
BA 279
BA 289
BA 303
IF469
PS11
PS11
IN283
IN124
412998 Q
612295 X
612400 D
612473 Z
553062 V
977930 V
412957 N
412956 X
977913 Q
978265 P
BIOS 1.00 - 1.02
19-4
M300-10
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.0
Lev. 1.01 upd 1 Solves SETUP problems
Lev. 1.02 upd 1 -
-
Solves hard disk test malfunctioning
Allows management of Keyboard Passwords and System Password. To
have these security features, the system must contain keyboard controller
Rev. 10.01 and BIOS 1.04
Corrects some errors in message system
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
BIOS 1.00
Lev. 1.0
Lev. 1.01 upd 1
Lev. 1.02
-
-
This version includes the security features and can therefore only be used
if the Personal Computer mounts keyboard controller Rev. 10.01 and
BIOS 1.04
Tables have been included for management of the Western Digital 40 MB,
120 MB and 210 MB hard disks
19
M300-10
19-5
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 02
Solves problems with the RETIX board
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 02
Terminators have been mounted on the board
BA 250
Does not correctly handle 3COM + Open ver. 1.1 software.
Problem is solved by disabling video shadow memory.
Problem solved on BA 275 with BIOS 1.02
BUS adapter board
IN124 Original level
Replaces IN283 for trimming recovering
BUS adapter board
IN124 Lev. 01
Terminators have been mounted on the board
IF469
Level 01 solves: Mounting problems of system console
Loudspeaker problem still audible when
potentiometer is at MIN position
386SX microprocessor
386SX step C microprocessor is no longer produced. New version
is step D. They are functionally equivalent.
BIOS 1.04
Used with keyboard controller Rev. 10.01 and User Diskette
Version 1.02 upd 1
W.D. component
16C551
Mask C of this component has been replaced by mask D. Board
level is changed
82C206 component
The CHIPS & TECHNOLOGIES component 82C206 has been
replaced by a TEXAS component. The two components are
interchangeable
i386SX microprocessor
The INTEL 386SX microprocessor can be replaced by the AMD
processor.
19-6
M300-10
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
MS-DOS (Compaq)
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
WINDOWS
DESQ-VIEW 386 Ver. 2.2
MODEMS
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
TELENETICS EXPRESSDATA 24i (24i - 12i)
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL Adapter
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA PLUS
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
IBM EGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
19
DISPLAY UNITS
M300-10
NEC MULTISYNC II
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
19-7
PARITY BIT ROM BIOS
VIDEO RAM
WD90C00
VGA CTRL
IMSG176
VIDEO DAC
BANKS 3
BANKS 2
2 MB DRAM
CACHE
CTRL
387SX
WD16C551
82C206
BUS BOARD CONNECTOR
CACHE MEM.
NORD
CPU 386SX
SUD
8473
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
8742
KEYBOARD
CONTROLLER
BKG1A
19-8
M300-10
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV.
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
2
3-10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
Video adapter
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
-
M300-10
19
19-9
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ROM BIOS addressing. This addressing space between 640 KB and 1 MB is called AT compatibility gap.
This memory remapping function also includes a Shadow RAM function that allows ROM BIOS to
map). In this case, for instance, it is possible to intercalate portions of memory resident on boards installed on the BUS with portions of memory of system board.
External memory can not be mapped in the logic address area reserved for this gap (0A000h to
0FFFFF h).
128 KB memory segment size - this function works only for memory segments of 128 KB.
memory.
If these limitations are violated, automatically the system gives priority to physical memory map, ignoring the logic memory map. As a result, the external memory installed is ignored.
Another case is to be taken into consideration: when the maximum memory is installed,
i.e. 16 MB.
Shadow RAM disabled
Therefore, system loses 512 KB.
64 KB of video BIOS is set in shadow RAM. System total memory is therefore is 16.000 KB
(16.384 - 512 + 64 recovered +64 in shadow = 16.000).
video BIOS is set in shadow RAM. System total memory, therefore, is 16.000
(16.384 - 512 + 32 recovered + 96 in shadow = 16.000).
19-10
M300-10
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Standard 85 ms
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1 35 ms full size
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
WREN II slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP3022
CONNER CP3106
Miniscribe 8051A
Quantum P40 AT
CONNER CP346
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum LPD210 AT
CONNER CP30064
CONNER CP30124
CONNER CP3206
W.D. AC-140
W.D. AC -2120
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
128
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
980
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
40 MB
20 MB
100 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
200 MB
60 MB
120 MB
210 MB
40 MB
116 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
635
615
776
745
965
805
776
873
762
762
683
980
762
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
4
4
8
4
5
4
8
13
4
8
16
5
8
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
639
614
775
744
964
804
775
872
761
761
682
980
762
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
33
17
33
28
17
26
33
36
39
39
38
17
39
19
T:
No. of disk heads
■
M300-10
19-11
M300-01
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386 SX
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
16 MHz
Architecture
16-bit XT/AT
BA 271
Lev. 06 MI
Memory
1 MB to 11 MB on system board
Bank 1
1 MB soldered chip
256 Kb x 4
Bank 2
Two sockets for SIMM
modules:
1 Mb x 9 EXM 26-502 or
4 Mb x 9 EXM 26-809
Bank 3
Same as bank 2
BA 274
Lev. 06 MI
Memory access
100 ns / 80 ns
Rev. 1.08
Coprocessor
16 MHz 80387 SX
EXPANSION BUS
Floppy Disk
(Optional)
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
IN283
Lev. 02
Hard Disk
(Optional)
40 MB CONNER CP3046
40 MB W.D. AC 140
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
Streaming Tape
(Optional)
40 MB IRWIN 245 with floppy interface
Slots
Three 16-bit connectors on expansion
board of BUS IN283
Video Adapter
Integrated in PVGA1B system board
VGA compatible
Disk controller
Integrated in system board
ports
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
Network boards
NCU 9142 (Ethernet)
This board uses remote bootstrap
EPROM RPL 3C503 ver. 1.5
NCU 9172 (Token Ring)
This board uses remote bootstrap
EPROM TRR 9209 ver. 1.03
M300-01
BA 288
Lev. 05 MI
BIOS
IN124
Lev. 01
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 220 V
Lev. 06
PS11 115 V
Lev. 04
PS11 220 V only
ASTEC Lev. 05
20
20-1
SYSTEM BOARD
BA271
LEVEL
20-2
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc.
Rev. 1.03 PEQT The integrated components are described in the
tables that follow
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.04
Lev. 03 MI
Rev. 1.05 PUN2 New BIOS and hardware changes to solve pro
blems of Duplicator software and PCTOOLS 6.0
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCF This change applies only at field level as the
board is no longer produced. The changes are:
- AMD CPU in alternative to the INTEL CPU
- IPC82C206 component alternative to the
"Texas" component
- Keyboard controller moves up from Rev. 7.02
feature.
This release works only with BIOS 1.06 or
later
- New BIOS 1.06.
All these changes update BA 271 and make it
functionally equivalent to BA 288 level 03
Lev. 04 MI
No change
of level
Rev. 1.07 PZCK New BIOS to solve slow mouse problem in
Windows 3.0 environment when there is floppy
disk access simultaneous with mouse movement
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.08 PZCL New BIOS to solve problems with DEPCA board
on some monochrome monitors when displaying
the 132-column mode
Applied only at field level
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.08
Replace PAL BCONV GLZ5 at location U91 with
PAL GLZ8 to eliminate the faults of some boards
on the bus during refresh cycles.
Cuts, wirings and replacement of PAL GLZB in
position U96 with PAL GLWK to solve the
problems with the QBAIC software when the
numeric coprocessor is installed
M300-01
BA274
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Lev. Nasc.
612205 D Rev. 1.03 PEQP Replaces BA 271 with the same integrated
components
Lev. 01 MI
ROM BIOS
Replace PAL BCONV GLZ5 at location U91 with
PAL GLZ8 to eliminate the faults of some boards
on the bus during refresh cycles.
Lev. 02 MI
Lev. 03 MI
problems of Duplicator software and PCTOOLS
6.0
Lev. 04 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCZ This change applies only at field level as the
board is no longer produced. The changes are:
- AMD CPU in alternative to the INTEL CPU
- IPC82C206 component alternative to the
"Texas" component
- Keyboard controller moves up from Rev. 7.02
features
This release works only with BIOS 1.06 or
later
- New BIOS 1.06.
All these changes update BA 274 and make it
functionally equivalent to BA288 level 03
Lev. 04 MI
No change
of level
Lev. 05 MI
the 132-column mode
Applied only at field level
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.08
M300-01
Cuts, wirings and replacement of PAL GLZB in
position U96 with PAL GLWK to solve the
problem of the QBASIC software when the
numeric coprocessor is installed
20-3
20
BA288
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Lev. Nasc.
612454 W Rev. 1.04 PEQP New board for trimming recovering
Lev. 01 MI
ROM BIOS
Rev. 1.05 PUN2 -
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.06 PZCF -
20-4
New BIOS
Introduced TEXAS IPC 82C206 component in
alternative to C&T IPC 82C206.
The TEXAS component becomes the primary
source and the C&T component the secondary source.
The WD16C551 Rev. C is replaced with
WD16C551 Rev. D component.
AMD CPU alternative to the INTEL CPU
New BIOS to handle keyboard password and
System Password
Introduction of Keyboard Controller Revision
10.01 to handle these passwords.
To correctly handle these passwords use
Lev. 03 MI
No change
of level
Lev. 04 MI
the 132-column mode
Lev. 05 MI
Rev. 1.08
Cuts and wirings to solve problems with the
QBASIC software when the numeric
coprocessor is installed
M300-01
SYSTEM BOARD
BA 271
8742
PVGA1B
82C206
WD16C552
DP8473
MSI buffer
NORD Gate Array
SUD Gate Array
BA 274
Super VGA video controller
Non-volatile RAM
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
READY signal generation
RESET generation
BUS addresses control
Memory address control
Address map decode
RAM shadow support
DMA controller
Data BUS controller
Clock generator
Parity control
BUS controller
Signal generation
A20GATE
These boards have the same controllers as BA 271
BA 288
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU system board
CPU system board
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
BUS Adapter board
BUS Adapter board
BA 271
BA 274
BA 288
PS11
PS11
IN283
IN124
612205 D
612454 W
412957 N
412956 X
977913 Q
978265 P
CHARACTERISTICS
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
20
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.00 upd 1 BIOS 1.04
Lev. 1.01
BIOS 1.06 - Keyboard Controller Revision 10.01
This User Diskette allows:
- Management of Western Digital 40 MB and 120 MB hard disks
- Management of keyboard Passwords introduced with new Keyboard
controller Revision 10.01
- Management of System Password
- Updating of message system
M300-01
20-5
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.00 upd 1 The M300-01 must be connected to a HOST PC
NETWORK BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
Test for NCU 9142
Test for NCU 9172
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 01
Solves the faults of some boards on the AT bus during refresh cycles
BUS adapter board
IN283 Lev. 02
Solves the problems with the RETIX board
BUS adapter board
IN124 Original level
New printed circuit with the cuts and trimmings of IN283
BUS adapter board
IN124 Lev.01
Introduction of terminators on the board
Intel 386SX CPU
Intel will no longer supply the 386SX Step C CPU, it is replaced with
Step D that has the same electrical and mechanical characteristics
as Step C. Board level does not change
Hard disk CONNER and
QUANTUM
The following hard disks: 120 MB CONNER CP30126, 19 ns
210 MB CONNER CP3206, 16 ns
40 MB QUANTUM LPS 52, AT 19 ns
can only function with a release of BIOS 1.05 or later
BIOS 1.05
Solves:
AMD CPU
The AMD CPU can be used as an alternative to the INTEL CPU
TEXAS component
82C206
The C&T component 82C206 is replaced by the TEXAS 82C206
component. The two components are interchangeable.
20-6
-
Memory problems after POD
Incorrect POD initialization of an optional ROM
Video parameters loading problems
Parallel port problems after a reset (CTRL-ALT-DEL)
Management of new hard disks
M300-01
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 ASTEC 220 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only version 220 V
Lev. 02
Following problem solved: the system does not
switch on if the printer connected is switched on
before the system. Occurs especially where the
printers are shared with other systems. A zener
diode and a resistor have been added to the fan
drive circuit to increase the power supply’s
immunity to external voltages.
Lev. 03
The box and lid have been changed
Lev. 04
removed to solve production problems.
Lev. 05
Inductor L5 has been added to the mains input
area and modifications have been made to the
circuitry to eliminate EMI problems and random
voltage drops.
PS11 Plessey 220 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
Replaced printed circuit material to improve the
transportability
PS11 Plessey 110 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
the 220 V version
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
20
IBM Operating System/2 Extended Edition, Ver. 1.10/1.20
WINDOWS
M300-01
20-7
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA PLUS
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
20-8
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
M300-01
PARITY BIT
SPEAKER
VIDEO RAM
PVGA1B
IMSG176
BANKS 2-3
BANK 1
BANK 1
16C552
ROM BIOS
80387
SX
SUD
BUS BOARD CONNECTOR
NORD
82C206
80386SX
CPU
8473
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
8742
KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE
CONTROLLER
BKG1A
20
M300-01
20-9
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEV.
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
2
3-10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
Video adapter
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
-
20-10
M300-01
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ROM BIOS addressing. This addressing space between 640 KB and 1 MB is called AT compatibility gap.
This memory remapping function also includes a Shadow RAM function that allows ROM BIOS to
map). In this case, for instance, it is possible to intercalate portions of memory resident on boards
installed on the BUS with portions of memory of system board.
External memory can not be mapped in the logic address area reserved for this gap
(0A000h to 0FFFFF h).
128 KB memory segment size - works only for 128 KB memory segments.
memory.
If these limitations are violated, automatically the system gives priority to physical memory map,
ignoring the logic memory map. As a result, the external memory installed is ignored.
Another case is to be taken into consideration: when the maximum memory is installed,
i.e. 16 MB.
Shadow RAM disabled
Therefore the system loses 512 KB.
20
64 KB of video BIOS is set in shadow RAM. System total memory is therefore is 16.000 KB (16.384
- 512 + 64 recovered +64 in shadow = 16.000).
video BIOS is set in shadow RAM. System total memory, therefore, is 16.000 (16.384 - 512 + 32 recovered + 96 in shadow = 16.000).
M300-01
20-11
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Standard 85 ms
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 Fujitsu M2246
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP3022
CONNER CP3106
Quantum P40 AT
Miniscribe 8051A
CONNER CP346
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum LPD210 AT
CONNER CP30064
CONNER CP30124
CONNER CP3206
W.D. AC-140
W.D. AC -2120
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
128
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
980
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
40 MB
20 MB
100 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
199 MB
58 MB
116 MB
202 MB
40 MB
116 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
635
615
776
745
965
805
776
873
762
762
683
980
762
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
4
4
8
4
5
4
8
13
4
8
16
5
8
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
639
614
775
744
964
804
775
872
761
761
682
980
762
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
33
17
33
28
17
26
33
36
39
39
38
17
39
T:
No. of disk heads
■
20-12
M300-01
M380-40
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Intel 80386 with 32-bit addressing
Clock
33 MHz
MOTHERBOARD
Architecture
AT
BA 262
Memory
4 MB to 52 MB
- 1 bank of 4 MB soldered on motherboard (8 DRAM 1M x 4 chips+
4 DRAM chips 1Mx1 parity)
- 3 banks of 4 sockets each , where
the following SIMM modules can
be installed:
- SIMM 256K x 9 EXM 26-801
- SIMM 1M x 9 EXM 26-807
- SIMM 4M x 9 EXM 26-809
In these 3 banks different capacity
SIMMs can be installed but they
cannot be mixed within one bank.
Banks can be left free
BA 281
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
1) Intel 80387 (33 MHz)
2) Weitek 3167 (33 MHz)
Floppy disk
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-3/-4
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
Hard disk
Streaming tape
120 MB CONNER CP30126 19 ms
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB QUANTUM LPS52 AT 19 ms
510 MB CONNER CP3504 13 m
80/120 MB IRWIN 285 500 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 287 1 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 3125 1 Mb/s
150 MB WANGTEK SCSI
AT Expansion slots
Video adapter
Integrated on motherboard - 82C452
Hard disk and floppy
disk controller
FDU controller: Intel 82077
Buffers implementing an AT interface
for intelligent hard disks
Cache controller
82385 - 64 KB cache
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key Compact ANK 27-101
ANK 27-102
M380-40
BIOS
ROM BIOS is a FLASH
EPROM.
The BIOS Code is
supplied on diskettes
and must be copied
into flash EPROM.
Rel. 1.09
POWER SUPPLY
PS11/A 220 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A 115 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - 220 V ASTEC
only
PS11/AR - 220V
ASTEC - MAGNETEK
PS11/AR - 110V
MAGNETEK
CONSOLE
IF 469
21
BUS EXPANSION
BOARD
IN284
21-1
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
BA262
Nasc.
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Rel. 1.00
ROM BIOS is a FLASH
EPROM.
The BIOS code is
and must be copied in
flash EPROM.
The BIOS loading
utility allows the AMB,
Mitsubishi and Intel
Flash EPROMs to be
programmed.
Intel 80386
82385
Intel 80387
WTL 3167
82C206
8742
82C452
WD16C551
Processor
Cache controller
Optional coprocessor
Optional coprocessor
Real Time Clock
RAM 128 KB with battery
DMA controller
Keyboard controller
Video controllerr
Serial port interface
Parallel port interface
82077
CHIP SET
BCUE
I/O signal generation
BUS timing control
MCUE
Memory logic controller
DPU
Data buffer
Parity control
32- to 16-bit data conversion
IOU
Signal decode logic
Chip select signal
Open logic
Lev. 01 MI
Lev. 1.00
Solves EMI criticality with FCC/B rule
Lev. 02 MI
Lev. 1.03
-
-
Lev. 03 MI
Lev. 1.07
Cuts and trimmings made in order to use
the AMD 80386 DX processor
Lev. 04 MI
Lev. 1.07
Corrects read problems in VIDEO RAM
Lev. 05 MI
Lev. 1.07
New floppy disk controller
Lev. 06
Lev. 1.07
-
Lev. 07
Lev. 1.07
-
-
21-2
Possible to replace the 82C452
component with 82C452A component.
They are alternatives.
The WD 16C551 mask C component
has been replaced with the
WD 16C551 mask D component.
These are alternatives.
Field change only.
A resistor is added and the pins of the
parallel port are reconfigured to solve
the problems with the streaming tape.
Capacitors at location C16, C21 and
C24 are replaced to solve the problem
with Interactive UNIX when connected
to the DM124 parallel printer.
M380-40
BA281
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
612399 F
Lev. 1.03
Replaces BA262. Adds EYE component
and new security features
Lev. 1.03
Hardware changes to solve problem of
FCC/B rule not respected and random
system crashes.
Lev. 1.03
-
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
612399 F
-
-
Lev. 03
Lev. 1.06
-
-
Lev. 04
Lev. 1.07
-
Possible to replace 82C452 component
with 82C452A component. They are alternatives. Board level does not change
Printed circuit modified to solve instability problems in the EM characteristics.
The pcb changes to level 01
TEXAS 82C206 component as
alternative to C&T 82C206 component
Replaced WD16C551 component mask
C with WD16C551 component mask D
Sockets for the SIMM modules replaced
to improve productivity
Keyboard controller 10.01 replaces the
8.00 keyboard controller which did not
manage the security features and had
problems with some software packages
New BIOS code, for management of:
40 MB and 120 MB W.D. hard disks
Security features
DOS function (only rel. 5.0) int 15
"Support A29 gate"
video error codes (factory only)
Printed circuit changed from 01 to
02
New BIOS to solve the serial port FIFO
reset problems, and 132-column video
mode. This BIOS manages the HDU
RDY/BSY signals.
Lev. 05
Lev. 1.07
The socket for the 82385 DX cache
controller eliminated, the component now
being soldered directly on the board.
Lev. 06
Lev. 1.07
Cuts and trimmings in order to use the
AMD 80386 DX processor.
Lev. 07
Lev. 1.07
New printed circuit to recover cuts and
trimmings. Level changes from CS 02 to
CS 03.
Lev. 08
Lev. 1.07
Cuts and trimmings to solve the 82C452
video controller problem, not to specs.
M380-40
21
21-3
BA281
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. 9
612399 F
Lev. 1.09
The Intel 82077AA-1 FDU component is
replaced with the new 82077SL-1. With this
new component, the 4.7 nF capacitor at
location U114 must be removed.
Lev. 1.09
Printed circuit board 03 trimmings have
been recovered thus changing level to 04.
Lev. 10
This BIOS release solves some of the
problems with the previous release. In
release 1.07, the colors changed when
running the WINDRAW application in super
VGA mode. Since only the BIOS was
modified, the board level does not change.
21-4
Lev. 11
Lev. 1.09
Component DAC BT471 has been
replaced by the Samsung component
KD0471. This solves the problem of wrong
colors displayed when the WINDOWS
AFTERDARK application is used. Change
made at field level only.
Lev. 12 MI
Lev. 1.09
Vengono sostituiti i condensatori da
2200 pF C16, C21, C54 con altri da
220 pF. Questa modifica risolve il problema
dell’impossibilità di stampare sulla stampante DM124 con INTERACTIVE UNIX
Lev. 12 SI
Lev. 1.09
Questa modifica risolve il problema dello
streaming tape IRWIN A250EP-05 che,
collegato alla porta parallelae con il
software EZTAPE e EZINFO, non funziona.
1 Nel caso in cui la porta parallela sia
configurata come LPT1 occorre:
- Alzare il pin 11 di RP4
- Collegare una resistenza assiale da
10 K Ohm tra il pin 83 e il pin 74 del
componente 82C206 in U34
2 Nel caso in cui la porta parallela sia
configurata come LPT2 occorre:
- Alzare il pin 8 di RP4
- Collegare una resistenza assiale da
10 K Ohm tra il pin 1 e il pin 12 del
componente 82C206 in U34
M380-40
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
User Diskette Rel. 1.00
Changed messages and help files
Allows management of Security Features. Must be
used with BIOS 1.06 and Keyboard Controller 10.01
OEMM Ver. 4.08 Ver. 1.40 upd 2
EVD Video Driver Ver. 4.00 Rev. 1.3
EVD Video Driver Ver. 5.0
Allows Windows 3.0, AutoCAD 386 Ver. 10.0 and
AutoCAD 386 Ver. 11.0 to be supported in DAM mode
(1024 x 768 x 256)
EVD Video Driver Ver. 7.0 rev. 2.0
Update of the previous release
System Test Rel. 1.02
Solves some problems relative to the password utility
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
977930 V
IF469
Lev. 01 MI
COMPATIBILITY
Solves the speaker sound problem still audible when the volume
control potentiometer is at the MIN position
21
M380-40
21-5
COMPATIBILITY
DEVICE BOARD
COMPATIBILITY
Serial port component
WD16C551
This component can be replaced by WD16C551 component
which is pin to pin compatible
Video adapter component
82C452
This component can be replaced by 82C452A that has an
equivalent function
80386 DX-33
Microprocessor
An alternative to the INTEL 80386 DX-33, it is possible to use
an equivalent AMD (CS4T) processor
Component WD16C551
Replaced component WD16C551 mask C with component
WD16C551 mask D. They are in alternative for BA 262
IN284 BUS expansion board
Changes to improve productivity and reduce costs. Board
passes to level 01 MI
Intel 80386DX CPU
The Intel 80386DX-33 MHz CPU Step E can be used as an
alternative to the Intel 80386DX-33 MHz CPU Step D, which
will no longer be produced. This change does not cause
board level to change
Keyboard controller Rev. 10.01
Keyboard Controller Rev. 10.01 is stored in ROM. Board
levels do not change.
21-6
M380-40
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
D.R.S.
CODE
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11/A ASTEC 220 V
612184Q
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only 220 V
Lev. 02
Changes to reduce fan noise and make it
easier to fit the power supply into the system
Lev. 03
Change to solve problem of system not
switching on when connected to a device
(parallel printer or drive installed on the BUS)
that is already on
Lev. 04
replaced to solve production problems.
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Improved temperature conditions
Corrects the problems with the +5 V
- Extended magnetic peripheral cables
- Replaced printed circuit material to improve
transportability
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
This power supply includes the same
modifications made to the 220 V version.
PS11/AR ASTEC 220 V
Nasc.
To cut costs, new power supply as an
alternative to the others
PS11/AR 220 V
PS11/AR 110 V
Nasc.
Nasc.
Manufactured by MAGNETIK
Manufactured by MAGNETIK
PS11/A Plessey 220 V
612183P
OPERATING SYSTEMS
SCO XENIX 386, Rel. 2.3.2
NOTES
21
WINDOWS
GEM/3 desktop, IBM-PC Ver. 3.13
M380-40
21-7
MODEMS
Hayes Smartmodem 2400B/1200B
Fax Card
Fury 2400 PC modem/Fury 2400 master
AT&T 2224 CEO modem
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Computone System Intelliport 8 port AT8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-Mouse serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
FASTWRITE 1024I
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM EGA ADAPTER
IBM VGA ADAPTER
STB POWER GRAPH VGA
STB VGA EM 16
HERCULES GRAPHICS STATION CARD
MATROX PG - 1281
IBM PC Network ADAPTER II
IBM Token Ring PC ADAPTER
IBM Token Ring 16/4 ADAPTER
10 NET INTERFACE BOARD (200 SERIES)
3COM ETHERLINK 16 ADAPTER
3COM ETHERLINK ADAPTER (3C501 - 3C503)
3COM ETHERLINK PLUS (3C505 - 3C605)
DEPCA DE100 - DEPCA DE200 - DEPCA
MICOM NP600A
NOVELL NE1000
NOVELL NE2000
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
IBM 8514
IBM COLOR GRAPHIC MONITOR 5153
IBM ENHANCED GRAPHIC MONITOR 5151
IBM PS/2 COLOR DISPLAY 8512
IBM PS/2 MONOCHROME DISPLAY 8503
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
NEC MULTISYNC II
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM82
ADAPTEC 1542A SCSI HOST ADAPTER
ADAPTEC 1542B SCSI HOST ADAPTER
ADAPTEC 2322B-10 ESDI ADAPTER
IRWIN STREAMER MODEL 285
JETSCRIPT QMS POSCRIPT CONTROLLER
OMTI 8627 ESDI ADAPTER
OMTI 8627 RLL ADAPTER
SCANMAN PLUS
WD1007A ADAPTER
WD1007V ADAPTER
WD1007V-SE2 ADAPTER
21-8
M380-40
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON MOTHERBOARD BA262 AND BA281
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
J8
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
EYE
J9
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
WD16C551
82C452
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
F1
EPROM
J12
8742
FLOPPY
DISK
J15 CONN.
82077
IOU
DIP
SWITCH
82C206
J30
J17
POWER
CONNECTOR
WTL
3167
DPU
BANK 2
386
BANK 3
MCUE
BANK 4
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
BCUE
BANK 0
MEMORY
EVEN BIT
MEMORY
387
J20
J19
82385
IT IS POSSIBLE TO HAVE 2
MB INSTALLING 2 BANKS OF
CHIP DRAM 256x4 (BANK 0
AND BANK 1). THIS
CONFIGURATION IS NOT
FORESEEN BY NOW.
FEC5A
THE EYE COMPONENT IS PRESENT ON BOARD BA281 ONLY
FUSE F1
2 A 5 V keyboard and mouse fuse.
M380-40
21-9
21
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON MOTHERBOARD BA262
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J8
IN
RING Indicator signal (RS232 threshold voltage)
FAIL-SAFE disabled
FAIL-SAFE enabled
OUT *
J9
IN
OUT *
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage)
FAIL-SAFE disabled
FAIL-SAFE enabled
J12
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J15
IN *
OUT
Floppy disk oscillator enabled
Floppy disk oscillator disabled
J17
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases CMOS RAM
J19
OUT *
IN
33 MHz 80387 numeric coprocessor
Enable 80387 numeric coprocessor to see optional oscillator clock
to be installed on U99
J20
IN *
OUT
Normal operation
Possibility of using a different 82385 cache controller model
J30
IN *
OUT
Only one hard disk installed
Two hard disks installed
IN:
Jumper installed
OUT: Jumper not installed
(*)
shows default setting
DIP-SWITCH BLOCK U515
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
NOT USED
2
ON *
OFF
NOT USED
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
Disables floppy disk write operations
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
(*)
21-10
M380-40
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON SYSTEM BOARD BA281
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J8
IN
FAIL-SAFE disabled
FAIL-SAFE enabled
OUT *
J9
IN
OUT *
FAIL-SAFE disabled
FAIL-SAFE enabled
J12
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J15
IN *
OUT
J17
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases CMOS RAM
J19
OUT *
IN
33 MHz 80387 numeric coprocessor
Enable 80387 numeric coprocessor to see optional oscillator clock
to be installed on U99
J30
IN *
OUT
IN:
Jumper installed
(*)
DIP-SWITCH BLOCK U515
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
Serial port enabled
2
ON *
OFF
BUILT IN SETUP enabled
BUILT IN SETUP disabled
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
(*)
21
M380-40
21-11
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
DMA Controller (all channels)
2F8-2FF h
Serial Port COM2
(alternate)
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
Data Keyboard controller
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
Commands Keyboard controller
3D4-3D5 h
Video adapter
70 - 71 h
Real time clock, NMI Mask, CMOS
RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
VGA Control Registers
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Available
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
Hard Disk Controller
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
21-12
M380-40
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
System memory map can change according to configurations given to system by User Diskette
or System Test.
The following diagram gives a configuration example of the first MegaByte of memory.
000 KB
0000.0000
USER DATA AREA
512 KB
8000.0000
BUS BOARDS WITH
ON-BOARD MEMORY
USER DATA AREA
640 KB
A000.0000
VIDEO RAM
C000.0000
VGA ROM BIOS
C800.0000
I/O EXPANSION ROM
E000.0000
VGA SHADOW RAM
F000.0000
SHADOW RAM BIOS
1024 KB
10000.0000
SYSTEM MEMORY
21
M380-40
21-13
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
NEC-D5146H half size
Miniscribe M8425 68 ms 3,5"
Seagate ST277R
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 ES
MICROPOLIS 1355 ESDI
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
ESDI
ESDI
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
200 MB
615
612
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
814
977
820
683
8
4
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
15
5
10
16
128
128
-1
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
664
663
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
1
1
1
682
17
17
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
51
34
34
38
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
100 MB
200 MB
60 MB
120 MB
40 MB
120 MB
635
805
776
776
873
762
762
980
762
4
4
8
8
13
4
8
5
8
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
639
804
775
775
872
761
761
980
762
33
26
33
33
36
39
39
17
39
CONNER CP3206
RESERVED
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP346
CONNER CP3106
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum PD210 AT
CONNER CP30064
CONNER CP30126
W.D. AC-140
W.D. AC-2120
T:
No. of disk heads
WPC:
■
21-14
M380-40
M290-30
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
HARRIS /AMD 80286
Clock
20 MHz
RAM access time
100 ns
Capacity min/max
The system can address up 17 MB
BANK A
1 MB of soldered RAM
BANK 1
Two sockets, where 1 MB x 9
EXM 25-532 or 4 MB x 9
EXM 26-809 SIMMs can be
installed
BANK 2
Same as bank 1
Coprocessor
INTEL 80287
ROM BIOS
Chip 27C010 with 128 K x 8 capacity
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU-257
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17W
1.44 MB 3.5" Mitsubishi MF355
1.2 MB 5.25" Toshiba ND08 DE
Hard Disk
40 MB Quantum LPS 52 AT 19 ms
40 MB W.D. AC 140 19 ms
120 MB W.D. AC 2120 19 ms
Streaming Tape
40 MB IRWIN 245
80 MB IRWIN 285
AT expansion slots
Video adapter
Integrated in system baord with
WD90C11 component
Hard Disk and Floppy Integrated on motherboard
disk controller
FDU controller: NATIONAL PC87310
buffer implementing an AT interface for
intelligent hard disks
Mouse
Keyboard
Compact 101/102-key ANK 27-101, ANK
27-102
MOTHERBOARD
BA 278
BIOS
Rel. 2.01
POWER SUPPLY
PS11A - 220 V
PLESSEY
PS11A - 115 V
PLESSEY
PS11A - 220 V only
ASTEC
EXPANSION BUS
IN123
IN127
MEMORY BOARD
ME066
MOUSE I/O BOARD
AND KEYBOARD
IF468
22
M290-30
22-1
MOTHERBOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
612301D Rev. 1.09
BA278
LEVEL
Intel 80286
Intel 80287
27C010
8742
WD90C11
Processor
Math coprocessor
ROM BIOS
Video adapter
TOPCAT CHIP SET
VL82C320
- Shadow RAM
- Programmable DRAM timing
- Data buffer
- BUS conversion cycle
- EEMS handling support
VL82C331
- Asynchronous DMA operations
- Page address register
- Timer
- Interrupt controller
- Refresh generation
- Logic port A
- Real Time Clock
PC87310
NATIONAL
-
22-2
Two 8250 / 16450 UARTs
PD7650 floppy disk controller
One-way parallel port
Hard Disk and Chip
Set address decoding
Game Port and Port
Select address decoding
Register configuration
Address decoding for all
board functions
Lev. 01 MI
Solves the ACK signal problems on the parallel
port
Lev. 02 MI
New oscillator introduced
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.09
Corrects some system faults.
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
- Random system crashes
- No system bootstrapping
- S RAM board malfunctions
- Faulty management of the A20 Gate signal
Field level only. Production stopped at BIOS
release 1.09.
M290-30
BUS EXPANSION BOARD
BUS EXPANSION BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S. CODE
IN123
Nasc.
978260 W
IN127
NOTES
Lev. 01
Solves video noise problems
Lev. 02
Solves signal ground BUS
criticality problems
Nasc.
978644 K
New board implementing all
changes of IN123. It is
interchangeable with IN123
Solves video disturbance
Lev. 01
MEMORY EXPANSION BOARD
BOARD NAME
LEVEL
D.R.S. CODE
NOTES
ME066
Nasc.
977932 K
The board has no RAM. Modules
to be installed:
1 Mb x 9 EXM 25-532 4897181 or
4 Mb x 9 EXM 26-809 4897194 E
NOTES
KEYBOARD AND MOUSE I/O BOARD
BOARD NAME
LEVEL
D.R.S. CODE
IF468
Nasc.
977928 X
22
M290-30
22-3
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 B ASTEC 220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only version 220 V
Lev. 02
Following problem solved: the system fails to
before the system. Occurs especially on printers
shared with other systems. A zener diode and
resistor have been added to the fan drive circuit to
improve the power supply’s immunity to external
voltages
Lev. 03
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
Noise reduced
Temperature problems solved
Noise with MITSUBISHI fans reduced
Changed pcb materials to improve transportability
PS11 B Plessey 220 V
PS11 B Plessey 110 V
Nasc.
the 220 V model
USER DISKETTE / SYSTEM TEST / DRIVER
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
22-4
M290-30
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON THE MOTHERBOARD
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL
CONNECTOR
SERIAL
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
PC87310
WD90C11
P1
BUS BOARD
CONNECTORS
CHIP SET
8742
CHIP SET
BIOS
80286
BANK A
BANK 2
BANK 1
FGC2A
22
This Personal Computer has a jumper (P1) used to disable the password; all settings can be made
via User Diskette or BUILT-IN-SETUP or EXTENDED SETUP programs which are described in the
following pages.
M290-30
22-5
BUILT IN SETUP PROGRAM
When changing system configuration, or when installing the system for the first time, a
BUILT IN SETUP screen will appear automatically at the end of Power On Diagnostics. This
program is stored in ROM BIOS and allows the user to change some PC configuration parameters.
Exit
Select
SPACE
Confirm
CR
Restart
BS
Drive
TAB
Messages
Press
To change configuration parameters: press the function key which corresponds to the parameter to
be changed (the function keys are indicated in the menu that appears on the screen). There are
fields in which to insert values. Press space until the correct value appears. The following parameters can be changed:
F1
Changes hour, minutes and seconds
F2
Changes day, month and year
F3
Changes hard disk type. When there are two hard disks, two fields are present.
To move from one field to another, press the TAB key. The following table lists the
hard disks that can be installed in the system:
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
SET
INT
02
Quantum LPS 53 AT
CONNER CP3046
W.D. AC 140
W.D. AC 2120
CONNER CP30126
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
120 MB
120 NB
1219
1219
1219
1524
1524
2
2
2
4
4
512
512
512
512
512
1
1
1
1
1
05
F4
F5
T:
INT:
No. of disk heads
Interleave factor.
Changes floppy disk type. When there are two floppy disks, two fields are present.
To move from one field to another, press the TAB key
Changes video format at system power on
Another four icons are displayed for user information only:
Indicates that memory size has been changed
22-6
M290-30
Indicates that a coprocessor is installed
Indicates that system batteries are low
Indicates a real time clock failure
EXTENDED SETUP PROGRAM
Extended SETUP program menu includes all BUILT IN SETUP program functions, and icons that
identify advanced functions. To change these parameters, after selecting the function, press the
space bar.
The program can be recalled at any time by pressing the SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, DEL keys simultaneously.
EXTENDED SETUP
Select
Exit
Confirm
CR
Restart
Messages
Press
The following parameters can be changed:
F1
Changes hour, minutes and seconds
F2
Changes day, month and year
F3
Changes hard disk type and hard disk heads in landing zone.
When there are two hard disks, two fields are present.
F4
Changes floppy disk type. When there are two hard disks, two fields are present.
F5
Changes video format at system power on
M290-30
22
22-7
F6
Memory - There are 3 fields that indicate respectively:
- Memory portion dedicated to shadow RAM
- Duration of the POD memory test
- Extended and expanded memory sizes
F7
System speed. A field allowing to select the speed at which data is exchanged between
memory and CPU; another field allows to select the speed at which data exchangeed
between CPU and peripherals. To move from one field to another, press the TAB key
F8
Selects 3 fields that allow the following parameters to be changed:
- Character repeat speed
- Buzzer volume
- Parallel port operation mode setting (The parallel port is not bidirectional; it can be set in
either Input or Output)
F9
Stores a system or network password
F10
Selects country keyboard
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-021F
040-043
060
061
064
070-071
DMA controller
Timer
Control port B
Comands keyboard controller
RTC, NMI registers and
CMOS RAM
DMA page register
DMA channels 4-7
TOPCAT chip set
TOPCAT chip set
102
278-27b
2F8-2FF
378-37B
3B4-3B5
3BA
3C0-3CF
3D4-3D5
3DA
3F0-3F7
3F8-3FF
46E8
VGA controller
Parallel port 2
Serial port 2
Parallel port 1
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Serial port 1
080-08F
0A0-0A1
0C0-0DF
0EC-0ED
0F9 and 0FB
INTERRUPT LEVELS
DMA CHANNELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Timer
Keyboard controller
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
RTC
Available
Available
Available
Mouse
80287
Available
DMA0
DMA1
DMA2
DMA3
DMA4
DMA5
DMA6
DMA7
8-BIT
8-BIT
8-BIT
8-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
16-BIT
22-8
M290-30
OPERATING SYSTEMS
and 1.20
NOTES
WINDOWS
GEM/3 desktop, IBM-PC Ver. 3.02
22
M290-30
22-9
MODEMS
MEMORY EXPANSIONS
AT&T 2200 SERIES MODEM (2224-CD0)
BOCARAM/AT
IBM 128 KB/512 KB EXPANSION MEMORY
OPTION (6450338)
OPTION (6450343)
ADAPTER (74X8635)
DISPLAY UNITS
MOUSE
IBM COLOR GRAPHICS DISPLAY (5153)
PRINCETON RGB DISPLAY (HX-12)
ZENITH RGB/COMPOSITE DISPLAY
(ZVM-135)
AT&T BUS MOUSE (459420)
IBM PC NETWORK
NOVELL NETWORK
3COM NETWORK
(7950), REV. 1
CARD (1502074)
(1504900)
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
ATI EGA WONDER
(5154001)
IBM VGA ADAPTER
PARADISE EGA 480
(06-1, Revision 02)
(20037, REV. C)
VIDEO-7 VEGA DELUXE
■
22-10
M290-30
M300-25
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
i386SX (P9) 16-bit BUS
Clock
20 MHz
MOTHERBOARD
Architecture
MICROCHANNEL
Memory
Two banks, each with two sockets:
BANK 1: the following are installable:
- SIMM 1 Mb x 9 EXM 25-532
(2 SIMMs = 2 MB)
- SIMM 4 Mb x 9 EXM 26-809
(2 SIMMs = 8 MB)
BANK 2:
same as bank 1
Memory installed on motherboard can
have the following sizes:
2 MB 2 1 Mb x 9 SIMMs installed
This system does not support mixed
configurations: when SIMMs 1 Mb x 9
are installed, SIMMs 4 Mb x 9 can not
be installed
BA 856
BASE ASSEMBLY
Memory access
time
80 ns for motherboard SIMMs
100 ns for memory board SIMMs
Memory expansion
board
MEM 26-503 - 2 MB memory board
expandable to 8 MB by SIMM modules
1 Mb x 9 EXM 25-502
Coprocessor
20 MHz i387SX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
1.44 MB 3.5" Mitsubishi MF355C
1.2 MB 5.25" Toshiba ND08 DE
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU475-3/4/5
1.44 MB 3.5" Y-E Data YD-702B
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
AT expansion slots
Video adapter
VGA-compatible 82C452
Floppy Disk controller Integrated on system board 82077
Only BUFFER for intelligent hard disks
CMOS RAM
128 KB powered by internal lithium
battery
ROM BIOS
128 KB EPROM
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 27-101/N
ANK 27-102/N
M300-25
BA 888
BA 889
BIOS
Last level: 1.03
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 PLESSEY 220 V
PS11 PLESSEY 110 V
PS11 ASTEC 220 V only
NETWORK BOARDS
(Installable on Diskless
version)
OLICOM 16/4 MCA
Token Ring NCU 9174
with RPL ROM on board
IMB Token Ring
Network Adapters
(4, 4/16 Mbps)
with on-board RPL ROM
IBM Ethernet Adapter
with on-board RPL ROM
In the PC standard
version other types of
network boards can be
installed. They can be
configured using the
configuration diskettes
supplied with the boards.
The diskettes
cannot be used in the
Diskless version since it
does not configure any
magnetic peripheral.
23
23-1
BA856
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Nasc.
-
-
For the integrated controllers, see the following table.
Lev. 01
Cuts and wirings implemented to solve the signal
ARB/GNT drive problem.
Lev. 02
Component 74F373 added at location SP3 No. 1 to
solve incorrect hard disk arbitration.
Lev. 03
-
Lev. 04
-
-
-
Lev. 05
35 ns PAL GLBS 16R4 replaced by the 15 ns
PAL GKCH 16R4.
Vcc and GND 10 mF filter capacitors replaced
Floppy disk controller 82077AA-1 is replaced by
82077SL and therefore the capacitor in position
C47 is removed.
80386 step C CPU is replaced by the 80386
step D CPU.
Component 16C552 mask C is replaced by the
same component mask D.
Component 16C552 is no longer produced and is
replaced by the STARTECH component. To use this
new component a cut has to be made between this
component’s pin 43 and ground, and a wiring
inserted between the same pin and pin 1 of resistor
R35.
Base Assembly - Code BA856 identifies the printed circuit board on which the SIMMs are
mounted according to their memory size. The printed circuit board with the SIMMs installed
assumes the name of the different BAs described further on.
23-2
M300-25
BA888
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc. 612420 Y Rev. 1.01
Board with 2 MB of memory installed. Unless
indicated otherwise, the levels and the modifications
made are the same as those of the base assembly.
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.01
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.01
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.01
-
PAL GKCH 16R4.
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.03
-
New BIOS to solve the problems with the 120 MB
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.03
-
82077SL-1 and therefore the capacitor in position
C47 is removed.
step D CPU.
-
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.03
between the same pin and pin 1 of resistor R35.
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.03
New Samsung KMM59100BN-7 SIMMs (3-chip,
1 MBx9, 80 ns SIMMs) in alternative to the
Samsung KMM591000C-8 SIMMs (9-chip, 1 MBx9,
80 ns SIMMs) which are no longer available on the
market.
The board does not change level.
23
M300-25
23-3
LEVEL
BA889
Nasc.
D.R.S.
ROM BIOS
CODE
612421 M Rev. 1.01
Board with 8 MB of memory installed. Unless
indicated otherwise, the levels and the modifications
made are the same as those of the base assembly.
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.01
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.01
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.01
-
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.03
-
New BIOS to solve the problems with the 120 MB
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.03
-
82077SL-1 and therefore the capacitor in position
C47 is removed.
step D CPU.
Component 16C552 mask C is replaced by
the mask D version.
-
Lev. 06
23-4
PAL GKCH 16R4.
Rev. 1.03
inserted between the same pin and pin 1 of resistor
R35.
M300-25
i386
i387
DS1287
QFP132
ASIC ADB
20 MHz CPU
20 MHz math coprocessor
- 128 KB non volatile RAM powered by internal lithium battery
- Real Time Clock
- DMA controller
8742
Keyboad and mouse controller
LM386
Speaker controller
WD16C552 Serial port and parallel port
interface
82077
82C452
Super VGA video adapter
82304
- I/O peripherals support
- Programmable timer
82303
82307
82308
82309
- Gate array implementing
Addressing Buffers and data
Buffers
- Implements swapping function
between 16 and 8 bits
- Local I/O support
- Implements the SETUP registers
- Interfaces peripherals and bus
- DMA controller
- BUS arbiter control
- Memory Refresh
BUS controller
- BUS address controller
- Memory control
- Integrates I/O ports and
registers
BOARDS
NAME
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
OLICOM Token
Ring NCU 1974
16/4 Mbps
network board
-
Remote Program Load (RPL)
EPROM can be on-board, it allows
operating system to be loaded from
network
IBM Token Ring
Network Adapter
4, 4/16 Mbps
network board
-
IBM Ethernet
Adapter
-
BUS adapter board MI542
BUS adapter board MI620
497236 R
498152 W
BUS adapter board for the diskless
version
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Lev. 1.02
Lev. 1.03
Lev. 1.04
Lev. 1.05
Change in the M300-25 logo
Replaces the previous version to correct the error in the calculation of
extended memory when the board configures 16 MB of memory and an XGA
board is installed on the bus.
23
M300-25
23-5
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 ASTEC 220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Only version 220 V
Lev. 02
Following problem solved: the system fails to
before it. Occurs especially if the printer is shared
with other systems. A zener diode and resistor
have ben added to the fan drive circuit to improve
the power supply’s immunity to external voltages.
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
A resistor has been replaced and capacitor has
been added to optimize productivity.
Lev. 05
Inductance L5 has been added to the mains input
area and a new printed circuit board is used to
improve operational margins in the event of radio
interference and random voltage drops.
PS11 Plessey 220 V
PS11 Plessey 110 V
Nasc.
01
02
03
04
05
06
Nasc.
01
02
03
04
RESET signal improved
Noise reduced
Noise with MITSUBISHI fans reduced
Replaced printed circuit material to improve
transportability
the 220 V model
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD or HW/SW
DEVICE
23-6
DESCRIPTION
M300-25
MOUSE
PARALLEL
PORT
KEYBOARD
FLOPPY DISK
CONNECTOR
POWER
CONNECTOR
BUS BOARD
CONNECTOR
LM386
82307
82308
82077
8742
82304
386SX
DS1287
WD16C552
SERIAL
PORT
ROM BIOS
82303 82309
QFP132
82C452
COPROC.
BAR6A
SIMM SOCKETS
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
BUS ADAPTER BOARD JUMPERS
P
MCA CONNECTORS
If jumper P is removed the CMOS is
erased
Erasing the CMOS
23
Default setting
Erasing the password
To delete the password, move jumper P
to the position opposite its starting
position
M300-25
23-7
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM DISK Operating System, Version 4.00
MODEMS
(6450349)
MEMORY EXPANSIONS
MOUSE
IBM PS/2 80286 Memory Exp. Option
INTEL Aboveboard/2
Orchid Ramquest extra 16/32
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
NETWORKINING & LAN PRODUCTS
IBM PC Network
Novell Network
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
23-8
M300-25
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
0000 0000 - 0009 FFFF
000A 0000 - 000B FFFF
000C 0000 - 000D FFFF
000E 0000 - 000F FFFF
0010 0000 - 00FD FFFF
00FE 0000 - 00FF FFFF
640 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
14 MB + 896 KB
128 KB
System RAM (System board Bank 0)
VIDEO RAM (System board Bank 0)
I/O expansion ROM
BIOS
System RAM (System board Bank 0 and 1)
BIOS
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
I/O DEVICE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Channel 0 DMA (Can be programmed with the lowest priority)
Channel 1 DMA
Channel 2 DMA (Floppy disk controller)
Channel 3 DMA
Channel 4 DMA (Can be programmed with another priority)
Channel 5 DMA
Channel 6 DMA
Channel 7 DMA
Master expansion slot
Intel 386 SX CPU
INTERRUPT LEVELS
INTERRUPT
LEVEL
PIC 1
MASTER
PIC 2
SLAVE
FUNCTION
NMI
-
-
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9 *
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IR0
IR1
IR2
IR3
IR4
IR5
IR6
IR7
IR0
IR1
IR2
IR3
IR4
IR5
IR6
IR7
Parity, I/O channels control, Arbiter timeout,
Watchdog timer
Channel 0 output timer
Keyboard interface
Interrupt PIC 2 to PIC 1
Real Time Clock
Available
Available
Available
Mouse
Math coprocessor
Available
Secondary serial port
Primary serial port
Availbale
Parallel port
M300-25
23
23-9
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
REGISTER LOCATION
90
96
91
3F0 to 3F7
00 to 1F, C0 to DF
81, 82, 83, 87, 89,
8A, 8B, 8E
E3 to E7
20, 21
A0, A1
64
60
E0, E1
100 to 107
BUS arbiter control register
MicroChannel selection register
82307
82304
82304
94
70, bit 7 only
97, 104, 105, 107
74, 75, 76
F0 to FF
3BC to 3BF
378 to 37B
278 to 27B
40, 42, 43, 44, 47
70, 71
93
3F8 to 3FF
2F8 to 2FF
92
61
3C6 to 3C9
3B4, 3B5, 3BA,
3C0 to 3C5
3CE, 3CF, 3D4,
3D5, 3DA
Board feedback info register
Installed in selected microchannel
Floppy disk control registers
DMA control registers
DMA page registers
Error trace registers
Interrupt 1 controller
Interrupt 2 controller
Keyboard command/status
register
Keyboard data register
Memory control registers
POS registers
3F3 is in discrete logic, all the rest in
82077
82307
82307
82309
82304
82304
8742
8742
82309
102 and 106 are in 82304, all the rest
in discrete logic.
82304
82304
System board SETUP register
Used in diskless version only
Intel 387 SX
WD 16C552
WD 16C552
WD 16C552
82304
DS 1278
Math coprocessor registers
Discrete logic
WD 16C552
Parallel port 1
WD 16C552
Parallel port 2
82304
Parallel port 3
82304
Programmable timer registers
Real Time Clock and CMOS RAM BT472
3C3 bit 0 and in 82304, all the rest in
registers
82C452
RESERVED
Serial port 1
Serial port 2
System A control register
System B control register
DAC video
I/O system video
Non maskerable interrupt enable
register
NOT USED
RESERVED
■
23-10
M300-25
M480-30
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Intel 486
Clock
25 MHz
Architecture
MICROCHANNEL
Memory
The motherboard supports 8 MB installed on
2 banks. Configurations:
4 MB on system board (4 1 Mbx9 SIMMs)
Expandible to 8 MB through KIT EXM 26807 (4 1 Mbx9 SIMMs) Expandible only with
the 4 MB memory expansion board MEM26804. This board can be expanded to 8 MB
using KIT EXM 26-807, to 20 MB using 2
EXM 26-809 KITS (2 4 Mbx9 SIMM), or to
32 MB by removing the SIMMs installed on
the board and installing 4 EXM 26-809 KITS
MOTHERBOARD
BA880 - P2.1 - Base
Assembly
BA865 - P2.1 - 4 MB
BA900 - P2.1 - 8 MB
BA951 - Base Assembly
BA952 - 4 MB
BA953 - 8 MB
BIOS
Rev. 1.06
Memory access
80 ns
POWER SUPPLY
Coprocessor
Weitek WTL 4167
HANTAREX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" panasonic J-257
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
1.44 MB 3.5" Y-E Data YD-702B
PS14 220 V - Lev. 04 MI
PS14 115 V - Lev. 04 MI
Hard Disk
This Personal Computer can mount
either MCA intelligent hard disks
(with ESDI interface) or SCSI hard
disks
ESDI interface MCA hard disks
3.5" 100 MB CONNER CP30109 MCA
SCSI hard disks
210 MB CONNER CP3200F/CP30200
210 MB SEAGATE
270 MB QUANTUM
340 MB CONNER CP3300 / CP3360
ALITEC
PS14 H 220 V - Lev. 01
PS12 H 115 V - Lev. 01
CONSOLE
IF 638
IF 469
Lev. 01
Lev. 01
HDU INTERFACE
Streaming Tape
80,120 MB IRWIN 285
GO582 - SCSI version
Expansion Slots
5 available: One 16-bit; one 16-bit with video
board extension; three 32-bit
GO610 - SCSI version
Video Adapter
82C452 integrated on motherboard
Intelligent MCA
interface buffers
Floppy Disk Control- WD57C65 integrated on motherboard
ler
Hard Disk Controller MCA version - Intelligent hard disk drives
SCSI version - SCSI hard disk controller
GO582-GO610
Mouse
Keyboard
Compact 101/102-key ANK27-101
ANK27-102
M480-30
24
24-1
MOTHERBOARD
BA900
BA865
BA880
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS AND
MODIFICATIONS
Base Assembly - Code BA880 identifies the printed circuit on which the SIMM modules are
mounted according to memory size. The pcb with SIMM modules installed takes the name
of the different BAs described below.
Nasc.
PPUS U118
PPUT U119
Rev. 1.02
Printed circuit (BA880) with 4 MB For a
description of the components see the
table below
Lev. 02
PPJJ U118
PPJK U119
Rev. 1.04
Solves the Parallel Port Test Error
problem at POD, supports the new video
modes and improves performance of
interrupt 15H in CBIOS
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.05
Allows use of Intel 80486 processor step
D0 New BIOS to solve problems of:
CBIOS
POD, Floppy, INT 10
ABIOS
Parallel and serial
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.05
C&T component F82C452A introduced
replacing component F82C452.
This also involves replacing the 74F244
at location U32 with the 74FCT244CT
Lev. 05
Rev. 1.05
Lev. 06
Rev. 1.06
New BIOS to solve the problem with the
120 MB hard disk during system
configuration
Nasc.
Rev. 1.05
Printed circuit (BA880) with 8 MB. This
board has the same components as
BA865
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.05
C&T component F82C452A introduced
replacing component F82C452. This
also involves replacing the 74F244 at
location U32 with the 74FCT244CT
Rev. 1.06
New BIOS to solve the problem with the
configuration
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
24-2
M480-30
BA951
LEVEL
ROM BIOS
MODIFICATIONS
Base Assembly - Code BA951 identifies the printed circuit on which the SIMM modules are
mounted accordimng to memory size. The pcb with the SIMM modules installed takes the
name of the different BAs described below. This printed circuit replaces BA880.
Nasc.
BA952
D.R.S.
CODE
553013 L
Rev. 1.05
board has the same components as the
BA865 - replaces BA865.
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.05
Component 74F245 at location U50
replaced by component 74LS245 to
solve the floppy disk write error problems
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.05
-
-
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.06
-
-
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.06
Component 16550A at location U47
(NMOS technology) replaced by
component 16550C (CMOS
technology)
The 10 mF Vcc - GND filter capacitors
are replaced by the coresponding
ones with T = -20/+80
New BIOS to solve the problems with
the 120 MB hard disk during system
configuration.
To improve functional margins, a
capacitor was installed at location
C9413 and a resistor at location
R148.
New Samsung KMM59100BN-7 SIMMs
(3-chip, 1 MBx9, 80 ns SIMMs) in
alternative to the Samsung
KMM591000C-8 SIMMs (9-chip, 1
MBx9, 80 ns SIMMs) which are no
longer available on the market.
24
M480-30
24-3
BA953
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
MODIFICATIONS
Nasc.
553014 M
Rev. 1.05
board has the same components as BA
865. Replaces BA900
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.05
Component 74F245 at location U50
replaced by component 74LS245 to
solve the floppy disk write error problems
Lev. 02 MI
Rev. 1.05
-
-
24-4
Component 16550A at location U47
(NMOS technology) replaced by
component 16550C (CMOS
technology)
The 10 mF Vcc - GND filter capacitors
are replaced by the coresponding
ones with T = -20/+80
Lev. SINF
Suppressed
Rev. 1.05
This board will no longer be
produced. The different memory
expansions, differentianting the BA952
from the BA953, will be implemented at
system level so that only the BA952 will
continue to exist.
Lev. 02 SI
Rev. 1.05
New BIOS to solve the problems with the
configuration
Lev. 02 SI
Rev. 1.05
New Samsung KMM59100BN-7 SIMMs
(3-chip, 1 MBx9, 80 ns SIMMs) in
alternative to the Samsung
KMM591000C-8 SIMMs (9-chip, 1
MBx9, 80 ns SIMMs) which are no
longer available on the market.
M480-30
BOARDS
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CPU System board
CPU System board
CPU System board
CPU System board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
Console board
Console board
Interface board
SCSI hard disk
controller
SCSI hard disk
controller
BA865
BA900
BA952
BA953
PS 14
PS 14
IF638
IF469
MI549
D.R.S. CODE
553013 L
553014 M
412909 X
497314 P
497272 P
977930 V
497272 V
553004 U
CHARACTERISTICS
P2.1 - 4 MB
P2.1 - 8 MB
4 MB
8 MB
GO582
GO610
557933 P
Replaces GO582
Memory Controller 82C322
Supports 256 K-1 M of DRAM
Shadow RAM
Wait state programming
DMA controller 82C223
8 independent DMA channels
Performs extended mode operations
Memory addressing capacity of 16 MB
Performs DMA serial operations
Provides virtual DMA on channel 0 and
channel 4
8042
82C452
Super V.G.A. video controller
NS16550A Serial port controller
WD57C65
Data Buffer Controller 82C325
Bus Conversion and Bus Swapping functions
Parity genertion and error checking in the
DRAM
Contains the MCA architecture POS registers
82C226
Non-Volatile RAM
Real Time Clock
DMA Controller
82C226
Two 8259 interrupt controllers
8254 compatible timer
Watchdog timer
Real Time Clock compatible with
the MC146818
114 byte CMOS RAM
MCA Controller 82C231
MCA compatibility
Memory timing
32-bit - 16-bit bus converter
24
M480-30
24-5
USER DISKETTE / SYSTEM TEST / DRIVERS
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
User Disk lev. 1.01
User Disk lev. 1.03.1
User Disk used only for 100 systems.
Solves the configuration conflict with the OLICOM
board
User Disk lev. 1.04
Replaces the previous version in order to correcct
the calculation of extended memory when 16 MB are
already installed on the system board and an XGA
board is installed on the bus.
User Disk lev. 2.0
New User Disk to solve the configuration problems
caused by the incorrect management of ADF files
when Token Ring and SCSI boards are present.
EVC driver for ACAD10 and ACAD11
D.A.M. driver for OS/2 and PageMaker
EVD driver ver. 7.1 rev. 2.0
Solves the problems relating to the ACAD mode and
72 real mode driver of the previous EVD versions.
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
497314 P
COMPATIBILITY
Changes to adequately comply with EMI standards.
Lev. 01 MI 977930 V
Console of the M380-40 Personal Computer
IF469
IF638
Lev. 01
24-6
M480-30
PS14/PS14H POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS14 ver. 220 V
HANTAREX
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Improved ventilation and electric noise immunity.
Lev. 02
Mylar protection set between inductor L101 and the
support for compliance with safety standards.
Lev. 03
Mylar protection removed. Safety standards
respected by using a new type of inductor.
Lev. 04
Adapted to comply with the new standards for
reinforced insulation and reliability improvements.
Changes to component TL7705 (IC351).
PS14 ver. 115 V
HANTAREX
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
This version has evolved in exactly the same way
as the 220 V version
PS14 H ver. 220 V
HANTAREX
Nasc.
New type of power supply unit.
Lev. 01
A capacitor has been replaced to solve the
problems with the IR-MA3 board.
PS14 H ver. 115 V
HANTAREX
Nasc.
Lev. 01
New type of power supply unit.
as the 220 V version
PS14 H ver. 220 V
ALITEC
Nasc.
New supplier.
Lev. 01
A capacitor has been replaced to solve the
problems with the IR-MA3 board.
Nasc.
Lev. 01
New supplier.
as the 220 V version.
PS14 H ver. 110 V
ALITEC
MCA INTELLIGENT HARD DISK INTERFACE MI 549
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. Nasc.
Specific for the P750 and M480-30
COMPATIBILITY
BOARD/DEVICE
COMPATIBILITY
SCSI hard disk signals Cable has been modified for easier insertion of the SCSI terminator
cable
Terminator
M480-30
The GO610 no longer requires the installation of a terminator on the
SCSI cable since it already has incorporated terminators.
24
24-7
SCSI HARD DISK INTERFACE
BOARD
D.R.S. CODE
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
GO582
553004 U
Nasc.
SCSI hard disk controller
Lev. 01
New board layout
Nasc.
Replaces GO582
Following are the differences between the two boards:
- The termination resistances are incorporated on
board GO610 so it does not need the installation
of external terminators on the cable as board
GO582 does.
- A different printed circuit board is used.
- New BIOS
GO610
557933 P
GO582 BOARD CONFIGURATION
The GO582 board must be configured with identifier 7 and must have the terminator inserted. The
terminator is on the cable.
The first hard disk of the system must be configured with identifier 6 and have the terminators
inserted.
A second hard disk can be configured with any identifier from 0 to 5.
SCSI IDENTIFIER
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
24-8
USE
Available for expansions
Available for expansion Used by second HDU
First hard disk installed in system
Identifier of the GO582 controller
M480-30
KEYBOARD
PARALLEL PORT
CONTROLLER WATCH DOG TIMER
REAL TIME CLOCK
SERIAL PORT
FLOPPY DISK
CONNECTOR
BANK 1
FLOPPY DISK
CONTROLLER
BANK 0
VIDEO RAM
BIOS
82C452
VGA
PLUS
BUS
MEMORY
CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
DMA
CONTROLLER
BT471
DAC
DATA BUFFER
CONTROLLER
WEITEK
COPROCESSOR
CPU
J3
BUE0A
Jumper J3
OUT: Normal position
IN: Disables the password
Erases the system configuration restoring the default
configuration
24
M480-30
24-9
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
Requires a formatted DSDD diskette
during installation on hard disk
IBM Operating System/2 Extended Edition, Ver. 1.1 and
Ver. 1.10
MODEM
(6450349)
FUTURE DOMAIN HOST ADAPTER (MCS350) IBM PS/2 Dual Async Adapter/A (6450347)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
UNITS, NETWORKING & LAN PRODUCTS
IBM PC Network
10NET Network
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
24-10
M480-30
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
CACHE
00000000 - 0007FFFF
00080000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 000FFFFF
00100000 - 007FFFFF
00800000 - 00FFFFFF
01000000 - BFFFFFFF
C0000000 - C1FFFFFF
C2000000 - DFFFFFFF
E0000000 - FFFDFFFF
FFFE0000 - FFFFFFFF
512 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
System DRAM
I/O RAM
Video controller RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS (SHADOW RAM)
System RAM
System RAM
System RAM
Weitek Coprocessor
System RAM
System RAM
System ROM BIOS
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
128 KB
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
0
1
2
Reserved
Available
Floppy disk
3
4
5
Available
Reserved
Available
6
7
Available
Available
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F
020-021
022
023
040-047
060
061
064
070-071
074-076
System timer
Auxiliary device
System port B controller
Auxiliary device
8 KB CMOS RAM extension
68B50 Registers
DMA page registers 0 - 3
DMA page registers 4 - 7
Central arbitration conrtol port
Selected board response
System port A controller
Reserved
Board enable
096 - 097
0A0 - 0A1
0C0 - ODF
0E0
0E1
0E2
0E3 - 0E7
0F0 - 0FF
100 - 107
1F0 - 1F8
278 - 27B
2F8 - 2FF
378 - 37B
3BC - 3BF
3B4 - 3C5
3CE - 3DA
3C6 - 3C9
3F0 - 3F7
3F8 - 3FF
POS, Connector selection
Second 8259A interrupt controller
Split address registers
Memory map register
Coprocessor
Programmable option selection
Hard disk adapter
Parallel port 3
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
Video subsystem
Video subsystem
DAC video, Bt471
081-087
089-08F
090
091
092
092
094
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
FUNCTION
LEVEL
FUNCTION
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
Output timer channel 0
Keyboard interface
PIC2 interrupt
Primary serial port
Available
Parallel port
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Real Time Clock
Available
Available
Mouse
Coprocessor
Available
M480-30
24-11
24
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35 - 45
46 - 47
N.C.
Seagate ST225 half size
WREN 2 full size
CDC WREN 1
ST4096
OPE XM5340
NEC D5146H
TM755 slim size
RESERVED
OPE XM5220 85 ms
TANDON TM 362 85 ms
Seagate ST251 40 ms
Rodime RO3055 40 ms
Seagate ST277TR
OPE XM5340/60
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
CDC 94205-77
Formatted, ESDI full size
Formatted, ESDI half size
N.A.
CDC 94196-766
RESERVED
SCSI drivers #1 and #2
10 MB
20 MB
38 MB
28 MB
76 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
51 MB
53 MB
68 MB
69 MB
42 MB
306
615
925
697
1024
820
615
981
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
4
4
5
5
9
6
8
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
128
256
128
128
-1
256
128
-1
128
128
128
-1
128
-1
305
700
924
696
1023
819
664
980
980
980
924
1023
924
1023
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20 MB
20 MB
40 MB
43 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
62 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
600 MB
612
612
820
872
612
820
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
981
814
977
820
1623
4
4
6
6
4
6
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
5
15
5
10
15
128
-1
-1
0
0
-1
128
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
656
663
819
871
663
819
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
980
1
1
1
1
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
26
-
T:
No. of disk heads
■
24-12
M480-30
M400-10
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
Architecture
Memory
Intel 486SX with 32-bit addressing
25 MHz
AT
From 4 MB to 52 MB
- One bank of 4 MB soldered (8 1M x 4 DRAM
chips plus 4 1Mx1 parity DRAM chips)
- Three banks, each with 4 sockets, in which
the following SIMM modules can be installed:
- SIMM 1M x 9 EXM 26-807
- SIMM 4M x 9 EXM 26-809
Different capacity SIMMs can be installed in the
three banks, but not inside the same bank.
Banks can be left empty.
Memory access 80 ns
Coprocessor
1- Intel 487SX (25 MHz) for implementation of
the floating point unit
- In BA901 the 487SX replaces the CPU
- In BA301 the 487SX has only one socket
2- Weitek WTL (4167, 25 MHz) BA901 only
Floppy disk
1.2 MB Panasonic JU475-3-4-5
1.2 MB Toshiba ND08DE
1.44 MB Panasonic J-257 A / Sony MP-F17 W
1.44 MB Mitsubishi MF355 / MITSUMI D359T3
1.44 MB YE DATA YD-702B / 702D
2.88 MB Sony MP-F40 W (BA301)
Hard disk
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
170 MB CONNER CP30174E
210 MB CONNER CP3206 3204F
210 MB CONNER CP30204 (BA301)/CP30256
340 MB CONNER CP3304/CONNER CP3364
340 MB SEAGATE ST1401A
340 MB W.D. AC2340
510 MB CONNER CP3504 / CONNER CP3544
Streaming tape 80/120 MB IRWIN 285 - 287 - 3125
150 MB WANGTEK - 320 MB WANGTEK SCSI
Expansion slots 4 Present, 4 Available (IN284 Board)
Video adapter
Integrated on motherboard - 82C452A
Integrated on motherboard.
Hard disk and
floppy disk
FDU controller: Intel 82077AA-1
controller
HDU controller: Logic gates and MSI Buffer
implementing an AT interface for intelligent
HDUs.
Cache controller Integrated in CPU with 8 KB
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key, compact ANK 27-101
ANK 27-102
M400-10
MOTHERBOARD
Printed Circuit
BA901:
BA296
4 MB
BA297
8 MB
BA309
4 MB
Printed Circuit
BA301:
BA313
4 MB
BA312
8 MB
BIOS
The ROM BIOS is a
FLASH EPROM. The
BIOS code is supplied
on diskettes and must
be copied into Flash
EPROM
BA296
BA297
BA309
BA312
BA313
Rel. 1.08
Rel. 2.08
POWER SUPPLY
PS11/A - 220 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - 115 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - only 220 V
ASTEC
PS11/AR - 220 V
ASTEC
SCSI PERIPHERAL
CONTROLLER
ASC - 1
25
25-1
BA296
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS/NOTES
Nasc.
Use the
code of
BA 297
The ROM BIOS is a
Flash EPROM. The
BIOS code is
and must be copied
into Flash EPROM.
Rev. 1.01
For the integrated controllers, see the
following table.
Board with 4 MB soldered.
Rev. 1.04
New BIOS. The characteristics of the different
BIOS versions and the problems solved are
explained further on in this chapter.
Rev. 1.05
New BIOS
Rev. 1.06
Rev. 1.07
Rev. 1.08
New BIOS
New BIOS
New BIOS
Lev. 01 MI
Cuts and trimmings to solve the problem with
the 340 MB CONNER hard disk.
This board will no longer be produced.
The different memory expansion, which is the
main difference between BA269 and BA297,
will be implemented at system level.
BA297
Nasc.
553000C Rev. 1.01
This board the same as BA 296 but has 8 MB
of memory. Four SIMMs have already been
installed at the factory.
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.04
New BIOS
Rev. 1.05
New BIOS
Rev. 1.06
Rev. 1.07
Rev. 1.08
New BIOS
New BIOS
New BIOS
Only BA 131 will continue to exist.
BA309
Nasc.
25-2
Rev. 1.01
Board installed for Italy only.
Lev. 01 MI
Rev. 1.04
New BIOS
Rev. 1.05
New BIOS
Rev. 1.06
Rev. 1.07
Rev. 1.08
New BIOS
New BIOS
New BIOS
M400-10
LEVEL
BA312
Nasc.
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS/NOTES
Rev. 2.04
This board is the same as BA 313but has
8 MB of memory. Four SIMMs have already
been installed at the factory. Replaces board
BA 927.
Rev. 2.05
New BIOS
Rev. 2.06
New BIOS
The different memory expansion, which is the
main difference between BA 312 and BA 313,
will be implemented at system level so only
BA 313 will continue to exist.
Rev. 2.08
BA313
Nasc.
553060 F Rev. 2.04
Rev. 2.05
New BIOS
4 MB soldered. Replaces BA 296.
-
Lev. 01
-
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
New BIOS
Cuts, trimmings, and replacement of
PAL DPGSEL (GL9A) with PAL
DPGSEL12 (GKCL) to solve the problem
with the video controller during VIDEO
RAM read operations.
The ROM version of keyboard controller
Rev. 10.01 is also introduced to cut costs.
Rev. 2.06
New BIOS to correct the problems with the
CONNER 340 MB hard disk and with the
power on password
Rev. 2.06
The floppy disk controller INTEL component
82077-AA1 is replaced with the floppy disk
controller INTEL component 82007SL-1.
Rev. 2.08
New BIOS to correct the problems with
IBM OS/2 version 2.0.
Rev. 2.08
-
Component 74F224 in position U37 is
replaced by component 74F240 to solve
the "snow" effect on high resolution
monitors.
25
M400-10
25-3
MAJOR COMPONET
MOTHERBOARD PRINTED CIRCUIT
MAIN COMPONENTS
BA296
-
BA901
This printed circuit does
not allow the
management of 2.88 MB
floppy disk drivesa nor
monitors with a 72 Hz
vertical refresh rate
(ergonomic monitors).
Also, this printed circuit
does not have the
Performance Upgrade
Processor socket so the
i487SX coprocessor has
to be installed in place of
the system CPU.
-
-
The systems on which
this printed circuit is
installed do not have the
hard disk selfacknowledge feature but
use the BUILT IN
SETUP utility for the
configuration of the hard disks.
25 MHz Intel 486SX processor
Intel 487SX numeric coprocessor (must be
installed in place of the CPU)
Socket for the 25 MHz Weitek WTL 4167
numeric coprocessor
82C206: Real time clock
128 byte non-volatile RAM
Timer
DMA controller
8742 OPT PLCC keyboard mouse controller
82C452A video controller
WD16C551-D: 16C550-compatible serial port
AT/PS2-compatible parallel port
82077 AA-1 floppy disk controller
Buffer for intelligent hard disks
BIOS Flash EPROM (1 Mbit)
Chip set consisting of 4 gate arrays:
- BCUE bus controller
- MCUE memory controller
- DPU data flow controller
- IOU I/O controller
System memory (from 4 to 52 MB)
EYE GA4Q component
50 MHz oscillator
BA297
BA901
This board is the same as BA 296 but has an 8 MB
memory.
BA309
BA901
This board is only installed for Italy.
BA313
BA301
This printed circuit allows
the management of a
2.88 MB drive and a
monitor with a 72 Hz
vertical refresh rate.
This board is the same as BA 296 with the
exception of the following:
- There is no socket for the Weitek coprocessor
which therefore cannot be installed.
- The Performance Upgrade Processor socket for
the i487SX coprocessor is present so there is no
need to install this coprocessor in place of the CPU.
- Shielded keyboard and mouse connectors.
The systems on which
this printed circuit is
installed use the hard
disk self-acknowledge
feature and therefore do
not have the BUILT IN
SETUP utility
BA312
25-4
BA301
This system board is the same as BA 313 but has
an 8 MB memory.
M400-10
LEVEL
USER DISKETTE Rev. 1.00
COMPATIBILITY / NOTES
This user diskette has a new user interface and
can also be used on the M400-40 and M400-60
Personal Computers
Alignment with BIOS 2.05. Only for the
system boards BA312 and BA313 with
PCB BA301
The problems with the keyboard, mouse and
high resolution monitor are solved.
Enhanced video drivers ver. 5.00
Enhanced video drivers ver. 7.1 rev. 2.0
Update of the previous version
USER DISKETTE for Streaming tape Rev. 1.02 This release allows installation of the streaming
tape unit on the M400-10 with system board
Provided in the STU 26-082/A kit
PCB BA301 for 2.88 MB floppy disk
management
USER DISKETTE for Streaming Tape Rev. 1.03 Version 1.02 of this User Diskette was in
conflict with the second floppy drive. Problem
ver. 1 provided in the STU 26-082/A kit
solved with version 1.03
SYSTEM TEST Rev. 2.00
The System Test release is also used on the
M400-40 Personal Computer and works
properly only with BIOS Rel. 2.02.
SYSTEM TEST Rev. 2.00 Upd. 1
Allows execution of tests on the cache memory .
Some bugs of the previous release removed
This System Test release is used on the
M400-10, M400-40 and M400-60 Personal
Computers. This release works properly only
with BIOS Rel. 2.04
This release supports tests on the
i486DX2 CPU and works properly only with
BIOS Rel. 2.05. Some problems concerning
monitors with a 72 Hz vertical refresh rate have
also been solved
USER DISKETTE for EOD400 rel. 1.03
Release 1.03 was replaced by 1.05 which
implements the ASPI4DOS.SYS driver that
supports multitasking Windows 3.xx V86 and
the ASPIDISK.SYS driver that supports the
DOS 3.31 extended partition.
25
M400-10
25-5
COMPATIBILITY
DEVICE BOARD
COMPATIBILITY
Streaming tape with floppy
disk interface
The software for streaming tape unit management may enter into
conflict with the floppy disk controller when the latter is
programmed for operation in "perpendicular - mode" (programming
for 2.88 MB floppy disks). BIOS 1.07 solves this problem.
In any case, it is possible to use this streaming tape by jumpering it
in position ID 4 to avoid the programming conflict between the
EZTAPE management program and the floppy disk controller.
Motherboard with PCB
BA901 replaced by system
board with PCB BA301
Replacement of motherboard PCB BA901 with PCB
BA 301 may result in problems with the management of 340 MB
hard disks. When changing board the hard disk should be
reformatted (low level format). If this is not possible, because the
hard disk contains data that cannot be lost, it is still possible to use
it with the new system board by configuring it as a non- standard
hard disk and giving the following parameters:
HDU 340 MB Conner CP3304
Cyl. = 726
Land. zone = 726
Auxiliary = 112
Heads = 15 Sectors = 61
There are no such problems with the 210 MB hard disk
EYE1 component
EYE2 is introduced as the alternative of EYE1. The level of the
boards does not change.
INTEL component
PDL 85C220-7
Component PALCE 16V8-7 AMD (GKTC) is introduced as the
alternative of the INTEL component PDL 85C220-7 (GLZX). The
level of the boards does not change.
EVOLUTION OF BIOS BA296, BA297 and BA309 (PCB BA901)
LEVEL
EVOLUTION
Rev. 1.00
BIOS level not present in the field.
Rev. 1.01
Solves some problems of release 1.00 and adds the following new features:
- Implements the GOFAST, GOSLOW and AUTOSLOW utilities
- Changed password management
- Implements video modes 32, 33, 3A and 3B
Rev. 1.04
This release solves the problems of the second serial port (serial board installed on
the BUS)
Rev. 1.06
Addition of the 200 MB QUANTUM LPS 240 AT hard disk (entry 27) in the hard
disk table
Rev. 1.07
Solves the operation problem of a streaming tape when the handling software
enters into conflict with programming of the floppy disk controller in "perpendicularmode" (2.88 MB floppy disks)
Rev. 1.08
This release corrects:
- the incorrect operation of IBM OS/2 ver. 2.0 within a DOS window
- warm boot problems when using an Ethernet board
- the extended wait state of the hard disk’s data request signal in order to
guarantee compatibility with the new Conner hard disks.
25-6
M400-10
EVOLUTION OF BIOS BA312 and BA313 (PCB BA301)
LEVEL
EVOLUTION
Rev. 2.00
This release introduces the following features:
- Automatic HDU acknowledgement selecting the "standard" function which will
be included in the user diskette release 2.02.
- Management of the new VESA 72.8 Hz monitors.
- Management of 2.88 MB drives
Rev. 2.01
This release has the following variations with respect to the previous one:
- Change at Security level so that the Power-On password is copied on the
Keyboard password, only when there is a Power-On and not when there is a
Soft-reset (Ctrl-Alt-Del) or a Jump to F000:FFF0.
Banner change for introduction of the new type P24 50/66 MHz CPU
- The "ROM checksum error" error on rebooting after the SETUP has been
removed.
- Various faults concerning new HDU management have been corrected.
- New corrections made to 2.88 MB floppy drive management.
- A new video table has been introduced for the 11h,12h,79h 72Hz modes due to
VESA.N.B. timing problems.
This release does not yet implement the the facility by which the user has the
possibility of setting non-standard hard disks and presents faults on HDUs
when working in Shadow disabled mode (condition not much used).
Rev. 2.02
Corrected the faults with the OLICOM
"V24 LPU 2100/2400/3500/3600" board.
Rev. 2.03
Corrected problem of the "Memory refresh error" appearing randomly after a CtrlAlt-Del reset.
Rev. 2.04
-
Corrected the "Keyboard Error" problem appearing randomly during the POD
after a Ctrl-Alt-Del.
Corrected problem of failure to Bootstrap from floppy disk when disconnecting an
HDU previously installed on other systems.
Some corrections made in management of 2.88 MB floppy disks.
Some system faults with Shadow memory disabled have been corrected.
Problems concerning management of non-standard Hard Disks with high
capacity (600 MB) have been solved.
Rev. 2.05
This release has the following variations with respect to the previous release:
- Corrected message conecrning CPU type 486DX2.
- Corrected message concerning Dedicated memory when disabling the memory
between 512K and 640K and performing a controlled reset.
- Corrected malfunctioning of the interrupt controller and refresh tests caused by
the increase in clock frequency of the computer (486DX2 for M400-60).
- Correction to eliminate malfunctioning of the floppy disk running Windows 3.0 in
standard mode.
Windows release 3.1 does not have this problem.
- Change made for management of the 6K between C680 and C7FF as ROM
option.
This BIOS revision is also extended to the M400-60 personal computer so
subsequent issues of the BIOS will be attributed to all systems of the M400-10,
M400- 40 and M400-60 family.
Rev. 2.06
This release corrects the following:
- Bootstrapping delays with CP3304 HDUs and other MASTER HDUs
- Spurious characters when a password is typed using slow keyboards
- Cache for compatibility with COMPUTONE AT 8/16 boards
- Cancelled the hidden partitions message displayed after the POD
Rev. 2.08
M400-10
25
This release corrects the malfunctioning of IBM OS/2 ver 2.0 in a DOS window
25-7
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEATURE
M400-10 systems with motherboard BA312 or BA313 have the hard disk self-acknowledgement feature. This feature is not included on BA926 and BA927, which still have the BUILT IN SETUP utility.
Using the SETUP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, the type of hard disk installed in the
system can be defined. Having selected the SETUP utility, select the option hard disk #1 and #2.
The following values can be defined in this field:
Not Present:
If no hard disk is installed.
Standard
In this case the system automatically acknowledges type and capacity of the
hard disk installed. This option can be used for hard disks including the selfacknowedlge device and have capacity of less than 528 MB.
High Capacity
In this case, the system automatically acknowledges type and capacity of the
hard disk installed. This option must be used for hard disks with a capacity of
more than 528 with the self-acknowledge device and which are to be used with
the Olivetti OS/2, IBM OS/2 and MS-DOS operating systems.
Compatible
This option must be used for hard disks compatible with the system but which
do not have the self-acknowledge device, or hard disks which do have this
feature but which have previously been used on other systems. If this option is
chosen, a list of hard disks with preset parameters will be displayed. Check that
the parameters defined match with those on the label of the hard disk being
installed. The types of hard disk are as follows:
TYPE CAPACITY CYLINDERS HEADS SECTORS WPC LZ
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
104 MB
104 MB
121 MB
340 MB
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
776
776
762
726
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
8
8
8
15
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
33
33
39
61
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
775
775
762
726
MODEL
STANDARD 10 MB, 8.5 ms
CDC WREN I, Full, 35 ms
WREN I, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
Micropolis 1324, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
CONNER CP3106 *
QUANTUM LPS 105 AT *
W.D. AC2120 *
CONNER CP3304 *
* These hard disks have the self-acknowledgement feature. The values of the table must be used
only if bringing on to these systems a disk formatted on a "previous system", keeping the data recorded. If the hard disk is new, the self-acknowledgement feature can be used.
25-8
M400-10
Later BIOS versions implement a new hard disks table that does not have hard disks with the selfacknowledgement feature and that may have been used previously on other systems.
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
45 MB
21 MB
65 MB
65 MB
Not Standard
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
872
612
820
820
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
6
4
6
6
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
128
-1
128
MODEL
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
871
663
819
819
WREN I, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
RODIME RO3055
MINISCRIBE M8425
SEAGATE ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
This option allows the service engineer to personally define the parameters of a
hard disk without any self-acknowledgement feature and that is not included in
the list of compatible hard disks. The following table lists the parameters of the
hard disks that are supported by the system BIOS.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
25
26
27
Seagate ST277R
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 ES
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
ESDI
ESDI
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
60 MB
304 MB
81 MB
136 MB
200 MB
615
612
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
814
977
820
683
8
4
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
15
5
10
16
128
128
-1
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
664
663
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
1
1
1
682
17
17
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
51
34
34
38
40 MB
40 MB
100 MB
100 MB
200 MB
60 MB
120 MB
40 MB
120 MB
340 MB
340 MB
510 MB
205 MB
635
805
776
776
873
762
762
980
762
726
726
989
635
4
4
8
8
13
4
8
5
8
15
15
16
13
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
639
804
775
775
872
761
761
980
762
726
726
989
634
33
26
33
33
36
39
39
17
39
61
61
63
51
CONNER CP3206
RESERVED
CONNER CP3142
CONNER CP346
CONNER CP3106
Quantum LPS105 AT
Quantum PD210 AT
CONNER CP30064
CONNER CP30126
W.D. AC-140
W.D. AC-2120
CONNER CP3304
Seagate ST-1401A
CONNER CP3504
Quantum LPS 240 AT
M400-10
25
T: No. of disk heads
25-9
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11/A ASTEC 220 V
Lev. 02
This power supply has already been used on other
Personal Computers (see previous chapters). The level
shown is that used on this system.
Lev. 03
Change to solve the problem of the system not switching
on when connected to a device (parallel printer or drive
installed on the BUS) already on.
Lev. 04
Inductor L5 has been added and changes have been
made to the circuitry to solve the problems with EMI radio
interference and random voltage drops.
Lev. 05
New inductor and printed circuit.
NOTE: Given the new printed circuit, the power
supplies of previous levels cannot be upgradede to this
level.
Lev. 03
Personal Computers (see previous chapters). The level
Lev. 03
PS11/AR ASTEC 220 V Nasc.
New alternativpe power supply to cut costs.
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
A formatted DSDD diskette required
during installation on hard disk.
Olivetti’s Microsoft Disk Operating System. 3.30a
IBM OS/2 version 2.0
IBM OS/2 extended edition Version 1.10, 1.20, 1.30
IBM OS/2 standard edition Version 1.10, 1.20, 1.30
SCO UNIX System V Rev. 4.0, Rev. 2.1
SCO XENIX Rev. 3.2
WINDOWS
25-10
M400-10
MODEMS
Hayes Smartmodem 2400B / 1200 B
DR: NEUHAUS FAXY PC MASTER
FERRARI Fax Card
Fury 2400 PC modem / Fury 2400 master
AT&T 2224 CEO modem
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Chase AT16 / Chase AT8
Corollary 8 x 4 MUX
Intel-Bell ACE 8 / Intel (Bell) ICC.6
Wyse WY-995
MS-BUS mouse
MS-Mouse serial
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
FASTWRITE 1024I
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM EGA ADAPTER
IBM VGA ADAPTER
Olivetti AGC
Olivett HGC
Olivetti XGC
MICOM NP600A
NOVELL NE1000
NOVELL NE2000
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
IBM 8514
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
NEC MULTISYNC II
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM82
SCANMAN PLUS
WD1007A ADAPTER
WD1007V ADAPTER
WD1007V-SE2 ADAPTER
25
M400-10
25-11
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON BA296 BA297 BA309 (PCB BA901) MOTHERBOARD
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
F1
EYE
J7
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
BIOS
WD16C551
J8
HDU
BUFFER
J11
8742
82C206
82C452
IOU
J13
DIP
SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
VIDEO RAM
BUS CONN.
J15
J16
i486SX
i487SX
DPU
82077
J18
FLOPPY
J19
DISK
CONNECT.
J20
BANK 1
WTL
4167
MCUE
BANK 2
BCUE
BANK 3
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
4 MB MEMORY
BANK 0
MEMORY
PARITY
BIT
50 MHz OSCILLATOR
AEC4A
FUSE F1
25-12
M400-10
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON BA926 BA927 BA309 (PCB BA901) MOTHERBOARD
JUMPERS J18, J19 AND J20 FOR PROCESSOR SELECTION
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J18
3-way jumper
1-2
2-3
OUT *
Processor i486DX is installed in the system
Processor i487SX (floating point unit) is installed in the system
Processor i486SX is installed in the system
J19
IN
OUT *
Processor i486DX or i487SX installed in the system
Processor i486SX installed in the system
J20
3-way jumper
1-2
2-3 *
Jumpers J7, J8, J11, J13, J15, J16
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J7
OUT *
RING Indicator signal (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE
disabled
enabled
IN
J8
OUT *
IN
Signals in input (RS232 threshold voltagea) FAIL-SAFE
disabled
Signals in input (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE enabled
J11
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J 13
IN *
OUT
J15
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases the CMOS RAM
J16
IN *
OUT
F1
Keyboard protection fuse
DIP-SWITCHES
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
Serial port enabled
2
ON *
OFF
BUILT IN SETUP enabled
BUILT IN SETUP disabled
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
IN:
Jumper installed
The asterisk indicates the default setting.
25
M400-10
25-13
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS BA312 BA313 (PCB BA301) MOTHERBOARD
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
F1
EYE
J7
J8
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
BIOS
HDU
BUFFER
WD16C551
J11
8742
82C206
82C452
IOU
J15
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
DIP
SWITCH
VIDEO RAM
BUS CONN.
J13
FLOPPY
DISK
CONN.
82077
J16
DPU
i487SX
i486SX
J18
J19
J20
BANK 1
MCUE
BANK 2
BANK 3
BCUE
J21
50 MHz OSCILLATOR
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
4 MB MEMORY
BANK 0
MEMORY
PARITY
BIT
66 MHz OSCILLATOR
AJA2A
FUSE F1
25-14
M400-10
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON BA312 BA313 (PCB BA301) MOTHERBOARD
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J18
3-way jumper
1-2
2-3
OUT *
Processor i486DX installed in system
Processor i487SX (floating point unit) installed in system
Processor i486SX installed in system
J19
IN
OUT *
Processor i486DX or i487SX installed in system
J20
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
J21
3-way jumper
1-2
2-3 *
33 MHz processor clock
Jumpers J7, J8, J11, J13, J15, J16
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J7
OUT *
disabled
enabled
IN
J8
OUT *
IN
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE disabled
enabled
J11
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J 13
IN *
OUT
J15
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases CMOS RAM
J16
IN *
OUT
F1
Keyboad protection fuse
DIP-SWITCHES
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
Serial port enabled
2
ON *
OFF
NOT USED
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
IN:
Jumper installed
M400-10
25
25-15
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
Serial Port COM2 (alternate)
020-021F h
Interrupt Controller 1
378-37B h
Parallel Port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video controller
60 h
Keyboard Data controller
3BA h
Video controller
61 h
System control port B
3C0-3CF h
Video controller
64 h
Keyboard Commands controller
3D4-3D5 h
Video controller
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video controller
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial Port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
Interrupt to Controller1 from Controller 2
3
IRQ8
2
Real Time Clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Available
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
25-16
M400-10
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
The system memory map will vary depending on the configuration given the system through the
User Diskette or System Test. Consequently only an example of the configuration of the first
MegaByte of memory is given below.
000 KB
0000.0000
USER DATA AREA
512 KB
8000.0000
BOARDS ON BUS
WITH MEMORY ON
BOARD/USER DATA
AREA
640 KB
A000.0000
VIDEO RAM
C000.0000
VGA ROM BIOS
C800.0000
AVAILABLE
E000.0000
VIDEO BIOS SHADOW
F000.0000
SYSTEM BIOS
SHADOW
1024 KB
10000.0000
SYSTEM MEMORY
25
■
M400-10
25-17
M400-40
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
Architecture
Memory
Memory access
Coprocessor
Floppy disk
Hard disk
Streaming tape
Intel 486DX with 32-bit addressing
33 MHz
AT
From 4 MB to 52 MB
- One bank of 4 MB soldered on the system
board (8 1M x 4 DRAM chips plus 4 1Mx1
parity DRAM chips)
- Three banks, of 4 sockets each, in which
the following SIMM modules are installed:
- SIMM 1M x 9 EXM 26-807
- SIMM 4M x 9 EXM 26-809
SIMMs of different sizes can be installed in the
three banks, but not inside the same bank.
Banks can be left empty.
80 ns
Integrated in processor i486DX
1.44 MB Panasonic J-257 A
1.44 MB Sony MP-F17 W
1.44 MB Mitsubishi MF355 / MITSUMI D359T3
120 MB QUANTUM ELS 127 AT
210 MB CONNER CP30204 / CP30256
340 MB SEAGATE ST1401A / W.D. AC2340
80/120 MB IRWIN 285 500 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 287 1 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 3125 1 Mb/s
150 MB WANGTEK SCSI
320 MB WANGTEK SCSI
4 Present 4 Available
Integrated on system board - 82C452A.
HDU controller: Logic gates and MSI Buffer
implementing an AT interface for IDE HDUs
Integrated in the CPU with 8 KB
SYSTEM BOARD
Printed Circuit
BA301:
BA314
8 MB
BA315
4 MB
BIOS
The ROM BIOS is a
FALSH EPROM. The
EPROM.
Rel. 2.08
POWER SUPPLY
PS11/A - 220 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - 115 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - only 220 V
ASTEC
PS11/AR - 220 V
ASTEC
SCSI PERIPHERALS
CONTROLLER
ASC - 1
Expansion slots
Video adapter
Integrated hard
disk and floppy
disk controller
Cache
controller
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key, compact ANK 27-101
ANK 27-102
M400-40
26
26-1
SYSTEM BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
BA315
Lev. Nasc. 553029U Rev. 2.04
Rev. 2.05
New BIOS
Lev. 01
Rev. 2.05
Cuts and trimmings, in addition to the
replacement of the DPGSEL (GL9A) PAL
with the DPGSEL12 (GKCL) PAL, to solve
the problems with the video controller during
the reading of VIDEO RAM.
The ROM version of keyboard controller rev.
10.01 is also introduced to cut costs.
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.05
The floppy disk controller INTEL component
82077-AA1 is replaced by the INTEL
component 82077SL-1.
Rev. 2.06
New BIOS
Rev. 2.06
Component 74F224 at location U37 is
replaced with component 74F240 to solve the
"snow" effect on high resolution monitors.
Rev. 2.08
New BIOS
Lev. 03
Lev. Nasc. 553034R Rev. 2.04
BA314
This board is identical to BA315 but has
8 MB of memory. 4 SIMM modules have
already been installed at the factory.
Rev. 2.05
New BIOS. The characteristics and problems
solved by the different BIOS versions are
explained further on in this chapter.
Rev. 2.06
New BIOS.
The different memory expansion, constituting
the difference between BA315 and BA314,
will be implemented at system level.
Consequently only BA315 will continue to
exist
Rev. 2.08
26-2
New BIOS.
M400-40
MAIN COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM BOARD
SYSTEM
BOARD
PRINTED
CIRCUIT
MAIN COMPONENTS
BA315
BA301
-
BA314
BA301
This system board is identical to BA315 but has 8 MB memory
33 MHz Intel 486DX processor
Numeric coprocessor integrated in the i486DX
Performance upgrade processor socket
128 Byte Non-Volatile RAM
Timer
DMA controller
- Keyboard/mouse controller 8742 OPT PLCC
- Video controller 82C452A
- WD16C551-D: 16C550-compatible serial port
Floppy disk controller 82077 AA1
- Buffer for intelligent hard disks
- Flash Eprom for the BIOS (1 Mbit)
- Chip set consisting of 4 gate arrays:
- BCUE BUS controller
- MCUE memory controller
- DPU data flow controller
- IOU Input/Output controller
- System memory (between 4 and 52 MB)
- EYE component GA4Q
- 66 MHz oscillator
26
M400-40
26-3
LEVEL
This user diskette has a new user interface and
can also be used on the M400-40 and M400-60
Personal Computers
Alignment with BIOS 2.05
Problems with the keyboard, mouse and high
resolution monitor have been solved.
Enhanced video drivers Rev. 5.00
Enhanced video drivers Ver. 7.1 Rev. 2.0
Update of the previous version
USER DISKETTE for Streaming Tape Rev. 1.03 With this release it is possible to install a
Streanming Tape drive when a 2.88 MB floppy
Ver. 1 provided in the STU 26-082/A kit
disk drive is already installed in the system
USER DISKETTE for Streaming Tape Rev. 1.03 User diskette version 1.02 was entering into
conflict with the second floppy disk drive. This
problem has been solved with version 1.03
With this System Test release, a new user
interface has been implementated.
This System Test release is also used on
Personal Computer M400-10 with PCB 301.
This release works properly only with BIOS Rel.
2.02.
SYSTEM TEST Rev. 2.00 Upd. 1
Allows execution of the cache memory tests.
Some bugs of the previous release have been
eliminated
This System Test release is used on the
M400-10, M400-40 and M400-60 Personal
Computers. This release works properly only
with BIOS Rel. 2.04
This release supports the i486DX2 CPU tests
and works properly only with BIOS Rel. 2.05.
Some problems linked to monitors with the
72 Hz vertical refresh frequency have been
solved.
USER DISKETTE for EOD Rel. 1.03
Release 1.03 has been replaced by 1.05 that
the ASPIDISK.SYSY driver that supports the
26-4
M400-40
COMPATIBILITY
BOARD / DEVICE
COMPATIBILITY
User Disk 2.01
System Test 2.02
Solves problems concerning management of non- standard and
high capacity HDUs (600 MB). It must be used with BIOS 2.04.
EYE1 component
EYE2 is introduced as the alternative of EYE1. The level of the
boards does not change.
INTEL component
PDL 85C220-7
AMD Component PALCE 16V8-7 (GKCT) is introduced as the
alternative of the INTEL component PDL 85C220-7 (GLZX). The
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11/A ASTEC 220 V
Lev. 02
This power supply has already been used on other Personal
Computer (see earlier chapters). The level shown is that
used on this system.
Lev. 03
Change to solve the problem of system failing to switch on
when connected to a device (parallel printer or drive installed
on the BUS) that is already on.
Lev. 04
Inductor L5 has been added and modifications were made to
the circuitry in order to solve problems with EMI radio
interferences and random voltage drops.
Lev. 05
NOTE: Given the new printed circuit, the power supplies of
previous levels cannot be upgraded to this level.
Lev. 03
This power supply has already been used on other Personal
Computers (see earlier chapters). The level shown is that
used on this system.
Lev. 03
PS11/AR ASTEC 220 V Lev. Nasc. New alternative power supply to cut costs.
26
M400-40
26-5
BIOS EVOLUTION
LEVEL
EVOLUTION
Rev. 2.00
This release introduces the following features:
- Automatic HDU acknowledgement selecting the "standard" function which will
be included in the user diskette release 2.02.
- Management of the new VESA 72.8 Hz monitors.
- Management of 2.88 MB drives
Rev. 2.01
This release has the following variations with respect to the previous:
- Change at Security level so that the Power-On password is copied on the
Keyboard password, only when there is a Power-On and not when there is a
Soft-reset (Ctrl-Alt-Del) or a Jump to F000:FFF0.
Banner change for introduction of the new P24 50/66 MHz CPUs
- The "ROM checksum error" error on rebooting after the setup has been
removed.
- Various malfunctionings concerning new HDU management have been
corrected.
- New corrections made to 2.88 MB floppy drive management.
- A new video table has been introduced for the 11h,12h,79h 72Hz modes due to
VESA.N.B. timing problems.
This release does not yet implement the facility by which the user has the possibility
of setting non-standard hard disks and presents HDU faults when working with a
disabled shadow (condition not much used).
Rev. 2.02
Corrected the fault with the OLICOM "V24 LPU 2100/2400/3500/3600" board.
Rev. 2.03
Corrected the "Memory Refresh Error" appearing randomly after a Ctrl-Alt-Del reset.
Rev. 2.04
-
Corrected the "Keyboard Error" appearing randomly during the POD
after a Ctrl-Alt-Del.
Corrected problem of failure to Bootstrap from floppy disk when a HD
previously installed on other systems is disconnected.
Some corrections made in management of 2.88 MB floppy disks.
Some malfunctionings of the computer with the Shadow memory disabled have
been corrected.
Problems concerning management of non-standard Hard Disks with high
capacity (600 MB) have been solved.
Rev. 2.05
THis release has the following variations with respect to the previous release:
- Corrected message concerning CPU type 486DX2.
- Corrected message concerning Dedicated memory when disabling the memory
between 512K and 640K and performing a controlled reset.
- Corrected malfunctioning of the interrupt controller and refresh tests caused by
the increase in clock frequency of the computer (486DX2 for M400-60).
- Correction to eliminate malfunctioning of the floppy disk running Windows 3.0 in
standard mode.
Windows release 3.1 does not have this problem.
- Change made for management of the 6K between C680 and C7FF as ROM
option.
This BIOS revision is also extended to the M400-60 personal computer so
subsequent BIOS issues will be attributed to all systems of the M400-10, M400-40
and M400-60 family.
Rev. 2.06
This release corrects the following:
- Bootstrapping delays with CP3304 HDUs or other MASTER HDUs
- Spurious characters when the password is entered on slow keyboards
- Cache for compatibility with COMPUTONE AT 8/16 boards
- Cancelled the message at the end of the POD indicating hidden partitions
Rev. 2.08
Corrected the problem with IBM OS/2 ver. 2.0 in a DOS window.
26-6
M400-40
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEDGE FEATURE
This system have the hard disk self-acknowledge feature.
Using the SETUP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, the type of hard disk installed in the
system can be defined. Having selected the SETUP utility, select the option hard disk #1 and #2.
The following values can be defined in this field:
Not Present:
If no hard disk is installed.
Standard
hard disk installed. This option can be used for hard disks including the selfacknowedlge device and have capacity of less than 528 MB.
High Capacity
more than 528 with the self-acknowledge device and which are to be used with
the Olivetti OS/2, IBM OS/2 and MS-DOS operating systems.
Compatible
This option must be used for hard disks compatible with the system but which
do not have the self- acknowledge device, or hard disks which do have this
feature but which have previously been used on other systems. If this option is
chosen, a list of hard disks with preset parameters will be displayed. Check that
the parameters defined match with those on the label of the hard disk being
installed. The following table lists these hard disks:
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
104 MB
104 MB
121 MB
340 MB
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
776
776
762
726
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
8
8
8
15
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
33
33
39
61
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
775
775
762
726
MODEL
STANDARD 10 MB, 85 ms
WREN II, Full, 35 ms
CDC WREN, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
CONNER CP3106 *
QUANTUM LPS 105 AT *
W.D. AC2120 *
CONNER CP3304 *
* These hard disks have the self-acknowledge feature. The values of the table must only be used if
a disk formatted on a "previous system" is installed on this system and the data recorded is maintained. If the hard disk is new, the self-acknowledge feature can be used.
26
M400-40
26-7
Later BIOS versions implement a new hard disks table that does not have hard disks with the selfacknowledge feature and that may have been used previously on other systems.
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
45 MB
21 MB
65 MB
65 MB
Not Standard
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
872
612
820
820
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
6
4
6
6
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
128
-1
128
MODEL
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
871
663
819
819
WREN, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
RODIME RO3055
MINISCRIBE M8425
SEAGATE ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
hard disk without any self-acknowledge feature and that is not included in the list
of compatible hard disks. The following table lists the parameters of the hard
disks supported by the system BIOS.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11*
12
12*
13
13*
14
14 *
15
Seagate ST277R
NEC D5147H
NEC D5652 ES
NEC D5452
Fujitsu M2227D
Fujitsu M2227D RLL
ESDI
CONNER CP3106
ESDI
Quantum LPS 105 AT
40 MB
20 MB
62 MB
62 MB
136 MB
135 MB
67 MB
68 MB
40 MB
62 MB
304 MB
100 MB
81 MB
100 MB
136 MB
116 MB
202 MB
324 MB
615
612
820
615
820
1021
1021
823
615
615
814
776
977
776
820
762
683
726
8
4
6
8
10
8
4
10
8
8
15
8
5
8
10
8
16
15
128
128
-1
384
-1
-1
-1
512
512
512
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
664
663
819
664
822
1023
1023
822
614
614
1
775
1
775
1
762
682
726
17
17
26
26
34
34
34
17
17
26
51
33
34
33
34
39
38
61
W.D. AC 2120
CONNER CP3206
CONNER CP3304
RESERVED
Where:CYL: No. of disk cylinders
T:
No. of disk heads
* These hard disks have the self-acknowledge feature. The values in the table must only be used if
a hard disk formatted on a previous system is going to be installed on this system while maintaining
the data stored.
26-8
M400-40
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
A formatted DSDD diskette is required
during installation.
IBM OS/2 standard edition Versione 1.10, 1.20, 1.30
SCO XENIX Rev. 3.2
WINDOWS
26
M400-40
26-9
MODEMS
FERRARI Fax Card
AT&T 2224 CEO modem
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Corollary 8 x 4 MUX
Wyse WY-995
MS-BUS mouse
MS-Mouse serial
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
FASTWRITE 1024I
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM EGA ADAPTER
IBM VGA ADAPTER
Olivetti AGC
Olivett HGC
Olivetti XGC
MICOM NP600A
NOVELL NE1000
NOVELL NE2000
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
IBM 8514
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
NEC MULTISYNC II
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM82
SCANMAN PLUS
WD1007A ADAPTER
WD1007V ADAPTER
WD1007V-SE2 ADAPTER
26-10
M400-40
COMPONENTS, JUMPERS ON SYSTEM BOARD BA315 BA314 (PCB BA301)
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
F1
EYE
J7
J8
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
BIOS
WD16C551
HDU
BUFFER
J11
8742
82C206
82C452
IOU
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
DIP
SWITCH
VIDEO RAM
BUS CONN.
DPU
J13
J15
FLOPPY
DISK
CONN.
82077
J16
i487SX
i486SX
J18
J19
J20
BANK 1
MCUE
BANK 2
BANK 3
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
4 MB MEMORY
BANK 0
BCUE
MEMORY
PARITY
BIT
J21
66 MHz OSCILLATOR
AJA2A
FUSE FI
26
M400-40
26-11
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON SYSTEM BOARD BA315 BA314 (PCB BA301)
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J18
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
OUT
Processor i486DX installed in the system
Processor i487SX (floating point unit) installed in the system
J19
IN *
OUT
J20
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
J21
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
JUMPERS J7, J8, J11, J13, J15, J16
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J7
OUT *
IN
disabled
enabled
J8
OUT *
IN
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE
disabled
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE enabled
J11
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J 13
IN *
OUT
J15
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases the CMOS RAM
J16
IN *
OUT
F1
DIP-SWITCHES
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
Serial port enabled
2
ON *
OFF
NOT USED
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
Disables the floppy disk write operations
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
IN:
Jumper installed
26-12
M400-40
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
Serial Port COM2 (alternate)
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel Port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video controller
60 h
Keyboard data controller
3BA h
Video controller
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video controller
64 h
Keyboard commands controller
3D4-3D5 h
Video controller
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video controller
081-08F h
DMA Page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial Port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Available
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
26
M400-40
26-13
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
The system memory map will vary according to the configurations given the system through the
User Diskette or System Test. Consequently an example only of configuration of the first MegaByte
of memory is given below.
000 KB
0000.0000
USER DATA AREA
512 KB
8000.0000
BU S BOARDS WITH ONBOARD MEMORY
640 KB
A000.0000
VIDEO RAM
C000.0000
VGA ROM BIOS
C800.0000
AVAILABLE
E000.0000
VIDEO BIOS SHADOW
F000.0000
SYSTEM BIOS
SHADOW
1024 KB
10000.0000
SYSTEM MEMORY
■
26-14
M400-40
M400-60
27
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
Architecture
Memory
Intel 486DX2 with 32-bit addressing
50 MHz
AT
From 4 MB to 52 MB
- One bank of 4 MB soldered on system
board (8 1M x 4 DRAM chips plus 4
1Mx1 parity DRAM chips)
- Three banks, each of 4 sockets, in which the
following SIMM modules can be installed:
- 1M x 9 EXM 26-807 SIMM
- 4M x 9 EXM 26-809 SIMM
SIMM of different sizes can be installed in the
three banks but not inside the same bank. banks
can be left empty.
Memory access. 80 ns
Coprocessor
Integrated in i486DX2 processor
Floppy disk
1.44 MB Panasonic J-257 A / MITSUMI D359T3
1.44 MB Sony MP-F17 W - Mitsubishi MF355
Hard disk
120 MB QUANTUM ELS 127 AT
210 MB CONNER CP30204 / CP30256
340 MB W.D. AC2340
Streaming tape 80/120 MB IRWIN 285 500 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 287 1 Mb/s
80/120 MB IRWIN 3125 1 Mb/s
150 MB WANGTEK SCSI
320 MB WANGTEK SCSI
Expansion slots
Video adapter
System board-integrated hard
disk and floppy
disk controller
Cache controller
Mouse
4 Present 4 Available (IN 284 board)
82C452A integrated on System Board
HDU controller: Logic gates and MSI Buffers
implementing an IDE hard disk AT interface.
Keyboard
101/102-key keyboard, compact ANK 27-101
ANK 27-102
M400-60
SYSTEM BOARD
Printed Circuit
BA301:
System board BA334
BIOS
The BIOS ROM is a
FLASH EPROM.
The BIOS code is
and must be copied
into Flash EPROM
Rel. 2.08
POWER SUPPLY
PS11/A - 220 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - 115 V
PLESSEY
PS11/A - only 220 V
ASTEC
PS11/AR - 220 V
ASTEC
SCSI PERIPHERAL
CONTROLLER
ASC - 1
GRAPHICS
ACCELERATOR
ATI 8514 Ultra
integrated in the CPU with 8 KB
AT- and PS/2-compatible
27-1
SYSTEM BOARD
BA334
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. Nasc. 553076 T Rev. 2.05
Lev. 01
Cuts, trimmings and replacement of PAL
DPGSEL (GL9A) with PAL DPGSEL12
(GKCL) to solve the problem with the video
controller during VIDEO RAM read
operations. The ROM version of keyboard
controller Rev. 10.01 is also introduced to cut
costs.
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.05
-
-
Floppy disk controller INTEL component
82077-AA1 is replaced by the floppy disk
controller INTEL component 82077SL-1.
Component 74F224 at location U37 is
replaced by component 74F240 to solve
the "snow effect" problem on high
resolution monitors. This problem does not
occur on the M400-60 since this system
uses a graphics accelerator.
Rev. 2.06
New BIOS. The characteristics of this BIOS
and the problems it solves are explained
further on in this chapter.
Rev. 2.08
New BIOS.
MAIN COMPONENTS OF SYSTEM BOARD
SYSTEM
BOARD
PRINTED
CIRCUIT
MAIN COMPONENTS
BA334
BA301
-
-
-
27-2
50 MHz Intel 486DX2 processor
Numeric coprocesssor integrated in the i486DX2
Performance upgrade processor socket
128 Byte Non-Volatile RAM
Timer
DMA controller
Keyboard and mouse controller 8742 OPT PLCC
Video controller 82C452A
WD16C551-D: 16C550-compatible serial port
Floppy disk controller 82077 AA-1
Buffer for intelligent hard disks
BIOS Flash EPROM (1 Mbit)
Chip set consisting of 4 gate arrays:
- BCUE BUS controller
- MCUE Memory controller
- DPU Data flow controller
- IOU Input/Output controller
System memory (from 4 to 52 MB)
EYE component GA4Q
50 MHz oscillator
M400-60
LEVEL
Alignment with BIOS 2.05.
Keyboard, mouse and high resolution monitor
problems are solved.
27
Enhanced video drivers Rev. 5.00
Enhanced video drivers Ver. 7.1 Rev. 2.0
Update of the previous version.
Streaming Tape USER DISKETTE Rev. 1.02
provided in the STU 26-082/A kit
This release allows a streaming tape drive to be
installed when a 2.88 MB floppy disk drive is
already present.
Streaming Tape USER DISKETTE Rev. 1.03
User Diskette version 1.02 was entering into
conflict with the second floppy drive. This
problem is solved with version 1.03.
This release supports tests on the i486DX2
CPU and works properly only with BIOS Rel.
2.05. Also solved are the problems concerning
the monitor with the 72 Hz vertical refresh rate.
EOD USER DISKETTE Rel. 1.03
Release 1.03 is replaced by 1.05 which
the ASPIDISK.SYS driver that supports the
COMPATIBILITY
BOARD / DEVICE
COMPATIBILITY
Component EYE1
Component EYE2 is introduced as the alternative to EYE1. The
INTEL component PDL
85C220-7
The AMD component PALCE 16V8-7 (GKCT) is introduced as the
alternative to the INTEL component PDL 85C220-7 (GLZX). The
M400-60
27-3
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11/A ASTEC 220 V
Lev. 02
Personal Computers (see earlier chapters). The level
Lev. 03
Change to solve problem of failure of system to come on
when connected to a device (parallel printer or drive
installed on the BUS) that is already on.
Lev. 04
Inductor L5 has been added and modifications have been
made to the circuitry to solve the problems regarding EMI
radio interference and random voltage drops.
Lev. 05
NOTE: Given the new printed circuit, the power supplies of
previous levels cannot be updated to this present level.
Lev. 03
Personal Computers (see earlier chapters). The level
Lev. 03
PS11/AR ASTEC 220 V Lev. Nasc. New alternative power supply to cut costs.
BIOS EVOLUTION
LEVEL
EVOLUTION
Rev. 2.05
This BIOS revision has been extended to all the systems of the M400-10, M400-40
and M400-60 family.
Rev. 2.06
This BIOS version solves the following:
- Delayed bootstrapping with CP3304 HDUs or other Master HDUs
- Spurious characters when entering a password on slow keyboards
- Cache for compatibility with COMPUITONE AT 8/16 boards
- Eliminates the message on hidden partitions that is displayed after the POD
Rev. 2.08
This release corrects IBM OS/2 ver. 2.0 faults in DOS windows.
27-4
M400-60
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEGE FEATURE
This system has the hard disk slef-acknowledge feature.
Using the SETUP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, it is possible to define the type of
hard disk installed in the system. After the SETUP utility has been selected, select option hard disk
#1 and #2. The following values can be defined in this field:
Not Present:
Where no hard disk is installed.
Standard
hard disk installed. This option can be used for hard disks with the selfacknowledge feature and with a capacity of less than 528 MB.
High Capacity
more than 528 MB with the self-acknowledge feature and which have to be
used with the Olivetti OS/2, IBM OS/2 and MS-DOS operating systems.
Compatible
This option must be used for hard disks that are compatible with the system but
which do not have the self-acknowledge feature, or hard disks that do have the
feature but which have been used before hand on systems other than this one.
When this option is selected, a list is displayed of the hard disks with preset
parameters. Check that the parameters defined match those of the hard disk
being installed. The different types are illustrated in the table below:
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
45 MB
21 MB
65 MB
65 MB
Not Standard
M400-60
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
872
612
820
820
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
6
4
6
6
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
128
-1
128
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
871
663
819
819
MODEL
WREN, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
RODIME RO3055
MINISCRIBE M8425
SEAGATE ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
hard disk without the self-acknowledge feature and which are not in the list of
compatible hard disks. The table listing the parameters of the hard disks that are
supported by the system BIOS is the same as that of the M400-40 personal
computer (see page 28-8).
27-5
27
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
during the installation on hard disk.
IBM OS/2 standard edition Version 1.10, 1.20, 1.30
SCO XENIX Rev. 3.2
WINDOWS
27-6
M400-60
MODEMS
FERRARI Fax Card
AT&T 2224 CEO modem
IBM SERIAL/PARALLEL
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Corollary 8 x 4 MUX
Wyse WY-995
MS-BUS mouse
MS-Mouse serial
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
FASTWRITE 1024I
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM EGA ADAPTER
IBM VGA ADAPTER
Olivetti AGC
Olivett HGC
Olivetti XGC
MICOM NP600A
NOVELL NE1000
NOVELL NE2000
DISPLAY UNITS
OTHER PRODUCTS
IBM 8514
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
NEC MULTISYNC II
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM82
SCANMAN PLUS
WD1007A ADAPTER
WD1007V ADAPTER
WD1007V-SE2 ADAPTER
M400-60
27
27-7
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON SYSTEM BOARD BA334 (PCB BA301)
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
F1
EYE
J7
J8
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
BIOS
WD16C551
HDU
BUFFER
J11
8742
82C206
82C452
IOU
DIP
SWITCH
POWER
SUPPLY CONN.
RAM VIDEO
BUS CONN.
DPU
J13
J15
FLOPPY
DISK
CONN.
82077
J16
i487SX
i486SX
J18
J19
J20
BANK 1
MCUE
BANK 2
BANK 3
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
4 MB MEMORY
BANK 0
BCUE
MEMORY
PARITY
BIT
J21
50 MHz OSCILLATOR
AJA2A
FUSE FI
27-8
M400-60
JUMPERS AND FUSE ON SYSTEM BOARD BA334 (PCB BA301)
JUMPERS J18, J19 and J20 FOR PROCESSOR SELECTION
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J18
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
OUT
Processor i486DX2 installed in the system
Processor i487SX (floating point) installed in system
J19
IN *
OUT
Processor i486DX2 or i487SX installed in the system
J20
3-way jumper
1-2 *
2-3
Processor i486DX2 or i487SX installed in the system
J21
3-way jumper
1-2
2-3 *
27
Jumpers J7, J8, J11, J13, J15, J16
JUMPER
POSITION
FUNCTION
J7
OUT *
IN
disabled
enabled
J8
OUT *
IN
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE
disabled
Input signals (RS232 threshold voltage) FAIL-SAFE enabled
J11
OUT
IN *
ROM BIOS disabled
ROM BIOS enabled
J 13
IN *
OUT
J15
OUT *
IN
Normal operation
Erases the CMOS RAM
J16
IN *
OUT
One hard disk only installed
F1
DIP-SWITCHES
SWITCH
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
ON *
OFF
Serial port enabled
2
ON *
OFF
NOT USED
3
ON *
OFF
Normal operation
4
ON
OFF
NOT USED
IN: Jumper installed
M400-60
27-9
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
3D4-3D5 h
Video adapter
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
278-27B h
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Available
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
27-10
M400-60
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
The system memory map will vary according to the configurations that the system will be given
through the User Diskette or System Test. Consequently an example of configuration of the first
MegaByte of memory only is given below.
000 KB
27
0000.0000
USER DATA AREA
512 KB
8000.0000
BUS BOARDS WITH
ON-BOARD
MEMORY/USER
DATA AREA
640 KB
A000.0000
VIDEO RAM
C000.0000
VGA ROM BIOS
C800.0000
AVAILABLE
E000.0000
VIDEO BIOS SHADOW
F000.0000
SYSTEM BIOS
SHADOW
1024 KB
10000.0000
SYSTEM MEMORY
■
M400-60
27-11
M300-08
CHARACTERSITICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386SX
SYSTEM BOARD
Clock
20 MHz
BA 319
Architecture
16-bit XT/AT
BA 325
4 MB
Memory
From 2 MB on 16 MB on system board
Bank 0
2 MB soldered 1MB x 4 bit chips
Bank 1
Two sockets on which SIMM
modules can be installed:
1 M x 9 EXM 27-820 (2 MB)
4 M x 9 EXM 27-821 (8 MB)
Bank 2
Identical to bank 1
Banco 3
Identical to bank 1
NOTES:
6 and 12 MB configurations are
not possible.
When 16 MB are installed, the 2
MB soldered are lost
BA 324
2 MB
Video memory
256 KB expandible to 512 KB with the
VGA-MEM kit (Two 265 Kbx4 chips) - 70 ns
Memory access
80 ns - 70 ns
Coprocessor
20 MHz i387SX
Floppy Disk
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-3-4-5
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
1.44 MB YE DATA YD-702B
Hard Disk
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB QUANTUM Pioneer ELS42 AT
85 MB W.D. Caviar 280
85 MB CONNER CP 30084
85 MB QUANTUM Pioneer ELS85 AT 85 MB
120 MB CONNER CP 30126
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
Streaming Tape
80/120 MB IRWIN 287 with floppy interface
Slots
Four 16-bit connectors on the BUS expansion
board
Video controller
OAK OTI067 integrated on system board
V.G.A. Compatible
HDU and FDU
controller
Floppy disk controller: National 87C310
gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-keys ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M300-08
28
BIOS
Rev. 1.07
EXPANSION BUS
IN133
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 R 220 V
PS11 R 115 V
PS11 AR 220 V
PS11 AR 110 V
28-1
SYSTEM BOARD
BA324
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Lev. Nasc.
Rev. 1.04 PZCR System board with 2 MB soldered
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.06 PD7X New BIOS. The differences between the two
releases are illustrated in the BIOS section of this
chapter
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.07 PD5A -
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.07
BA325
Lev. Nasc. 553026 R Rev. 1.04
28-2
Cuts and trimmings made to solve the parity
error that occurs when boards working in
master mode are installed on the bus.
New BIOS
For improved EMI margins, the four 100 pF LC
filters on the keyboard mouse interface have been
replaced by 470 pF filters.
System board with 4 MB, 2 soldered and 2
provided by SIMM modules.
This board will no longer be produced. The
different memory expansion, which constitutes the
difference between BA324 and BA325, will be
implemented at system level and consequently
only BA324 will continue to exist.
M300-08
CONTROLLERS INTEGRATED ON THE SYSTEM BOARD
SYSTEM BOARD
Printed circuit
BA319
386SX CPU
Socket for i387SX
8042
OAK OTI067
82C206
87310
NATIONAL
MSI buffer
27C010
OPTI 82C283
EYE
20 MHz microprocessor
numeric coprocessor
V.G.A. video controller
128 Byte Non-Volatile RAM with battery back-up
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
Timer
Serial and parallel ports controller
BIOS Eprom
Memory controller
AT BUS controller
Data BUS controller
For execution of video subsystem tests
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CPU system board
CPU system board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
BUS Adapter board
BA 324
BA 325
PS11 R
PS11 R
IN133
553026R
553028T
553027J
978844C
CHARACTERISTICS
2 MB
2 MB
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.00
This release has the following limitations:
The SIC 2635 Single Port is tested only if it is set as first serial port.
The 132-column special mode is not yet operational.
Rel. 1.01
This release nees BIOS Rel. 1.01 or later to work properly.
The video drivers for OS/2 72 Hz mode are available in the OS2DRV directory.
Tests have been added to the "High Resolution graphics" 640x480 and 1024x768
video mode.
The "kp" utility does not work if built-in setup was used to configure the system.
The following hard disk configurations have been eliminated: High capacity - OS/2
IBM High capacity - MS-DOS High capacity - OS/2 Olivetti
Rel. 1.02
This release needs BIOS Rel. 1.01 or later to work properly. The video drivers for
WIndows 72 Hz mode are available in the WIN_30 directory. The tests on the
floppy disk have been modified. The help messages have been modified
Rel. 1.03
This release needs BIOS Rel. 1.02 or later to work properly.
M300-08
28-3
28
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 1.00
System Test with a new type of interface. This release is compatible with MS-DOS
rel. 5.00 ver. 2.00. With this release, tests can still not be carried out on the VESA
modes of operation.
Rev. 1.01
This release is compatible with MS-DOS rel. 5.00 ver. 2.00.
This release needs BIOS Rel. 1.01 or later to work properly. The floppy disk tests
have been improved.
Rev. 1.02
Tests have been added for the 640x480 and 1024x768 high resolution graphic
modes and the EYE component tests have been improved
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 R 110 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by ASTEC - For production reasons, this
power supply unit was never available at NASC level.
PS11 R 220 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by ASTEC
Lev. 01
A capacitor has been added and a resistor has been
replaced for increased productivity.
Lev. 02
-
Inductor L5 has been added to the mains input area for
improved EMI radio interference margins.
New printed circuit board to solves the problem of
random voltage drops.
PS11 R 110 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by HANTAREX.
PS11 R 220 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by HANTAREX.
PS11 AR 220 V
Lev. 01
Manufactured by ASTEC - For production reasons, this
power supply unit was never available at NASC level
Lev. 02
Jumper J103 has been replaced with a 10 Ohm resistance
to solve the problem of the ripple not reflecting the specified
values during minimum load conditions on the +5 V line.
PS11 AR 110 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by MAGNETEK
PS11 AR 220 V
Lev. Nasc. Manufactured by MAGNETEK
28-4
M300-08
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
OS/2 video driver
The video drivers for OS/2 72 Hz mode are available in the
OS2DRV directory on the user diskette
28
EOD 400 USER
DISKETTE Rel. 1.03
Release 1.03 has been replaced by 1.05 which implements the
ASPI4DOS.SYS driver that supports multitasking Windows 3.xx V86
and the ASPIDISK.SYS driver that supports DOS 3.31 extended
partition.
85 MB and 170 MB
CONNER and 85 MB
Western Digital hard disks
The CONNER 85 and 170 MB hard disks are not compatible with
the Western Digital 85 MB hard disks.
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
EVD Rel. 1.00 for
WINDOWS 3.0
These drivers must be installed using the WINDOWS SET UP utility.
The resolutions available are:
- 640 x 480, 256 colors (mode 53h)
- 1024 x 768, 16 colors (mode 56h)
EVD Rel. 2.00 for
WINDOWS 3.0
Improves the performance of the previous version
M300-08
28-5
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.00
This BIOS release can only be installed on systems with BA317 or BA302
updated to the same level.
Rev. 1.01
This release removes some bugs on the previous release and solves:
- Problems with the KP.EXE utility in the CUSTOMER DISK Rev. 1.00
- Problems with the GOSLOW/AUTOSLOW utility. For correct use of the
GOSLOW/GOFAST features, updating is also required of the utilities of the
CUSTOMER DISK as those present in release Rev.1.00 do not work
Rev. 1.03
This release removes some bugs on the previous BIOS release (Rev. 1.02)
- Video modes 72h and 79h have been removed
- Problems with Windows 3 Video Mode 53h at 72Hz
- Problems in enabling the high resolution
BIOS Rev. 1.03 supports the non-standard HDU feature activated from the USER
DISK. This change has also entailed a change in the tables of HDU parameters
integrated in the BIOS. The hard disks with the self-acknowledge feature have
been eliminated from the hard disk tables (see the following tables).
Rev. 1.04
This BIOS release is identical to the previous BIOS as regards the system BIOS
code part. As for the video BIOS, an adjustment has been made to programming
of the FIFO on the video controller of the OAK, so as to improve use depending on
the video modes selected.
Rev. 1.05
This BIOS release solves problems arising in the previous versions:
- Incorrect initialization of the VGA AST board during POD
- Keyboard interrupt management.
- Bug on procedures for buzzer volume management
- With shadow RAM disabled, the system does not configure correctly if the
BUS is particularly full.
- Management of the video test error code.
- System crash following a Soft Reset with the video off.
Rev. 1.06
This BIOS release solves critical problems of the POD arising in the previous
version.
Rev. 1.07
During the POD, the DOC clock in the BIOS DATA AREA is initialized, before
relinquishing control to any ROM options installed in the system
28-6
M300-08
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEDGE FEATURE
The M300-08 system has the hard disk self-acknowledge feature.
Using the BUILT IN SETUP or the SET UP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, it is
possible to define the type of hard disk installed in the system.
BUILT IN SETUP
The BUILT IN SETUP offers a number of options:
AUTO
28
This option is for installation of a hard disk with the self-acknowledge feature.
Hard disk types This list is for installation of hard disks without the salf-acknowlege feature or
hard disks which have the feature but which have been used previously on
systems other than the M300-08. These types are illustrated in the following
table:
TYPE CAPACITY
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
104 MB
104 MB
121 MB
340 MB
CYL.
HEADS SECTORS WPC
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
776
776
762
726
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
8
8
8
15
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
33
33
39
61
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
LZ
MODEL
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
775
775
762
726
WREN I, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
CONNER CP3106 *
QUANTUM LPS105 AT *
W.D. AC2120 *
CONNER CP3304 *
* These hard disks have the self-acknowledge feature. The value in the table must only be used if
bringing to these systems a disk formatted on an "earlier system", keeping that data that was
recorded on it.
If the hard disk is new, the self-acknowledge feature can be used.
A new hard disk table has been implemented in subsequent BIOS versions.
TYPE CAPACITY
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
45 MB
21 MB
65 MB
65 MB
M300-08
CYL. HEADS SECTORS WPC
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
872
612
820
820
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
6
4
6
6
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
128
-1
128
LZ
MODEL
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
871
663
819
819
WREN I, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A
Seagate ST251, Half
RODIME RO3055
MINISCRIBE M8425
SEAGATE ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
28-7
SYSTEM TEST - CUSTOMER TEST
Having selected the SETUP utility of the Customer Test or System Test, select the option hard disk
Not Present
If no hard disk is installed
Standard
hard disk installed.
This option can be used for hard disks that have the self-acknowledge feature
and have a capacity of less than 526 MB.
High Capacity
more than 526 MB with the self-acknowledge feature and which have to be used
with operating systems Olivetti OS/2IBM OS/2 and MS-DOS.
Compatible
This is the option to be used for hard disks that are compatible with the system
but do not have the self-acknowledge feature. If this option is selected, a list will
be displayed of hard disks with preset parameters (see the BUILT IN SETUP
table).
Check that the parameter preset values correspond to those on the label of the
hard disk being installed.
Not Standard
hard disk without the self-acknowledge feature and which is not included in the
list of compatible hard disks.
SHADOW MEMORY FEATURE AND MEMORY REMAPPING
These are utilities that can be selected from the Customer Test or System Test
Shadow memory feature:
For faster system BIOS access. The ROM BIOS code is copied to the same logic addresses into
the system RAM (Shadow RAM).
It is possible to select which part of the BIOS code to copy into Shadow RAM:
Only the 64 KB system BIOS
C000
E800
Only the 32 KB vIdeo BIOS
Only the 32 KB video BIOS
System BIOS and video BIOS
The posibility of copying the video BIOS to two different addresses derives from the fact that some
boards use segment C000 to run their functions (the MATROX video controller, for instance) and as
this result this segment cannot be used to copy the video BIOS into.
28-8
M300-08
Remapping
This features grants recovery of 256 KB of system memory which would otherwise be lost.
The first MegaByte of memory has the following structure.
A-B-D-E
28
EXTENDED
MEMORY
REMAPPING
F
SYSTEM BIOS
E
AVAILABLE
64 KB
128 KB
D
AVAILABLE
C
VIDEO BIOS
B
AVAILABLE
32 KB
128 KB
A
AVAILABLE
As can be seen from the figure, there are two free memory areas, of 128 KB each which cannot be
used by the system
With the remapping feature, these two areas can be remapped to the end of the system memory
extension and in this way are no longer lost.
The remapping feature can be programmed with the System Test or the Customer Test as shown
below:
SHADOW RAM FEATURE
REMAPPING FEATURE
SYSTEM BIOS VIDEO BIOS IN
C000
VIDEO BIOS IN
E800
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
256 KB REMAPPED
ENABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
256 KB REMAPPED
ENABLED
ENABLED
DISABLED
256 KB REMAPPED
ENABLED
DISABLED
ENABLED
REMAPPING NOT POSSIBLE
The table shows that if segment E800 is used to copy the video BIOS, remapping is no longer
possible and the feature should be disabled.
M300-08
28-9
SOFTAWRE COMPATIBILITY
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
during installation on the hard disk
The PS/2 mouse is not acknowledged
Ver. 1.10 e 1.20
WINDOWS
28-10
M300-08
MODEMS
Hayes Smart modem 2400B
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
Hayes Smart modem 1200 B
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
MAXON MVGA-16 Adapter
DECNET PCSA adapter
28
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M300-08
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
28-11
27C010
SPEAKER
VIDEO RAM EXPANSION
SOCKETS
FEATURE
VIDEO RAM
BANK 3
EYE
VIDEO
CONN.
BANK 2
J7
OTI067
3 2 1
BANK 1
J1
J8
J6
BANK 0
J13
82C206
CPU
J16
OPTI 82C283
PARITY
SER.
CONN.
J9
EXPANSION BUS SLOT
PAR.
CONN.
HDU BUFFER
8042
i387SX
SOCKET
87310
J23
BATTERIES
HARD DISK
POWER SUPPLY
MOUSE
FLOPPY DISK
KEYBOARD
JUMPER J1
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
BUILT IN SETUP not carried out
BUILT IN SETUP carried out **
JUMPER J6 & J8
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Serial port enabled **
JUMPER J9
Position IN
FAIL-SAFE disabled
JUMPER J7
Position IN
FAIL-SAFE disabled
JUMPER J16
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Floppy disk write operations disabled
Floppy disk write operations enabled **
JUMPER J23
Position IN
Position OUT
One hard disk only installed **
JUMPER J13
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Mouse interrupt 12 disabled
Mouse interrupt 12 enabled **
NOTE: If installing expansion boards that use interrupt 12 on the AT BUS, jumper J13 should be
set in position 1-2. In this case it is no longer possible to use the PS/2 mouse.
d
IN:
OUT:
** indicates the default setting.
28-12
M300-08
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
2
3 - 10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
28
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
000-01F h
DMA controller (channels 0 - 3)
27C - 2F7 h
020-021F h
2F8-2FF h
022 h
82C283 Address registers
300 - 377 h
023 h
378-37B h
024 h
82C283 Data registers
37C - 3B3 h
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
044 - 05F h
3BA h
61 h
3BB - 3BF h
062 - 063 h
3C0-3CF h
Keyboards commands controller
065 - 06F h
070 - 071 h
3DA h
DMA page registers
0A2 - 0BF h
0C0-0DF h
Video controller
Video controller
Video controller
Video controller
3DB - 3EF h
3F0-3F7 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial Port COM1 (default)
400 - 46E7 h
DMA channels 4-7
1E0 - 1EF h
1F0-1F8 h
Video controller
Real time clock, NMI, CMOS RAM 3D6 - 3D9 h
090 - 09F h
0A0-0A1 h
Parallel port 1 (default)
3D0 - 3D3 h
3D4-3D5 h
072 - 080 h
081-08F h
Serial port COM2 (alternative)
3B6 - 3B9 h
60 h
64 h
FUNCTION
46E8 h
46E9 - FFFF
Hard disk drive
8000F08000FF
i387 SX coprocessor
1F9 - 277 h
278-27B h
M300-08
Parallel port 2 (alternative)
28-13
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
000 KB
0000
INTERRUPT
VECTORS TABLE
255 VECTORS
4000
512 KB
BIOS DATA AREA
5000
AVAILABLE RAM
A000
EBDA
9FFF
640 KB
CGA EGA BIOS
SEGMENT A
VGA BIOS
SEGMENT B
VIDEO BIOS
SEGMENT C
AVAILABLE RAM
BOOT EPROM
SEGMENT E
SYSTEM BIOS
1024 KB
FFFF
■
28-14
M300-08
M300-15
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
Architecture
Memory
Video memory
Memory access
Coprocessor
Floppy Disk
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
Slots
Video controller
Integrated HDU
and FDU
controllers
Mouse
Keyboard
M300-15
INTEL 386SX
25 MHz
16-bit XT/AT
Bank 0
2 MB soldered 1MB x 4 bit chips
Bank 1
2 MB obtained using 2 1MB x 9
SIMM modules
Bank 2
Two sockets in which to
install the following SIMMs:
1 M x 9 EXM 27-820 (2 MB)
4 M x 9 EXM 27-821 (8 MB)
Bank 3
Same as bank 1
6 MB and 12 MB configurations are not possible.
When installing 16 MB the soldered 2 MB are
lost.
512 KB - 70 ns
80 ns - 70 ns
25 MHz i387SX
1.2 MB 5,25" Panasonic JU 475-3-4-5
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17
1.44 MB YE DATA YD-702B
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB QUANTUM Pionner ELS42 AT
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
210 MB CONNER CP30204 / CP30256
Four 16-bit connectors on the BUS expansion
board
VGA-compatible OAK OTI067 integrated on the
motherboard
Integrated on the motherboard
Floppy disk controller: National 87310
Hard disk interface: MSI Buffer and logic gates
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
MOTHERBOARD
BA 320
4 MB
29
2 MB soldered +
2 SIMMs
BIOS
Rev. 1.07
EXPANSION BUS
IN133
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 R 220 V
PS11 R 115 V
PS11 AR 220 V
PS11 AR 110 V
29-1
MOTHERBOARD
BA320
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
Rev. 1.04 PZCS Motherboard with 2 MB soldered
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.06 PD7Y New BIOS. See the BIOS section of this chapter
for the differences between the two releases.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.07 PD5B -
Lev. 03
Rev. 1.07
For improved EMI margins, the four 100 pF LC
filters on the keyboard mouse interface have been
replaced with 470 pF filters.
Lev. 04
Rev. 1.07
-
Lev. 05
29-2
Cuts and trimmings have been made to solve
the parity error problem that occurred when
boards operating in master mode are installed
on the bus.
New BIOS
Rev. 1.07
The keyboard and mouse connectors have
been replaced with shielded connectors.
The ACER 87310 I/O controller is introduced
as an alternative to the National 87310 I/O
controller
Wiring made to correct the problem of too high of
a current (600 nA) absorbed by the CMOS.
This high absorption discharges the batteries.
M300-15
BA320
386SX CPU
Socket for i387SX numeric coprocessor
8042
OAK OTI067
82C206
128 byte Non-Volatile RAM with battery back-up
Real Time Clock
DMA controller
Timer
87310
ACER
MSI buffer
27C010
BIOS Eprom
OPTI 82C283
Memory controller
AT BUS controller
Data BUS controller
EYE
For execution of tests on the video subsystem
29
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU system board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
BUS Adapter board
BA 320
PS11 R
PS11 R
IN133
553059A
553028T
553027J
978844C
2 MB
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.00
This release needs BIOS REl. 1.06 or later to work properly.
The video drivers for the 72 Hz OS/2 mode of operation are in directory OS2DRV.
The video drivers for the Windows 72 Hz mode of operation are in directory
WIN_30.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 1.00
M300-15
29-3
POWER SUPPLY UNITS
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 R 110 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by ASTEC - Due to production problems,
this power supply was never manufactured at NASC level.
PS11 R 220 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by ASTEC
Lev. 01
A capacitor has been added and a resistor has been
removed to improve the manufacturing cycle.
Lev. 02
-
Inductor L5 has been added to the mains input area to
improve the EMI radio interference margins.
New printed circuit to solve the problem with random
voltage drops.
PS11 R 110 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by HANTAREX
PS11 R 220 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by HANTAREX
PS11 AR 220 V
Lev. 01
Manufactured by ASTEC - Due to production problems,
this power supply was never available at NASC level.
Lev. 02
Jumper J103 has been replaced by a 10 Ohm resistance
to solve the problem of the ripple not reflecting the
specified values during minimum load conditions on the
+5 V line.
PS11 AR 110 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by MAGNETEK
PS11 AR 220 V
Nasc.
Manufactured by MAGNETEK
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
OS/2 video drivers
The video drivers for the 72 Hz OS/2 mode of operation are in the
directory OS2DRV on the user diskette
80386 SX processor
The AMD 80386SX-25 CPU is introduced as an alternative to the
INTEL 80386SX CPU. The level of the boards does not change.
Release 1.03 is replaced by release 1.05 which implements the
EOD 400
USER DISKETTE Rel. 1.03 ASPI4DOS.SYS driver that supports multitasking Windows 3.xx V86
and the ASPIDISK.SYS driver that supports the DOS 3.31 extended
partition.
85 MB and 170 MB
CONNER and 85 MB
Western Digital hard disks
29-4
The 85 MB and 170 MB CONNER hard disks are not compatible
with the 85 MB Western Digital drives.
M300-15
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
EVD Rel. 1.00
for WINDOWS 3.0
These drivers must be installed using the Windows SET UP utility.
The resolutions available are:
- 640 x 480 256 colours (mode 53h)
- 1024 x 768 16 colours (mode 56h)
EVD Rel. 1.00 upd 1
for WINDOWS 3.0
Improves the features of the previous release
EVD Rel. 2.00
Improves the high resolution mode (1024x768x16 and
640x480x256)
29
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.06
This BIOS release is the same as that for the M300-08 with the following
differences:
- The AT bus clock, programmable through OPI82c283, has a 8.33 MHz clock
on the M300-15 against the 10MHz clock of the M300-08
- Machine identifiers different on the two systems
Rev. 1.07
During the POD, the DOC clock in the BIOS DATA AREA is initialized before
control is relinquishedp to any ROM option installed in the system.
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEDGE
The M300-15 has the the hard disk self-acknowledge feature.
Through the BUILT IN SETUP or the SET UP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, the type
of hard disk installed in the system can be defined.
For information on this feature, see the previous chapter on the M300-08.
SHADOW MEMORY FEATURE AND MEMORY REMAPPING
These are utilities that can be selected from the Customer Test or the System Test.
Shadow memory feature:
For faster access to the system BIOS. The ROM BIOS code is copied into the system RAM
(Shadow RAM) at the same logic addresses.
Remapping feature
Used to regain 256 KB of system memory that would otherwise be lost.
For information on these features, see the previous chapter on the M300-08.
M300-15
29-5
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
NOTES
WINDOWS
29-6
M300-15
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
29
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M300-15
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
29-7
MOTHERBOARD COMPONENTS
VIDEO RAM
FEATURE
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
27C010
SPEAKER
BANK 3
EYE
BANK 2
J7
OTI067
3 2 1
J1
BANK 3
J8
J6
BANK 3
J13
82C206
CPU
PARITY
J9
SERIAL
CONN.
J16
OPTI 82C283
PARALLEL
CONN.
EXPANSION BUS SLOT
HDU BUFFER
8042
i387 SX
SOCKET
87310
J23
BATTERIES
HARD DISK
POWER SUPPLY
MOUSE
FLOPPY DISK
KEYBOARD
JUMPER J1
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
The BUILT IN SETUP is not performed
The BUILT IN SETUP is performed **
JUMPER J6 & J8
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Serial port enabled **
JUMPER J9
Position IN
RING Indicator signal (RS232 threshold
voltage)FAIL-SAFE disabled
JUMPER J7
Position IN
FAIL-SAFE disabled
JUMPER J16
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Write operations on floppy disk disabled
Write operations on floppy disk enabled **
JUMPER J23
Position IN
Position OUT
One hard disk only installed **
JUMPER J13
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Mouse interrupt 12 disabled
Mouse interrupt 12 enabled **
NOTE: When installing expansion boards that require interrupt 12 on the AT BUS, jumper J13
should be set in position 1-2. In this way, it is no longer possible to use the PS/2 mouse.
IN: Jumper installed
** indicates the default position.
29-8
M300-15
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
2
3 - 10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Timer channel 0 OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Available
Available
Available
Available
Coprocessor
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
29
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
000-01F h
27C - 2F7 h
020-021F h
2F8-2FF h
022 h
82C283 Address registers
300 - 377 h
023 h
378-37B h
024 h
82C283 Data registers
37C - 3B3 h
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
044 - 05F h
3BA h
61 h
3BB - 3BF h
062 - 063 h
3C0-3CF h
065 - 06F h
070 - 071 h
3DA h
DMA page registers
0A2 - 0BF h
0C0-0DF h
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
Video adapter
3DB - 3EF h
3F0-3F7 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1 (default)
400 - 46E7 h
DMA channels 4-7
1E0 - 1EF h
1F0-1F8 h
Video adapter
Real time clock, NMI, CMOS RAM 3D6 - 3D9 h
090 - 09F h
0A0-0A1 h
3D0 - 3D3 h
3D4-3D5 h
072 - 080 h
081-08F h
3B6 - 3B9 h
60 h
64 h
FUNCTION
46E8 h
46E9 - FFFF
Hard disk drive
8000F08000FF
i387 SX coprocessor
1F9 - 277 h
278-27B h
M300-15
Parallel port 2 (alternative)
29-9
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
000 KB
0000
INTERRUPT
VECTORS TABLE
255 VECTORS
4000
512 KB
BIOS DATA AREA
5000
AVAILABLE RAM
A000
EBDA
9FFF
640 KB
EGA CGA BIOS
SEGMENT A
VGA BIOS
SEGMENT B
VIDEO BIOS
SEGMENT C
AVAILABLE RAM
BOOT EPROM
SEGMENT E
SYSTEM BIOS
1024 KB
FFFF
■
29-10
M300-15
M480-40
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
INTEL 486 DX
33 MHz
MICROCHANNEL
From 8 to 64 MB on motherboard.
8 sockets available for SIMM modules.
The SIMM modules are to be installed in pairs in
the following order:
1st pair connectors A1 and B1 (already mounted)
2nd pair connectirs A2 and B2
3rd pair connectors A3 and B3
4th pair connectors A4 and B4
See the figure on page 31-9 for the position of the
connectors.
The SIMM modules that can be installed are:
EXM 27-004 - 4 MB - 2 512 Kb x 36 SIMMs
EXM 27-998 - 8 MB - 2 1 Mb x 36 SIMMs
EXM 27-016 - 16 MB - 2 2 Mb x 36 SIMMs
Memory access 70 ns
Floppy DIsk
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-4/5
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU-257 A - 103P
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17 - 85/MITSUMI D359T3
1.44 MB Mitsubishi MF-355C-58ML
1.44 MB 3.5" Y-E Data YD-702B / 702D
2.88 MB Sony MB-F40W-17
Hard Disk
210 MB CONNER CP3200 SCSI
340 MB SEAGATE ST1401N SCSI
525 MB SEAGATE ST1581N SCSI
May be single (HDS) or double (HDP Disk Pack)
Streaming Tape 80/120 MB IRWIN 287 with floppy interface
320/525 MB WANGTEK 5525 ES SCSI
150/250 MB WANGTEK 5150 ES SCSI
1.3/2 GB HP 35470A DAT 1300 SCSI
Slots
Eight 32-bit connectors on system board
Six available
Video Controller XGA board GO589 VGA resolution only
XGA-2 board GO2002
These must be installed in an MCA slot on the
system board
MOTHERBOARD
BA307
Architecture
Memory
FDU controller
SCSI HDU
controller
Mouse
SCSI controller GO582 or GO610 to be installed in
an MCA slot
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101/N, ANK 26-102/N
M480-40
30
CPU BOARD
UC 117 inserted in a
dedicated slot on
system board
BIOS
1st part of EPROM code
on system board
Rev.
2nd part of code in first
HDU of the system
(IML) Rev.
POWER SUPPLY
PS40 of 400 W
CONSOLE
Hardware module
comprising 2 boards:
IF496
Interface circuits with
system board
IF497
Display for messagges
NETWORK BOARDS
NCU 9164
GO528
Token Ring 4 Mbit/s
NCU 9174
GO553
Token Ring 4-16 Mbit/s
LCU 3474
WAN line controller
LCU 9216
GO516
Intelligent WAN line
controller
30-1
FRONT BAYS FOR MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL PERIPHERALS
The M480-40 mechanical structure has 10 half-height, 5.25" bays. These base are subject to the following limitations of use:
-
Bay 10 (highest) is always used for a 3.5" floppy disk
Bay 1 (lowest) is always used for the first hard disk of the system
Bays 9 to 5 can accomodate removible magnetic peripherals. The number of removible SCSI
peripherals is confined to 2.
Bays 7 to 5 can also accomodate SCSI hard disks
Bays 4 to 1 must only accomodate SCSI hard disks.
The floppy disk interface peripherals
must be installed in the first three
bays (10, 9, 8).
CONSOLE
All the SCSI peripherals must be
installed in the next bays starting from
bay 7.
BAY 10
FDU 1.44 MB 3.5" or
FDU 2.88 MB 3.5"
The removible peripherals (floppy disk,
streaming tape, CD-ROM, DAT) are
to be installed in the high bays.
The fixed disk peripherals are to
be installed in the low bays.
BAY 9
FDU 1.44 or 2.88 MB or
FDU 1,2 MB or
STU 80/120 MB floppy
BAY 8
FDU 1.44 or 2.88 or 1.2 MB or
STU 80/120 MB floppy or
STU or HDU or SCSI CD-ROM
BAY 7
SCSI STU interface or CD-ROM
or SCSI DAT or SCSI Hard disk
or hard disk pack
BAY 6
or SCSI DAT or SCSI hard disk
or hard disk pack
BAY 5
or SCSI DAT or SCSI hard disk
or hard disk pack
BAY 4
SCSI HARD DISK or hard disk
pack
BAY 3
pack
BAY 2
pack
BAY 1
SCSI HARD DISK (first hard disk
in system)
30-2
M480-40
SCSI CHANNEL CONFIGURATION
The general rule in configuring the SCSI channel is that all the devices connected (at most 8, SCSI
controller included) have a different SCSI ID and that the BUS is terminated at one end only.
-
-
The SCSI ID as well as assigning a different address to each peripheral also ests the priority.
SCSI ID 7 is the highest priority and SCSI ID 0 the lowest.
In the M480-40, the first hard disk installed must have SCSI ID 6 and must be installed in bay 1.
The SCSI controller has SCSI ID 7.
The other SCSI peripherals must be given decreasing SCSI IDs as they are installed.
A disk pack, consisting of 2 hard disks, must be given two SCSI IDs.
The primary SCSI contoller must be installed in MCA slot 1. If there are several SCSI controllers
in the system, then first hard disk, which must have a part of the BIOS, must be connected with
the SCSI controller installed in MCA slot 1 and have an SCSI ID of 6.
The SCSI ID on each peripheral is configured through jumpers on the board.
The SCSI ID of the SCSI controller is configured through the software using the User Diskette or
System Test.
Termination rules
If there are no external SCSI devices, the hard disk or primary disk pack in bay 1 and the SCSI controller must always be terminated. If there are SCSI peripherals connected outside of the system
module, the terminator must be removed from the SCSI controller and the last external peripheral
connected to the system must be terminated.
WIRING OF PERIPHERALS
The following figures illustrate wiring of the floppy interface peripherals and of the SCSI interface peripherals.
Wiring of floppy disk interface peripherals
To manage the different interface signals bewteen the floppy disks, the floppy disk cable has two
connectors for each of the peripherals that it is possible to install. The bottom connector of each
pair must be used when installing a 1.44 MB, 1.2 MB floppy disk or streaming tape. The upper connector must be used when installing a 2.88 MB floppy disk.
MOTHERBOARD
2.88
BAY 10
IF496
1.44
2.88
BAY 9
STU
1.44
1,2
2.88
BAY 8
STU
1.44
1.2
M480-40
APG8A
30-3
30
Wiring of SCSI interface peripherals
The SCSI cable is a straight cable connecting at one end to the SCSI hard disk controller and with
3 connectors at the oter end for connection of the peripherals. The last connector must be used to
connect the first hard disk of the system, whereas the other two must be used to connect SCSI
removable type peripherals.
To add a hard disk, you must:
1. Insert it in the bay immediately above the one already occupied
2. Disconnect the connector connected to the hard disk already installed and connect it to the hard
disk being added.
3. Between the hard disk being added and the one already installed, connect the extension cable
included in the installation kit of the hard disk option being added
GO582
BAY 7
BAY 6
BAY 5
SCSI CABLE
DISK PACK
SCSI
EXTENSION
CABLE
BAY 4
BAY 3
BAY 2
SCSI
EXTENSION
CABLE
BAY 1
APG7A
30-4
M480-40
MOTHERBOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
553035 J System motherboard integrating:
- Connector for insertion of CPU board
- Connectors for MCA expansion
- Sockets for SIMM modules
- CMOS RAM and Real Time Clock
- Keyboard and mouse interface
- Floppy interface
- Serial interface
- Parallel interface
BA307
LEVEL
NOTES
30
CPU BOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
553036 K The EPROM
on the CPU board
contains only the
first part of the BIOS
code. The rest is on
the first HDU of the
system
UC117
LEVEL
BIOS
NOTES
System CPU board integrating:
- i486 DX processor
- 128 KB of ROM BIOS
- Memory Controller
- DMA controller
XGA VIDEO ADAPTER BOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
IBM XGA video adapter board.
Lev. 01
Solves the timing problems within the first MB
of video RAM
Nasc.
IBM XGA video adapter board replacing the
previous version which is no longer being
manufactured.
GO2002
GO589
LEVEL
M480-40
30-5
SCSI HARD DISK CONTROLLER
BOARD
D.R.S. CODE
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
GO582
553004 U
Nasc.
SCSI hard disk controller
Lev. 01
New board layout
GO610
557933 P
Nasc.
Replaces GO582
These two boards have the following differences:
- The termination resistances are incorporated
on board GO610 therefore this board does not
require an external terminator on the cable as
GO582 does.
- Different printed circuit board
- New BIOS
CONSOLE
D.R.S
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
553312 U This board integrates the circuits for interface with the system
board, power supply and the floppy disk interface adapter circuit
Nasc.
553313 V This board integrates the display and LEDs of the console
IF497
IF496
LEVEL
POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
932957 P System power distribution board.
Component NDP506A is replaced by component NDP606B or
IFR234, while component C363 is replaced by component C710.
This ensures that power is supplied to bays 3 and 4 when a 340 MB
or 525 MB SEAGATE hard disk is installed.
Lev. 02
Two interruptions are carried out and two 47 Ohm resistors are
mounted to ensure that power is supplied to bays 3 and 4 when a
340 MB or 525 MB SEAGATE hard disk is installed.
IF484
Lev. 01
IF495/R
Nasc.
30-6
NOTES
Lev. 01
932986 D Replaces IF484/R to recover the printed circuit board’s cuts and
trimmings.
To cut production costs, jumpers are not mounted at locations
A17LM, A16AM and A083.
M480-40
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 1.10
Rev. 1.10 B
With this version the Irwin Streaming tape drive with floppy interface is correctly
recognized by the system even when it is installed between two floppy disk drives.
This version allows the management of the XGA-2 board, 2.88 MB floppy disk
drive and 1 GB hard disk drive.
Rev. 1.30
Rev. 1.02
30
Rev. 1.03.1
Eliminates the conflict between the streaming tape drive and the second floppy.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
D.R.S
CODE
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS40A 220 V
PS40A 110 V
Magnetek
553087 P
553088 Y
Nasc.
400 W power supply
Lev. 01
New printed circuit board to recover trimmings.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
SCSI hard disk terminators
A SCSI plug is used to terminate both hard disks and disk packs.
This plug replaces the internal terminators of the hard disks. This
plug will be introduced at the same time as the new GO610 SCSI
controller.
XGA-2 board GO2002
The lastest User Disk version must be used with this board.
M480-40
30-7
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
IBM DISK Operating System, DOS 3.3X, 4.XX, 5.XX
and later.
It will only be possible to handle up to
seven SCSI HDUs from release 5.xx
onwards.
Olivetti OS/2, from Version 1.3 upd 2, 20.0
IBM Operating System/2 standard edition, Ver. 1.1,
1.2, 1.3 and later
Ver. 1.1, 1.3 and later
OS/2 Presentation Manager Standard and extended
edition
SCO OSF/Motif presentation manager
IBM AIX 1.1
SCO UNIX System V/386 3.2 Ver. 2 for MCA
IBM OS/2 LAN Server and Requestor
Olinet LAN Manager 1.1, 2.0
Novell Netware 386, Novell advanced netware
Windows 3.0 and later
IBM PC LAN Program
MODEMS
(6450349)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
DISPLAY UNITS
IBM PC Network
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
30-8
M480-40
GO582
SLOT 1
SLOT 2
CONSOLE
CONN.
SLOT 3
30
SLOT 4
GO589
SLOT 5
SLOT 6
FLOPPY
CONN.
SLOT 7
FDC
SLOT 8
CMOS
RAM
UC117
SLOT CPU
3 V BATTERY
BACK-UP
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
REAL TIME
CLOCK
PARALLEL
CONN.
J16
POWER SUPPLY
CONN.
MOUSE
CONN.
SIMM SOCKETS
B1
JUMPER J16
SERIAL
CONN.
B2
B3
B4
A1
KEYBOARD
CONN.
A2
A3
A4
Password erase
To erase the password, position of jumper J16 must be changed. When the password has been
erased, the jumper need not be put back in its initial position.
M480-40
30-9
CPU BOARD COMPONENTS
Secondary level cache
connector (not used)
128 KB BIOS
i486 DX
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON CONSOLE BOARD IF496
System board
console, power
supply interface connector
CONSOLE
FDU
Peripherals, FDU
console interface
connector
Speaker
PEM connector
(not used)
DIP SWITCHES
RUN/STRY
Button
System board FDC
interface connector,
console
MB
Connector for connection of boards
IF497 and IF496
Remote power on (not used)
DIP-SWITCHES Configuration of floppy disk interface peripherals
BAY
FDU/STU
CONNEC- DIP-SWITCH
TOR
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
FIRST FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE PERIPHERAL (ALWAYS PRESENT)
10
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
Lower
Upper
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SECOND FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE PERIPHERAL
9
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
1.2 MB FDU
(with cable)
80/120 MB STU
Lower
Upper
Lower
#
#
#
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Lower
#
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
THIRD FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE PERIPHERAL
8
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
1.2 MB FDU
(with cable )
80/120 MB STU
Lower
Upper
Lower
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Lower
#
#
#
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
DIP-SWITCH 2 is not used. # = same as the settings for the drives already installed.
30-10
M480-40
XGA VIDEO CONTROLLER COMPONENTS
1 MB DI VIDEO RAM
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
OSCILLATOR
GATE
ARRAY
OSCILLATORS
EPROM
GATE
ARRAY
30
32 KB STATIC RAM
MCA CONNECTOR
API5A
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
NMI
1
Channel control
1
IRQ0
1
Timer
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3
IRQ2
1
4
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
5
IRQ9
2
Redirected to IRQ2
6
IRQ10
2
Available
7
IRQ11
2
Available
8
IRQ12
2
Mouse
9
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
10
IRQ14
2
11
IRQ15
2
Available
12
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
13
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
14
IRQ5
1
Available
15
IRQ6
1
16
IRQ7
1
Parallel port
M480-40
30-11
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
0020, 0021h Interrupt controller (master)
03F0-03F7
0040, 0042
0044, 0047
03F8-03FF
Serial port 1
Timer
0060
1278-127D
Parallel port 1 (DMA mode)
0061
1378-137D
Parallel port 4
0064
3220-3227
Serial port 3
0070, 0071
CMOS RAM
3228-322F
Serial port 4
0091
Card Selected feedback register
4220-4227
Serial port 5
0092
System Control Port A
4338-422F
Serial port 6
0094
System Board Enable / Setup
5220-5227
Serial port 7
0096
Registro Adapter Enable / Setup
5228-522F
Serial port 8
00A0-00A1
Interrupt controller (slave)
83F8-83FF
Serial port 1 (DMA mode)
0100-0107
POS registers
82F8-82FF
0108-010F
Console
B220-B22F
0278-027D
Parallel port 3
C220-C227
02F8-02FF
Serial port 2
C228-C22F
0378-037D
Parallel port 2
C220-C22F
03BC-03BF
Parallel port 1
D220-D227
D228-D22F
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
00000000 - 0007FFFF
00080000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 000FFFFF
00100000 - 007FFFFF
00800000 - 00FFFFFF
01000000 - BFFFFFFF
C0000000 - C1FFFFFF
C2000000 - DFFFFFFF
E0000000 - FFFDFFFF
FFFE0000 - FFFFFFFF
512 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
System DRAM
I/O RAM
Video adapter RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS
System RAM
System RAM
System RAM
Coprocessor
System RAM
System RAM
System ROM BIOS
128 KB
■
30-12
M480-40
M480-60
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor INTEL 486 DX
Clock
50 MHz
ArchItecture
Memory
MICROCHANNEL
From 8 to 64 MB on the motherboard.
8 sockets available for SIMM chips.
The SIMM chips are to be installed in pairs and in
the following order:
1st pair connectors A1 and A2 (mounted)
2nd pair connectors A2 and B2
3rd pair connectors A3 and B3
4th pair connectors A4 and B4
See the figure on page 32-8.
The SIMM chips that can be installed are:
EXM 29-008 8 MB: Two 4 MB 1 Mb x 40
EXM 29-016 16 MB: Two 8 MB 2 Mb x 40
These SIMM chips have the Error Code
Correction (ECC) feature.
256 KB of secondary level cache memory in
addition to CPU internal memory
Secondary
Level
Cache
Memory access 70 ns
Floppy Disk
5.25" 1.2 MB Panasonic JU 475-4/5
3.5" 1.44 MB Panasonic JU-257A - 103P/PJ
3.5" 1.44 MB Panasonic JU-257A - 104P
3.5" 1.44 MB Sony MP-F17 - 85 / MITSUMI D359T3
3.5" 1.44 MB Mitsubishi MF-355C-58ML
3.5" 1.44 MB Y-E Data YD-702B / 702 D
3.5" 2.88 MB Sony MB-F40W-17
Hard Disk
SCSI 210 MB CONNER CP30200
SCSI 340 MB SEAGATE ST1401N
SCSI 525 MB SEAGATE ST1581N
SCSI 1 GB DIGITAL DSP3105
May be single (HDS) or double (HDP Disk Pack)
Streaming Tape 80/120 MB IRWIN 287 with floppy interface
SCSI 320/525 MB WANGTEK 5525 ES
SCSI 150/250 MB WANGTEK 5150 ES
2.3 GB ExaB EXB-8200S Digital video tape
Slot
8 32-bit connectors, 6 available
Video control- XGA board GO2002
ler
Installed in an MCA slot on the motheboard
FDU controller Integrated on the motherboard.
SCSI HDU
SCSI controller GO610 in an MCA slot.
controller
Mouse
Keyboard
M480-60
MOTHERBOARD
BA307
CPU BOARD
UC 118 installed in a
dedicated slot on the
system board. It
consists of a main
board and piggy back.
BIOS
1st part of the EPROM
code on the system
board
2nd part of the code
stored in the system’s
first HDU (IML)
POWER SUPPLY
400 W PS40
CONSOLE
Hardware module
composed of 2 boards:
IF496
Interface circuits with
the system board
IF497
Display for messages
NETWORK BOARDS
NCU 9164
GO528
Token Ring 4 Mbit/s
NCU 9174
GO553
Token Ring 4-16 Mbit/s
LCU 3474
WAN line controller
LCU 9216
GO516
Intelligent WAN line
controller
101/102-key ANK 26-101/N, ANK 26-102/N
31-1
31
FRONT BAYS FOR MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL PERIPHERALS
The mechanical structure of the M480-60 has 10 5.25" half-height bays. These bays are subject to
the following limitations of use:
-
Bay 10 (highest) is always used to accomodate a 3.5" floppy disk drive
Bay 1 (lowest) is always used to accomodate the system’s first hard disk drive
Bays 9 to 5 can accomodate removabile peripherals. A maximum of 2 removable
SCSI peripherals can be installed
Bays 7 to 5 can also accomodate SCSI hard disk drives
Bays 4 to 1 must only accomodate SCSI hard disk drives.
The peripherals with a floppy disk
interface must be installed in the first
three bays (10, 9 and 8).
CONSOLE
All SCSI peripherals must be installed
in the next bays starting from bay 7.
BAY 10
3.5" 1.44 MB FDU or
3.5" 2.88 MB FDU
The removable peripherals (floppy disk,
streaming tape, CD-ROM, DAT) must
be installed in the high bays.
The fixed disk peripherals must be
installed in the low bays.
BAY 9
1.44 or 2.88 MB FDU or
1.2 MB FDU or
80/120 MB floppy STU
BAY 8
1.44, 2.88 or 1.2 MB FDU or
80/120 MB floppy STU or
SCSI CD-ROM
BAY 7
SCSI STU or
SCSI CD-ROM or DAT
SCSI hard disk or hard disk pack
BAY 6
SCSI STU or
SCSI CD-ROM or DAT or
SCSI hard disk or hard disk pack
BAY 5
STU interfaccia SCSI o
CD-ROM o DAT SCSI o
Hard disk SCSI o hard disk pack
BAY 4
SCSI hard disk or hard disk
pack
BAY 3
pack
BAY 2
pack
BAY 1
SCSI hard disk (system’s
first hard disk)
31-2
M480-60
SCSI CHANNEL CONFIGURATION
The general rule for configuring the SCSI channel is that all the devices connected (up to 8, including the SCSI controller) have to have a different identifier (SCSI ID) and the BUS must be
terminated at both ends only.
- The SCSI ID, in addition to assigning a different address to each peripheral, determines also the
priority. SCSI ID 7 is the highest priority, SCSI ID 0 the lowest.
- The first hard disk installed on the M480-60 must have SCSI ID 6 and must be installed in bay 1.
The SCSI controller has SCSI ID 7.
- The other SCSI peripherals must be given decreasing SCSI IDs as they are installed.
- The disk pack, consisting of 2 hard disks, must be given two SCSi IDs.
- The primary SCSI controller must be installed in MCA slot 1. If there are several SCSI controllers
in the system, the first hard disk, which must contain part of the BIOS, must be connected with
31
the SCSI controller installed in MCA slot 1and have a SCSI ID of 6.
- On each peripheral, the SCSI ID must be set through the jumpers on the peripheral itself.
The SCSI ID of the SCSI controller is configured via software using the User Diskette or the
Customer Test.
Termination rules
If there are no external SCSI peripherals, the hard disk or primary disk pack in bay 1 and the SCSI
controller must always be terminated. If there are external SCSI peripherals connected to the basic
module, the terminator must be removed from the SCSI controller and the last external peripheral
connected to the system must be terminated.
WIRING OF PERIPHERALS
The following figures show the wiring of the peripherals with floppy interface and those with SCSI interface.
Wiring of peripheral with floppy disk interface
In order to manage the different interface signals between the floppy disks, the floppy disk cable
has two connectors for each of the peripherals that can be installed. The bottom connector of each
pair of must be used when installing 1.44 MB, 1.2 MB or streaming tape drives. The upper connector must be used when installing a 2.88 MB floppy disk drive.
MOTHERBOARD
2,88
BAY 10
IF496
1,44
2,88
BAY 9
STU
1,44
1,2
2,88
BAY 8
STU
1,44
1,2
M480-60
APG8A
31-3
Wiring of peripherals with SCSI interface
The SCSI cable is a straight cable connecting at one end to the SCSI hard disk controller and with
three connectors at the other end connecting to the peripherals. The last connector must be connected to the system’s first hard disk, while the other two must be connected to removable SCSI
peripherals.
To add a hard disk, proceed as follows:
1. Insert the hard disk in the bay immediately above the one already occupied.
2. Disconnect the connector attached to the hard disk already installed and attach it to the hard
disk being added.
3. Between the hard disk being added and the one already installed, connect the extension cable
provided in the installation kit of the hard disk option being added.
GO582
BAY 7
BAY 6
BAY 5
SCSI CABLE
DISK PACK
SCSI EXTENSION CABLE
BAY 4
BAY 3
BAY 2
SCSI
EXTENSION
CABLE
BAY 1
APG7A
31-4
M480-60
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
System board integrating:
- CPU board connector
- MCA expansion connector
- SIMM chip sockets
- CMOS RAM and Real Time Clock
- Mouse and keyboard interface
- Floppy disk interface
- Serial interface
BA307
Nasc.
NOTES
31
CPU BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
UC118
Nasc.
BIOS
NOTES
The EPROMs on
the CPU board
contain only the first
part of the BIOS
code. The remaining
part of the code is
on the system’s first
HDU.
System CPU board integrating:
- i486 DX processor
- 128 KB BIOS ROM
- Memory Controller
- DMA controller
BIOS
NOTES
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
553037 L
IBM XGA video controller
Lev. 01
Solves timing problems within the first MB of
video RAM.
Nasc.
IBM XGA video controller replacing the
previous version which is no longer being
manufactured
GO2002
GO589
XGA VIDEO CONTROLLER
SCSI HARD DISK CONTROLLER
BOARD
D.R.S. CODE
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
GO610
-
Nasc.
Replaces GO582.
The differences between the two boards are:
- The termination resistances are incorporated
on board GO610 so this board does not need
an external terminator on the cable as board
GO582.
- Different printed circuit board
- New BIOS
M480-60
31-5
DISK PACK IF 487 BOARD
BOARD
D.R.S.CODE
LEVEL
IF 487
932911 H
Nasc
DESCRIPTION
CONSOLE
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
This board integrates the circuits for interface with the system board,
the power supply and the floppy disk interface adapter circuit.
Nasc.
This board integrates the display and console LEDs.
IF497
IF496
Nasc.
POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Replaces board IF484/R so as to recover the cuts and wirings on the
printed circuit board.
IF495/R
Nasc.
NOTES
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 1.20
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
PS40A 220 V
PS40A 110 V
Magnetek
Lev. Nasc. Power supply with a power output of 400 W.
Liv. 01
DESCRIPTION
New printed circuit to recover the wirings.
NOTES ON COMPATIBILITY
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
XGA-2 board GO2002
The latest User Disk version must be used with this board.
31-6
M480-60
OPERATING SYSTEM
NOTES
IBM DISK Operating System, DOS 3.3X, 4.XX, 5.XX
and later releases.
Only from release 5.XX is it possible to
manage up to 7 SCSI HDUs.
Olivetti OS/2, from Version 1.3 upd 2, 20.0
IBM Operating System/2 standard edition, Ver. 1.1,
1.2, 1.3 and later releases.
Ver. 1.1, 1.3 and later versions.
OS/2 Presentation Manager Standard and extended
editions
SCO OSF/Motif presentation manager
IBM AIX 1.1
SCO UNIX System V/386 3.2 Ver. 2 for MCA
IBM OS/2 LAN Server and Requestor
Olinet LAN Manager 1.1, 2.0
Novell Netware 386, Novell advanced netware
Windows 3.0 and later releases.
IBM PC LAN Program
31
MODEMS
(6450349)
EXPANSION MEMORIES
MOUSE
MSC PC Mouse PS/2
MONITORS
NETWORKING AND LAN PRODUCTS
IBM PC Network
Novell Advanced netware Ver. 2.12
10NET Network
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
OTHER PRODUCTS
Controller
M480-60
31-7
GO582
SLOT 1
SLOT 2
CONSOLE
CONN.
SLOT 3
SLOT 4
GO589
SLOT 5
FLOPPY
CONN.
SLOT 6
FDC
SLOT 7
SLOT 8
CMOS
RAM
UC117
CPU SLOTS
3V
BACK-UP
BATTERY
GATE
ARRAY
SERIAL
CONN.
GATE
ARRAY
REAL TIME
CLOCK
PARALLEL
CONN.
J16
POWER SUPPLY
CONN.
MOUSE
CONN.
SIMM SOCKETS
B1
JUMPER J16
B2
B3
B4
A1
KEYBOARD
CONN.
A2
A3
A4
Password erase
To erase the password, change the position of jumper J16. When the pasword has been erased
there is no need to put the jumper back to its original position.
31-8
M480-60
CPU BOARD COMPONENTS
PIGGY BACK BOARD CONNECTOR
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
SYSTEM BOARD
31
SYSTEM BOARD INTERFACE CONNECTOR
CACHE
MEMORY
GATE
ARRAY
GATE
ARRAY
80486
CPU
PIGGY BACK BOARD
API9A
There are no jumpers on this board.
M480-60
31-9
CONSOLE BOARD IF496 COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
System board
console and
power supply
interface
connector
CONSOLE
FDU
Peripherals and FDU
console interface
connector
Speaker
PEM connector
(not used)
DIP SWITCHES
RUN/STRY
Button
System board FDC
interface connector,
console
MB
Connector for
connection of boards
IF497 and IF496
Remote power on switch (not used)
DIP-SWITCHES for the configuration of peripherals with floppy disk interface
BAY
FDU/STU
CONNEC- DIP-SWITCHES
TOR
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
FIRST PERIPHERAL WITH FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE (ALWAYS PRESENT)
10
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
Lower
Upper
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SECOND PERIPHERAL WITH FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE
9
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
1.2 MB FDU
(with cable )
80/120 MB STU
Lower
Upper
Lower
#
#
#
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Lower
#
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
THIRD PERIPHERAL WITH FLOPPY DISK INTERFACE
8
1.44 MB FDU
2.88 MB FDU
1.2 MB FDU
(with cable )
80/120 MB STU
Lower
Upper
Lower
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Lower
#
#
#
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
DIP-Switch 2 is not used. # = same as the settings for the drives already installed.
31-10
M480-60
1 MB VIDEO RAM
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
OSCILLATOR
GATE
ARRAY
OSCILLATORS
EPROM
GATE
ARRAY
32 KB STATIC RAM
MCA CONNECTOR
31
API5A
XGA VIDEO CONTROLLER COMPONENTS
This board does not have any jumpers.
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
NMI
1
Channel control
1
IRQ0
1
Timer
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3
IRQ2
1
Interrupt to controller 1 from controller 2
4
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
5
IRQ9
2
Redirected to IRQ2
6
IRQ10
2
Available
7
IRQ11
2
Available
8
IRQ12
2
Mouse
9
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
10
IRQ14
2
11
IRQ15
2
Available
12
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
13
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
14
IRQ5
1
Available
15
IRQ6
1
16
IRQ7
1
Parallel port
M480-60
31-11
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
0020, 0021h Interrupt controller (master)
03F0-03F7
0040, 0042
0044, 0047
03F8-03FF
Serial port 1
Timer
0060
1278-127D
Parallel port 1 (DMA mode)
0061
1378-137D
Parallel port 4
0064
3220-3227
Serial port 3
0070, 0071
CMOS RAM
3228-322F
Serial port 4
0091
Card Selected feedback register
4220-4227
Serial port 5
0092
System Control Port A
4338-422F
Serial port 6
0094
System Board Enable / Setup
5220-5227
Serial port 7
0096
Adapter enable register / Setup
5228-522F
Serial port 8
00A0-00A1
Interrupt controller (slave)
83F8-83FF
0100-0107
POS registers
82F8-82FF
0108-010F
Console
B220-B22F
0278-027D
Parallel port 3
C220-C227
02F8-02FF
Serial port 2
C228-C22F
0378-037D
Parallel port 2
C220-C22F
03BC-03BF
Parallel port 1
D220-D227
D228-D22F
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
SIZE
FUNCTION
00000000 - 0007FFFF
00080000 - 0009FFFF
000A0000 - 000BFFFF
000C0000 - 000DFFFF
000E0000 - 000FFFFF
00100000 - 007FFFFF
00800000 - 00FFFFFF
01000000 - BFFFFFFF
C0000000 - C1FFFFFF
C2000000 - DFFFFFFF
E0000000 - FFFDFFFF
FFFE0000 - FFFFFFFF
512 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
128 KB
System DRAM
I/O RAM
I/O ROM
BIOS
System RAM
System RAM
System RAM
Coprocessor
System RAM
System RAM
System BIOS ROM
128 KB
■
31-12
M480-60
M290-25
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 80286
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
20 MHz
BA 08
Architecture
XT/AT with 32-bit addessing
Memory
From 1 MB to 17 MB on the motherboard
Banks 0 & 1 1 MB, two 256 KB x 18 bit
memory chips soldered
Bank 2
On memory expansion board.
2 sockets in which SIMM
modules can be installed:
1 M x 9 EXM 25-532 (2 MB)
4 M x 9 EXM 26-809 (8 MB)
Bank 3
Same as bank 2
1 MB
BIOS
Latest level:
Rev. 2.01
EXPANSION BUS
-
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
20 MHz 80287
POWER SUPPLY
Floppy Disk
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-3 C20
1.2 MB 5,25" Panasonic JU 475-4 C20
1.44 MB 3,5" Panasonic JU257 A 293
1.44 MB 3,5" Panasonic JU257 A 294
1.44 MB 3,5" Sony MP-F17W - 86
1.44 MB 3,5" YE DATA YD-702B-6049B
220 V
Hard Disk
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB CONNER CP3044
40 MB CONNER CP3046F
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
120 MB QUANTUM Pioneer ELS 127 AT
Streaming Tape
120 MB STU 38-120 with floppy interface
Slots
Three 16-bit connectors on the expansion
BUS board
Video adapter
VGA-compatible integrated on motherboard
HDU and FDU controller
Floppy disk controller: National
Hard disk interface: MSI buffers and logic
gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M290-25
32
MOUSE AND
KEYBOARD BOARD
MEMORY
EXPANSION BOARD
-
HDU LED BOARD
M203
32-1
MOTHERBOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
612558T
Rev. 1.04
Motherboard with 1 MB memory.
Lev. 01
Rev. 2.00
New topcat chip set (82C320A - 82C331A). This
implies the addition of a 2 KOhm 1/4 W pull-up
resistor R301 at location U 27, between CPU pins
5 and 62.
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.01
-
BA-08
LEVEL
-
- Incorrect management of the S-RAM board
and of the A20 GATE signal
- New hard disk table
Video controller WD90C11 has been replaced
by the equivalent controller WD90C11A-LR.
Lev. 03
Rev. 2.01
The new WD90C11-LR video controller replaces
the WD90C11.
Lev. 04
Rev. 2.01
The new ICS90C61 VGA clock generator replaces
the WD90C61.
KEYBOARD AND MOUSE INTERFACE BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
731143V
Integrating: Lithium batteries
Interface connectors for keyboard and mouse
CMOS RAM
LED HARD DISK BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
059135X
The DIODE has been replaced
M203
Lev. 02
NOTES
32-2
M290-25
MOTHERBOARD
BA-08
80286 CPU
Soket for i387SX numeric coprocessor
8042
WD90C11
87C310
NATIONAL
MSI buffer
27C010
BIOS Eprom
TOPCAT
System controller 82C320
BUS controller 82C331
BOARDS
32
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
BA-08
CPU sytem board
220 V Power supply
BUS Adapter board
Keyboard and mouse board
Hard disk LED board
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
413251T
413079S
029231Z
059189E
030055Z
059135X
1 MB
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.89
-
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 2.06
-
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
220 V
Nasc.
Lev. 03
DESCRIPTION
With this level the power supply was made to comply with
Danish norms.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
-
-
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
EMS/LIM Ver. 4.0
For extended and expanded memory management.
M290-25
32-3
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 2.00
-
Rev. 2.01
This release solves the following:
- Incorrect management of the S-ROM board and of the A 20 GATE signal.
- New hard disk table
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
WINDOWS
32-4
M290-25
MODEMS
I/P INTERFACE PRODUCTS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHIC PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
32
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M290-25
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
32-5
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS ON THE SYSTEM BOARD
VIDEO CONN.
PARALLEL CONN.
SERIAL CONN.
WD90C11
SOCKETS
FOR VIDEO
RAM
P
3rd FLOPPY
PERIPHERAL
CONN.
FLOPPY
DISK
CONN.
EXPANSION
BUS
CONN.
SOCKET
FOR
80287
KEYBOARD
AND
MOUSE
BOARD
CONN.
TOPCAT CHIPSET
POWER
SUPPLY CONN.
CPU
80286
CHARACTER
GENERATOR
HDU LED
RAM BOARD CONN.
ROM BIOS
KEY
AMD3A
JUMPER P
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Normal operation
Erases the password
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS OF THE KEYBOARD AND MOUSE BOARD
P1
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
LITHIUM
BATTERY
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
ANG1A
P1 inserted:
P1 not inserted:
32-6
Battery enabled, data present in CMOS RAM
Battery disabled, no data in the CMOS RAM
M290-25
BUILT IN SETUP and EXTENDED SETUP Utilities
BUILT IN SETUP
This program, resident in ROM BIOS, allows users to change some of the Personal Computer configuration parameters.
There are two possibilities:
First case: If the information in the CMOS RAM is no longer valid or if the power battery is not charging, the screen will display the BUILT IN SETUP. Users can select the national language version
they wish to work in from a choice of 6 languages.
Second case: If the system configuration has been modified, only the icon of the device to be
added or changed in the CMOS RAM will be displayed. For instance, after installing a second
floppy disk the floppy disk icon will be displayed.
In both cases, this BUILT IN SETUP screen will be displayed automatically, without any operator ac- 32
tion.
F1 To modify hour, minutes and seconds.
F2 To modify day, month and year.
F3 Press this key to select hard disk type and capacity. Press the space bar until the correct value is
displayed. The following table lists the hard disks that can be installed in this system.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
SECTORS PER TRACK
01
W.D. AC 140
QUANTUM LPS 52 AT
CONNER CP 3044
CONNER CP 3046F
QUANTUM ELS42 AT
40 MB
980
5
17
W.D. CAVIAR AC 280
CONNER CP 30084E
QUANTUM ELS85 AT
85 MB
977
10
17
W.D. AC-2120
CONNER CP 30126
QUANTUM ELS127 AT
120 MB
762
8
39
02 *
02
04 *
03
06*
Where: T:
No. of heads
CYL: No. of cylinders
(*)
With BIOS 2.01
M290-25
32-7
F4 Press this key to select capacity of the floppy disk.Three fields will be displayed beside the icon,
according to the number of drives (1, 2 or 3) in the system; enter the capacity of the floppy disk
installed in the corresponding field.
The line underneath shows the letters A (for one drive only), A - B (for two drives) or
A - B - X (for three drives). These are the logic names of the drives.
NOTE:
To install a floppy interface streaming tape, the data field corresponding to this
unit must not contain any value and the drive must have logic name B associated
with it.
F5 Press this key to select video format when the system is switched on.
Memory
The information in this field cannot be changed since its only purpose is to
inform the user of system memory capacity. The System or Customer
Test diskette will be needed if you wish to change system memory size.
Numeric coprocessor
This icon is displayed only when the WEITEK coprocessor is installed and
is for the information of the user only.
Batteries
This icon is displayed only when the system is switched on for the
first time or when the system batteries are not charging.
Real time clock
This icon blinks when there is a failure of the system’s
Real Time Clock .
Language
It is possible to select the language in which to have the messages of
the BUILT IN SETUP displayed. There are six languages to choose from.
32-8
M290-25
EXTENDED BUILT IN SETUP
In addition to the BUILT IN SETUP utility, there is another utility called EXTENDED BUILT IN
SETUP with which other parameters of the system can be configured. This utility can be called by
the operator by pressing the keys SHIFT, CTRL, ALT and DEL at the same time.
32
Exit
ESC
Select
Confirm
CR
Restart
Messages
Press
This menu includes all icons of the BUILT IN SETUP and allows the system to be configured as
described previously.
The following other configuration parameters have been added:
F6
EMS
TEST
SHAD
F7
RAM
I/O
F8
CHR/S
BEEP
PARAL
F9
M290-25
Used to modify capacity of the extended memory and memory expansion.
Used to reduce the number of tests made on the system memory during the
power-on diagnostics.
Used to assign a quantity of shadow memory to the BIOS and specific areas of
memory.
Used to modify system speed from the default value of (33 MHz) to
14 MH.,
Used to modify the system BUS speed from the default value of 11 MHz to
the AT standard speed of 8 MHz.
Used to modify character repeat speed when the associated keys are
pressed. This key repeat value is expressed as a number of characters per
second.
Used to increase or decrease speaker volume.
Used to change direction of the parallel port.
The system allows the user to enter a PASSWORD.
32-9
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NMI
IRQ0
IRQ1
RQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Parity error
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Software redirected to INT 0AH (IRQ2)
Available
Available
Mouse
Available
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-00F
DMA controller 1
2B0-2DF h
Video control registers
020-02F h
2E1 h
Reserved
040-05F h
Timer
2E2 h & 2E3 h Reserved
060 h
3F8-2FF h
COM2 serial port
061
300-31F h
Reserved
064 h
360-363 h
Part low of the address
070 - 07F
Real time clock, NMI, CMOS RAM 364-367 h
Reserved
080-09F h
DMA page registers
368-36B h
Part high of the address
0A0-0AF h
36C-36F h
Reserved
0E8-0EF h
I/O control registers
378-37F h
Parallel port 1 (LPT1)
0F0 h
Cancels math coprocessor
operation
380-38F h
SDLC (Synchronous Data Link
Control )
0F1
Resets the math coprocessor
3A0-3AF h
SDLC (Synchronous Data Link
Control
0A8-0FF h
Math coprocessor
3B0-3BF h
1F0-1FF h
Hard disk drive
3C0-3CF h
200-20F
Game port
3D0-3DF h
21F h
Audio communications adapter
3F0-3F7
278-27F h
3F8-3FF
Serial port 1 (COM1)
32-10
M290-25
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000000 - 0003FF h
Interrupt vectors
000400 - 005FF h
ROM BIOS data area
000700 - 09FFFF h
Portion of the resident MS-DOS operating system and program area
0A0000 - 0BFFFF h
Video buffer
0C0000 - 0DFFFF h
Available for optional ROM
0E0000 - 0EFFFF h
Video BIOS
0F0000 - 0FFFFF h
System BIOS
32
■
M290-25
32-11
M300-04
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386SX
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
20 MHz
3 MB
Architecture
XT/AT with 32-bit addressing
Memory
Banks 0 & 1 1 MB, two 256 KB x 18 bit
memory chips soldered
Bank 2
2 sockets on which to install
SIMM modules:
1 M x 9 EXM 25-532 (2 MB)
4 M x 9 EXM 26-809 (8 MB)
Bank 3
Same as bank 2
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
20 MHz i387SX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU257 A 293
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU257 A 294
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17W - 86
1.44 MB 3.5" YE DATA YD-702B-6049B
Hard Disk
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB CONNER CP3044
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
Streaming Tape
Slots
Three 16-bit connectors on the BUS
expansion board
Video adapter
VGA-compatible integrated on motherboard
WD90C11
HDU and FDU
controller
Hard disk interface: MSI buffers and logic
gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M300-04
BIOS
1.04
33
EXPANSION BUS
-
POWER SUPPLY
M203 220 V
M203 115 V
KEYBOARD AND
MOUSE BOARD
-
33-1
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
413407 R Rev. 1.04
Lev. 01
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Motherboard with 3 MB of RAM
Rev. 1.04
The WD90C11 video controller has been replaced
with the equivalent WD90C11A-LR controller.
KEYBOARD AND MOUSE INTERFACE BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
030066 U Integrating:
Lithium batteries
Interface connectors for keyboard and mouse
CMOS RAM
MOTHRBOARD INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS
386SX CPU
Socket for i387SX numeric coprocessor
8042
WD90C11
87C310
NATIONAL
Buffer MSI
27C010
BIOS EPROM
TOPCAT
System controller82C320
BUS controller 82C331
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
CPU system board
Power supply 220 V
Power supply 110 V
BUS Adapter board
Keyboard mouse board
M203
M203
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
413407R
413079S
413416H
029231Z
030066U
3 MB
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.88
−
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 2.08
−
33-2
M300-04
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
M203 110 V
Lev. Nasc.
M203 220 V
Lev. Nasc.
Lev. 03
DESCRIPTION
With this level the power supply is made to comply with
Danish norms.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
-
−
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
33
DRIVER
NOTES
LIM EMM386
For the management of expanded and extended memory.
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.04
-
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
WINDOWS
M300-04
33-3
MODEM
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
33-4
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
M300-04
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS OF THE SYSTEM BOARD
BANK 3
BANK 2
SOCKET FOR
80387 SX
80386 SX
FEATURE
CONN.
VIDEO
CONN.
VIDEO
MEMORY
PARALLEL
CONN.
87C310
33
WD90C11
82C331
EXPANSION BUS BOARD
CONNECTOR
BANK 1
BANK 0
SERIAL
CONN.
P
82C320
BIOS
ANF5A
JUMPER P
8742
HDU
CONN.
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
FDU
POWER
KEYBOARD AND
CONN. SUPPLY CONN. MOUSE CONNECTOR
Password disabled
Password enabled
COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS OF THE KEYBOARD AND MOUSE BOARD
P1
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
LITHIUM
BATTERY
P1 inserted:
P1 not inserted:
M300-04
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
Battery enabled, data in the CMOS RAM
Battery disabled, no data in CMOS RAM
ANG1A
33-5
BUILT IN SETUP
This program, resident in ROM BIOS, allows users to change some of the Personal Computer configuration parameters.
floppy disk the floppy disk icon will be displayed.
In both cases, this BUILT IN SETUP screen will be displayed automatically, without any operator
action.
F1 To modify the system hour, minutes and seconds.
F2 To modify the system day, month and year.
F3 Press this key to select hard disk type and capacity. Press the space bar until the correct value is
displayed. The following table lists the hard disks that can eb installed in the system.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
01
W.D. AC-140 3.5" 19 ms
Quantum LPS 52 AT
CONNER CP3044
CONNER CP3046F
QUANTUM ELS42 AT
40 MB
980
5
-1
980
17
02
W.D. Caviar AC-280
CONNER CP30084E
QUANTUM ELS85 AT
85 MB
977
10
-1
977
17
03
W.D. AC-2120
CONNER CP30126
QUANTUM ELS127 AT
120
762
8
-1
762
39
WPC:
T:
No. of disk heads
33-6
M300-04
in function of the number of drives (1, 2 or 3) in the system; enter the capacity of the floppy disk
installed in the corresponding field.
The line underneath shows the letters A (for one drive only), A - B (for two drives) or
A - B - X (for three drives). These are the logic names of the drives.
NOTE:
To install a floppy interface streaming tape, the data field corresponding to this
unit must not have any value and the drive must have logic name B associated
with it.
F5 Press this key to select the video format when the system is switched on.
Numeric coprocessor
Batteries
Real time clock
Language
M300-04
This icon is displayed only when the WEITEK coprocessor is installed and
is for the information of the user only.
This icon is displayed only when the system is switched on for the
first time or when the system batteries are not charging.
This icon blinks when there is a failure of the system’s
Real Time Clock .
33
the BUILT IN SETUP displayed. Six languages are available.
33-7
EXTENDED SETUP
In addition to the BUILT IN SETUP utility, there is another utility called EXTENDED SETUP with
which other system parameters can be configured. This utility can be called by the operator by
pressing the SHIFT, CTRL, ALT and DEL keys simultaneously.
Exit
ESC
Select
Confirm
CR
Restart
Messages
Press
F6
EMS
TEST
SHAD
F7
RAM
I/O
F8
CHR/S
BEEP
PARAL
F9
33-8
Used to reduce the number of tests made on the system memory during
Used to assign a quantity of shadow memory to the BIOS and to defines specific
areas of memory.
Used to modify system speed from the default value (33 MHz) to
14 MH.
Used to modify the system BUS speed from the default value of 11 MHz to the
AT standard speed of 8 MHz.
second.
The system allows the user to enter a PASSWORD
M300-04
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NMI
IRQ0
IRQ1
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Parity error
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real time clock
Software redirected to INT 0AH (IRQ2)
Available
Available
Mouse
Available
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
33
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
0F8-0FF h
Math coprocessor
020-03F h
1F0-1F7 h
Hard disk drive (HCS0
selection)
040-043 h
Timer
278-27F h
Parallel port 2
060 h
2F8-2FF h
061- 06F h
378-37F h
064 h
3C0 - 3DF h
Video adapter
070 - 071 h
Real time clock, NMI, CMOS RAM 3F2 h
080-08F h
DMA page registers
3F3 h
Super I/O configuration register
092 h
System control port A
3F4- 3F5 h
0A0-0BF h
3F6-3F7 h
selection)
0C0-0DE h
DMA channels 4-7
3F7 h
1E0 - 1EF h
TOPCAT registers
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM 1
0F0 h
Cancels math coprocessor
operations
46E8 h
VGA register
0F1 h
Resets the coprocessor
M300-04
33-9
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
MEMORY
FUNCTION
00000 - 7FFFF h
512 KB
Conventional memory (0 KB - 512 KB)
80000 - 9FFFF h
128 KB
Basic memory (512 KB - 640 KB)
A0000 - BFFFF h
128 KB
Video adapter RAM
C0000 - DFFFF h
128 KB
Available
E0000 - FFFFF h
128 KB
BIOS/Shadow BIOS
100000 - FFFFFF h
15 MB
Memory expansion (to the physical addressable limit of
the 80386SX CPU)
1000000 - 1FFFFFF h
1 MB
Memory expansion (to the physical addressable limit of
the system)
■
33-10
M300-04
M480-10 / M480-20
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
Clock
Architecture
Memory
Memory access
Coprocessor
Floppy Disk
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
Slots
Video adapter
Integrated
FDU controller
AT HDU controller
SCSI HDU
controller
Mouse
Keyboard
M480-10 / M480-20
i486SX for M480-10, i486 for M480-20
20 MHz for M480-10, 33 MHz for M480-20
XT/AT with 32-bit addressing
From 4 to 36 MB on the motherboard
Bank 0
Eight 514402 chips soldered for
a total of 4 MB
Bank 1
Four SIMM sockets :
1 MB x 9 EXM 486-04 (for 4 MB)
or four 4 MB x 9 SIMMs
EXM 486-16 (for 16 MB)
Bank 2
On an expansion board
connected to the motherboard
through a connector.
This bank is identical to bank 1
60 ns static column
WEITEK WTL 4167 at 25 MHz M480-10
i487SX at 25 MHz
M480-10
WEITEK WTL 4167 at 33 MHz M480-20
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-3 C20R
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU 475-4/5 C20R
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU-257 A - 293 / 294
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17 - 86
1.44 MB 3.5" Y-E DATA YD-702B - 6039 B
120 MB CONNER CP30126 AT
120 MB W.D. AC2120 AT
210 MB CONNER CP3206 / CP30256 AT
210 MB QUANTUM LPS240 AT
210 MB CONNER CP3200F SCSI
150 MB WANGTEK with SCSI Interface
320 MB WANGTEK with SCSI Interface
Six 16-bit connectors
VGA-compatible 82C453 integrated on the
motherboard
Floppy disk controller: National 87310
Hard disk interface: MSI buffers and logic gates
MOTHERBOARD
Earlier models:
M480-10: 486 SX 4 MB
M480-20: 486 SX 4 MB
New models:
M480-10: BA372
M480-20: BA371
BIOS
Earlier models:
1.03 for M480-10
1.06 for M480-20
34
New models:
2.07 for M480-10
2.08 for M480-20
EXPANSION BUS
POWER SUPPLY
OS - 020
Earlier models
OS - 020A
New models
These personal
computers are
available in two
versions:
1-
With AT IDE hard
disk interface
2-
With SCSI hard
disk interface
Board to be installed on ASC-1 BUS
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
34-1
The following table shows the main differences between the different versions and models of the
M480-10 and M480-20 Personal Computers.
PERSONAL
COMPUTER
VERSION
MODEL
CHARACTERISTICS
M480-10
IDE AT
PREVIOUS
MODEL
Can be
recognized
as it uses
BIOS rel.
1.XX
Processor
20 MHz i486 SX
Coprocessor
WEITEK and i487 SX
Built in setup
Available
Security feature Not available
BIOS
Rev. 1.XX
System Test
M300-04, M290-25, M480-10/20
HDU controller On system board
Possibility of installing two 1.44 MB floppy disk drives
NEW MODEL
Can be
recognized
as it uses
BIOS rel.
2.XX and has
an ID plate
on its rear
panel
Processor
i486 SX
Clock
20 MHz
Coprocessore
WEITEK and i487 SX
Built in setup
Not available
Security feature Available
BIOS
Rev. 2.XX
System Test
M480-10, M480-20 Rel.3.XX
Two 1.44 MB floppy disk drives cannot be installed
SCSI
-
Processor
20 MHz i486 SX
Coprocessor
WEITEK and i487 SX
Built in setup
Not available
BIOS
Rev. 2.XX
System Test
M480-10, M480-20 Rel 3.XX
HDU controller ASC-1/A board
IDE AT
PREVIOUS
MODEL
Can be
recognized
as it uses
BIOS rel.
1.XX
Processor
33 MHz i486
Coprocessor
WEITEK
Built in setup
Available
Security feature Not available
BIOS
Rev. 1.XX
System Test
M300-04, M290-25, M480-10/20
Possibility of installing two 1.44 MB floppy disk drives
NEW MODEL
Can be
recognized
as it uses
BIOS rel.
2.XX and has
an ID plate
on its rear
panel
Processor
33 MHz i486 SX
Coprocessor
WEITEK
Built in setup
Not available
BIOS
Rev. 2.XX
System Test
M480-10, M480-20 Rel.3.XX
-
Processor
33 MHz i486 SX
Coprocessor
WEITEK
Built in setup
Not available
BIOS
Rev. 2.XX
System Test
M480-10, M480-20 Rel 3.XX
HDU controller ASC-1/A board
M480-20
SCSI
34-2
M480-10 / M480-20
486 SX
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
612543 X Rev. 1.01
NOTES
System board of the previous M480-10 model with
4 MB of soldered memory
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.02
New BIOS so that new hard disks can be added
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.03
New BIOS to solve the problems with Windows 3.1.
Nasc.
BA372
ROM BIOS
553101 S Rev. 2.06
System board of the new M480-10 model with
4 MB of soldered memory.
This board is introduced with the new User
Diskette and the new System Test Rev. 3.00.
Introduction of the new ACER I/O controller 87310
as an alternative to the National Super I/O
controller
Lev. 02
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.07
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.08
New BIOS to correct the problems with the printers.
This new BIOS does not change board level.
M480-10 / M480-20
34-3
34
486/33
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
612544 Y Rev. 1.01
New BIOS to solve the parity error that occurs
when more than 4 MB of DRAM are installed.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.06
553102 T Rev. 2.07
Lev. 02
System board of the new M480-20 model with
This board is introduced with the new User
Diskette and the new System Test Rev. 3.01.
Introduction of the new ACER I/O controller 87310
as an alternative to the National Super I/O
controller
Lev. 02
Rev. 2.08
Lev. 03 SI
Rev. 2.08
To correct the loss of synchronism with the DVA
4000 board, the two 2200 pF capacitors at location
F26 and F27 have been replaced by two 100 pF
EMI filters.
This modification is only valid at field level,
therefore board level changes from 03 to 03SI.
Rev. 2.08
Component 74ALS32 at location U14 is replaced
by NATIONAL’s component 74ALS32. This
modification corrects problem with the monitor not
working correctly when expansion boards are
installed on the bus. This problem only
occurred in SCSI configuration systems.
Rev. 2.09
New BIOS to correct the problems with the printers.
Lev. 04 SI
Nasc.
BA2046
System board of the previous M480-20 model with
Rev. 1.05
Lev. 04 SI
34-4
NOTES
Lev. 01
Nasc.
BA371
ROM BIOS
588054 Z Rev. 2.08
New board replacing board BA371.
The board has been re-designed to host fast page
mode RAM and SIMMs. The previous board used
static column RAM and SIMMs.
Boards BA371 and BA2046 are interchangeable
as long as memory expansions are made using
Fast Page Mode SIMMs.
M480-10 / M480-20
MOTHRBOARD INTEGRATED CONTROLLERS
MOTHERBOARD
The boards do
not differ
significantly as
far as the main
components are
concerned.
-
-
20 MHz i486 SX CPU on the M480-10
33 MHz i486 CPU on the M480-20
Socket for the 25 MHz WEITEK WTL 4167 on the M480-10
Socket for the 33 MHz WEITEK WTL 4167 on the M480-20
Clock generators:14.318 MHz - 16 MHz - 50 MHz for the M480-10
Clock generators:14.318 MHz - 16 MHz - 66 MHz for the M480-20
Keyboard controller and mouse interface 8742 OTP
VGA video adapter 82C453
1 MB video memory
Component BT476 - Video DAC - Color palette
ACER 87310
Serial port interface
Parallel port interface
Floppy disk peripherals controller
Interface for intelligent AT hard disks
128 KB ROM BIOS (2 27512 chips)
TOPCAT chip set consisting of 3 chips and integrating:
VL82C330 System controller
VL82C331 AT BUS controller
VL82C332 Data buffer.
34
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
486 SX
413271 X
Motherboard of
previous M480-10 model
System board of new
M480-10 model
413266 S
Motherboard of
previous M480-20 model
System board of new
M480-20 model
BA372
486/33
BA371
OS-020
OS-020
OS-020A
OS-020A
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
D.R.S.
CODE
413178 S
413178 S
Bus adapter
board
030072 S
Memory
expansion
board
030069 F
SCSI HDU
controller
ASC-1/A
M480-10 / M480-20
CHARACTERISTICS
The power supply has a jumper with which
to change the operating voltage
For the version with SCSI system hard
disks.
34-5
ASC-1 SCSI HARD DISK CONTROLLER
LEVEL
NOTES
Nasc.
−
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 3.0
-
Rev. 3.01
Disables memory between 512 KB and 640 KB.
Handles Security features.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 2.06
-
Rev. 3.0
For the new personal computers with BIOS rel. 2.XX
Rev. 3.01
Disables memory between 512 KB and 640 KB.
Handles Security features.
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
OS - 020 110 V
OS - 020 220 V
Nasc.
The power supply has a jumper used to change the
operating voltage.
OS - 020A 110 V
OS - 020A 220 V
Nasc.
Replaces power supply OS - 020 that had the following
problems:
- Excessive distribution of radio interference upon load
variation
- Does not comply with Danish norms.
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD/DEVICE
COMPATIBILITY
Customer Test diskette
provided in the Streaming
Tape kit STS 26-150/321
The Customer Test diskettes provided in Streaming Tape kit
STS 26-150/321 Lev. 01, were formatted with MS-DOS 4.01 and
cannot bootstrap on systems with more than two hard disks since
MS-DOS 4.01 does not support these configurations. The diskettes
provided with starter kit Lev. 02 were formatted with MS-DOS 5.0
thus solving this problem.
1.2 MB, 5.25" Panasonic
JU-475-4 floppy disk drive
Modifications were made to the mechanics of this drive. The new
drives have the letter "R" printed on their external label while the
earlier drives have the letter "K".
34-6
M480-10 / M480-20
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
LIM/EMS 4.0
Management of extended and expanded memory.
EVD driver rev. 2.01
EVD driver rev. 2.02
SCSI hard disk driver
Rev. 1.0
BIOS OF THE EARLIER M480-10 MODELS
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. 1.01
Lev. 1.02
−
Solves the problem regarding the management of some monitors
Addition of some AT hard disk parameters
Lev. 1.03
Solves the problems with Windows 3.1.
34
BIOS OF THE EARLIER M480-20 MODELS
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. 1.01
Lev. 1.02
−
Solves the problem regarding the management of some monitors
Addition of some AT hard disk parameters
Lev. 1.05
Solves the parity error that occurs when more than 4 MB of DRAM are installed
Lev. 1.06
BIOS OF THE NEW M480-10 MODELS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 2.06
This new BIOS revision controls the features offered by the new models:
- The Built-in Setup has been removed so the system is configured via User Disk
- The Shadow is addressed at 0C000.
- Three drives with floppy disk interface are no longer handled.
- The 1.44 MB diskette drive can no longer be installed.
- No longer possible to assign drive identifier A or B to any one of the two
diskette drives.
- The Olivetti standard fonts have been added, the Office fonts removed.
- Only the Olivetti high resolution monitors can be used.
- The Security utilities are handled. This requires User Disk or System Test
version 3.01.
Rev. 2.07
M480-10 / M480-20
34-7
BIOS OF THE NEW M480-20 MODELS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 2.07
This new BIOS revision controls the features offered by the new models:
- The Built-in Setup has been removed so the system is configured via User Disk
- The Shadow is addressed at 0C000.
- Three drives with floppy disk interface are no longer handled.
- The 1.44 MB diskette drive can no longer be installed.
- No longer possible to assign drive identifier A or B to any one of the two
diskette drives.
- The Olivetti standard fonts have been added, the Office fonts removed.
- Only the Olivetti high resolution monitors can be used.
- The Security utilities are handled. This requires User Disk or System Test
version 3.01.
Rev. 2.08
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
MS-DOS Ver. 5.0
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
WINDOWS
34-8
M480-10 / M480-20
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
34
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M480-10 / M480-20
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
34-9
MOTHERBOARD COMPONENTS
82C453
P: PARITY
P
FEATURE CONN.
VIDEO
CONN.
BT476
P4
CLOCK
GENERATOR
1
P
PARALLEL
CONN.
P
VIDEO
MEMORY
P
BANK 0
SERIAL
CONN.
1
P9
1
EXPANSION BUS CONN.
BANK 1
HDU CONN.
87310
P7
VL82C331
FDU 1/2
CONN.
SOCKET
FOR
WEITEK
CLOCK
GENERATOR
FDU 3
CONN.
1
P1
486SX
or
486
VL82C330
P6
VL82C332
1 BIOS L
KEYBOARD
CONN.
BIOS H
P8
1
MOUSE
CONN.
8742
1
P5
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
P2
P3
ATE2A
34-10
M480-10 / M480-20
Jumper P1 - Third floppy disk interface peripheral
Position 1 - 2
Third floppy disk interface peripheral enabled (default)
Position 2 - 3
Third floppy disk interface peripheral disabled.
Jumper P2 - Password
Position 1 - 2
Password disabled
Position 2 - 3
Password enabled (default).
Jumper P3 - Parallel port
Position 1 - 2
Parallel port disabled during inputs (default)
Position 2 - 3
Bidirectional parallel port.
Jumper P4 - Interlaced video
Position 1 - 2
Disabled
Position 2 - 3
Enabled (default).
Jumper P5 - Board current control
Position 1 - 2
Maximum current (default)
Position 2 - 3
Minimum current.
34
Jumper P6 - Type of microprocessor on system board
This jumper is not mounted on the M480-20 Personal Computer
Position 1 -2
i487 SX processor
Position 2 - 3
i486 SX processor on the M480-10.
Jumper P7 - Wait states on the hard disk
Position 1 - 2
One additional wait state (default)
Position 2 - 3
No additional wait state.
Jumper P8 - Battery
Position 1 - 2
Battery disconnected
Position 2 - 3
Battery connected (default).
Jumper P9 - Parity check on memory
Position 1 - 2
Parity check enabled (default)
Position 2 - 3
Parity check disabled.
M480-10 / M480-20
34-11
The M480-10 and M480-20 personal computers with BIOS release 2.xx no longer use the BUILT IN
SETUP utility, and can be configured using the User Diskette or System Test.
BUILT IN SETUP
This program, resident in the ROM BIOS, allows users to change some of the Personal Computer
configuration parameters.
floppy disk the floppy disk icon will be displayed. In both cases, this BUILT IN SETUP screen will be
displayed automatically, without any operator action.
F1
To modify the system hour, minutes and seconds.
F2
To modify the system day, month and year.
F3
Press this key to select hard disk type and capacity. Press the space bar until the correct
value is displayed. The following table lists the hard disks that can be installed in the system.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY
CYL
T
SECTORS PER TRACK
01
W.D. Caviar 280
85 MB
977
10
17
02
CONNER CP30126
W.D. AC-2120
120 MB
120 MB
762
763
8
8
39
39
CP
CONNER CP3206
CONNER CP3204F
210 MB
210 MB
683
683
16
16
38
38
WD
W.D. AC 4200
210 MB
987
12
35
05
CONNER CP3304
340 MB
726
15
61
06
CONNER CP3504
510 MB
989
26
63
Where: T:
No. of disk heads
CYL: No. of disk cylinders
34-12
M480-10 / M480-20
according to the number of drives (1, 2 or 3) in the system; enter the capacity of the floppy disk
drive installed in the corresponding field.
The line underneath shows the letters A (for one drive only), A - B (for two drives) or A - B - X
(for three drives). These are the logic names of the drives.
NOTE:
To install a streaming tape drive with floppy interface, the data field corresponding
to this unit must not contain any value and the drive must have logic name B
associated with it.
F5 Press this key to select the video format when the system is switched on.
Numeric coprocessor
Batteries
Real time clock
Language
This icon is displayed only when the WEITEK coprocessor is installed
and is intended to inform the user of this installation.
This icon is displayed only when the system is switched on for the first
time or when the system batteries are not charging.
This icon blinks when there is a failure of the system’s Real Time Clock .
the BUILT IN SETUP displayed. One of six languages can be chosen.
EXTENDED SETUP
34
In addition to the BUILT IN SETUP utility, there is another utility called EXTENDED SETUP with
which other parameters of the system can be configured. This utility can be called by the operator
by pressing the SHIFT, CTRL, ALT and DEL keys simultaneously.
Exit
ESC
Select
Confirm
CR
Restart
Messages
Press
F6
EMS
TEST
SHAD
M480-10 / M480-20
Used to reduce the number of tests made on the system memory during the
Used to assign a quantity of shadow memory to the BIOS and specific areas of
memory.
34-13
F7
RAM
I/O
CACHE
F8
CHR/S
BEEP
PARAL
F9
Used to modify system speed from the default value of (33 MHz) to
14 MHz,
Used to modify the system BUS speed from the default value of 11 MHz to the
AT standard speed of 8 MHz.
Used to enable (Y) or disable (N) cache memory.
second.
The system allows the user to enter a PASSWORD
HARD DISK SELF-ACKNOWLEGE FEATURE
The hard disk self-acknowledge feature is available on systems with BIOS revision 2.xx .
Using the SETUP utility of the System Test or Customer Test, it is possible to define the type of
hard disk installed in the system. After the SETUP utility has been selected, select option hard disk
Not Present:
Where no hard disk is installed.
Standard
hard disk installed. This option can be used for hard disks with the selfacknowledge feature and with a capacity of less than 528 MB.
High Capacity
more than 528 MB with the self-acknowledge feature and which have to be
used with the Olivetti OS/2, IBM OS/2 and MS-DOS operating systems.
Compatible
This option must be used for hard disks that are compatible with the system but
which do not have the self-acknowledge feature, or hard disks that do have the
feature but which have been used before hand on systems other than this one.
When this option is selected, a list is displayed of the hard disks with preset
parameters. Check that the parameters defined match those of the hard disk
being installed. The different types are illustrated in the table below:
PER
TRACK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
34-14
10 MB
40 MB
30 MB
42 MB
53 MB
56 MB
71 MB
72 MB
44 MB
42 MB
45 MB
21 MB
65 MB
65 MB
306
925
697
981
1024
925
1024
925
1024
820
872
612
820
820
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
6
4
6
6
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
26
26
128
128
128
-1
-1
128
-1
128
-1
-1
-1
128
-1
128
305
924
696
980
1023
924
1023
924
1023
819
871
663
819
819
MODEL
WREN, Full, 35 ms
WREN II Slim
CDC WREN II, Full
CDC WREN II, Full
Micropolis 1323-A Full
Seagate ST251, Half
RODIME RO3055 40 ms
MINISCRIBE M8425 3.5"
SEAGATE ST277R
OPE XM5340/60
M480-10 / M480-20
Not Standard
hard disk without the self-acknowledge feature and which are not in the list of
compatible hard disks. The table listing the parameters of the hard disks that are
supported by the system BIOS is the same as that of the M400-40 Personal
Computer (see page 28-8).
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 - 10
IRQ2
1
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Mouse
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
34
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
2F8-2FF h
Serial port COM2 (secondary)
020-021F h
378-37B h
Parallel port 1
040-043 h
Timer
3B4-3B5 h
Video adapter
60 h
3BA h
Video adapter
61 h
3C0-3CF h
Video adapter
64 h
3D4-3D5 h
Video adapter
70-71 h
CMOS RAM
3DA h
Video adapter
081-08F h
DMA page registers
3F0-3F7 h
0A0-0A1 h
3F8-3FF h
Serial port COM1
0C0-0DF h
DMA channels 4-7
46E8 h
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive
8000F08000FF
Coprocessor
278-27B h
Parallel port 2
M480-10 / M480-20
34-15
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
INTERRUPT
VECTOR TABLE
255 VECTORS
0000.0000 h
0000.03FF h
BIOS DATA AREA
AVAILABLE RAM
AVAILABLE RAM
VIDEO DATA
BUFFER
OPTIONAL ROM
VGA BIOS
0000.0400 h
0000.05FF h
0000.0600 h
0000.06FF h
0000.0700 h
0009.FFFF h
000A.0000 h
000B.FFFF h
000C.0000 h
000D.FFFF h
000E.0000 h
000E.FFFF h
000F.0000 h
SYSTEM BIOS
000F.FFFF h
0010.0000 h
EXTENDED
MEMORY
0240.0000 h
■
34-16
M480-10 / M480-20
M300-28 / PCS44
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 486 SX
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
25 MHz
BA362
Architecture
32-bit XT/AT
Memory
Bank 0
4 MB of soldered RAM
Bank 1
Sockets for SIMM chips.
Installable SIMMs are:
EXM 28-004 4 MB (1MB x36) SIMMs
EXM 28-008 8 MB (2MB x 36) SIMMs
EXM 28-016 16 MB (4MB x 36) SIMMs
Memory access
70 ns
Coprocessor
-
25 MHz i487 SX
25/50 MHz Overdrive Coprocessor
Floppy DIsk
5.25", 1.2 MB Panasonic JU 475-4 C20R
5.25", 1.2 MB Panasonic JU 475-5 C20R
3.5", 1.44 MB EPSON SMD 1040-418
Hard Disk
170 MB W.D. AC1170
240 MB W.D. AC2250-14F
240 MB QUANTUM LPS240 AT
Streaming Tape
SCSI Wangtek 5150ES
Slots
Two 16-bit connectors on the bus
expansion board
Video controller
OAK OTI-077, integrated on the
motherboard Super V.G.A.
HDU and FDU
controller
Floppy disk and hard disk controller:
National 87C311
Mouse
AT- and PS/2- compatible
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 26-101, ANK 26-102
M300-28 / PCS44
4 MB
BIOS
Latest release:
V032004K.25
POWER SUPPLY
Mineba NMB SPE 1095
ALI-LA/11B 110 V
ALI-LA/16B 220 V
Latest level: 01
BUS EXPANSION
BOARD
Original
CONSOLE BOARD
Original
35-1
35
MOTHERBOARD
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
553096Q The BIOS ROM
is a FLASH
EPROM.
The BIOS code
is stored on
diskettes and has
to be copied into
Flash EPROM
BA362
LEVEL
BIOS ROM
NOTES
4 MB soldered on the motherboard.
Cuts and wirings to solve parity errors when
using 8 MB SIMMs. These kind of parity errors
occur only in systems using GOLDSTAR
memory chips.
Lev. 01
BUS EXPANSION BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
030099W The Bus expansion board has:
- Two connectors for expansion boards
- The CMOS RAM battery
Lev. 01
-
Lev. 02
New printed circuit which improves contact between the bus
expansion board and system structure.
CONSOLE BOARD
35-2
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
030787U
The console board has:
- The speaker
- Hard disk LED.
M300-28 / PCS44
BA362
i486SX CPU
Socket for the i487SX math coprocessor or for the Overdirve Coprocessor.
8042
OAK OTI-077
VGA video controller
87C311
- Serial and parallel port controller
- Intelligent hard disk interface
VL-82C486 - DMA controller
- Interrupt controllet
- Timer
- System memory controller
- System bus controller
- Clock generator
82C113A
- Real Time Clock
- 128 byte CMOS RAM powered by a lithium battery
- Address latch
IMI SC407BXB System clock generator
1 MB Flash EPROM
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
Bus adapter board
Console board
BA362
ALI-LA/11B
ALI-LA/16B
553096Q
150542B
150543C
030099W
030787U
4 MB
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.02
-
Rel 1.03
User diskette in five languages.
All problems regarding the CPU and mouse tests have been solved.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rel. 1.0
System test for the PCS44
Rel. 1.03
System test for the M300-28
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
ALI-LA/11B 110 V
Nasc.
Lev. 01
ALI-LA/16B 220 V
Modifications to the metal cover.
Nasc.
Lev. 01
M300-28 / PCS44
DESCRIPTION
Modifications to the metal cover.
35-3
35
NOTES ON COMPATIBILITY
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
-
-
SOFTWARE DRIVER
DRIVER
NOTES
EVD driver Rev. 1.02
Driver for the OAK OTI 077 video controller
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
V032004b 25
V032004e 25
V032004g.25 This BIOS version solves the problem concerning the incorrect compilation of the
BIOS data area as far as the addresses of any serial or parallel board installed on
the AT bus are concerned.
V032004k 25 This BIOS version solves the problem of the Security utilities not accepting
numeric characters.
OPERATING SYSTEMS
NOTES
MS-DOS Release 5.0
OS/2 Release 2.0
OS/2 Release 1.3 SE
SCO UNIX System V Version 3.2.4
WINDOWS Ver. 3.1
35-4
M300-28 / PCS44
MODEMS
Hayes Smart modem 2400
Motorolla UDS Ext. Modem
Internal Modem 2400B
Serial/parallel adapter
Printer adapter
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
Multiport I/O Card
Digi Board com/8
Megaport 8CS
Intelliport II
IBM PS/2 Mouse
IBM PS/2 Serial Mouse
Serial Mouse
BUS Mouse
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
Graphics Adapter ISA BUS
Graphics Station Adapter
Graphics Adapter VGA1024
Graphics Adapter 1024/i VGA
BUS EGA autoswitch
ARCNET PC600 adapter
ISA 16/4 Token Ring Adapter
35
MONITORS
IBM 8503 Monitor
IBM 8514 Monitor
NEC 3D Monitor
M300-28 / PCS44
Multisync 3D monitor
35-5
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
JOYSTICK
CONNECTOR
SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
KEYBOARD
OAK OTI-077
RAM DAK
8742
BIOS EPROM
FEATURE
CONN.
JP1
JP7
87C311
CLOCK
FLOPPY DISK
CONNECTOR
512 KB VIDEO
MEMORY
COPROCESSOR
SOCKET
82C113A
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
EXPANSION BUS BOARD
CONNECTOR
JP6
i487 SX
VL-82C486
BANK 0
SOLDERED
BANK 1
SOCKET FOR SIMM CHIPS
AYF1A
JUMPER JP1
Not installed i486 SX processor soldered. Default setting.
Installed
i486 DX or i486 DX2 coprocessor soldered (not available on the M300-28/PCS44).
NOTE:
If the i487SX or the Overdrive Coprocessor is installed in the coprocessor socket,
there is no need to set this jumper since the system will automaticallydetect
that one of these coprocessors are present.
JUMPER JP6
Not installed Normal operation. This is the default setting.
Installed
The contents of the CMOS are cancelled and therefore system SETUP is lost.
JUMPER JP7
Not installed Normal operation. This is the default setting.
Installed
The password is cancelled.
35-6
M300-28 / PCS44
BUS EXPANSION BOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
CMOS
BATTERY
CONSOLE
BOARD
CONNECTOR
P1
BUS EXPANSION
CONNECTORS
FOR AT BOARDS
SYSTEM BOARD CONNECTOR
35
AYD3A
JUMPER P1 (CMOS battery)
This jumper must be installed when the system is powered on.
CONSOLE BOARD CONNECTORS
HARD DISK LED
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
CABLE FOR THE
CONNECTION OF
THE CONSOLE
BOARD TO THE
BUS EXPANSION
BOARD
AYD4A
M300-28 / PCS44
35-7
BUILT IN SETUP
During the Power On Diagnostics, the following message is displayed after checkpoint 2ch:
“PRESS CTRL-ALT- ESC for SETUP”
From now until the moment the BIOS begins the system bootstrapping sequence, you will have the
possibility of accessing the system SETUP facility. When SETUP is requested, the software reads
the contents of CMOS RAM. If the CMOS is altered, default values will be used.
If, when exiting SETUP, you decide to save the modifications made, the program will copy the new
configuration into CMOS and calculate the new checksum.
The SETUP utility consists of four screens that directly interface the system BIOS, and is displayed
in English only.
The first screen is only informative. The information collected during the first part of the POD is displayed on the left-hand side of this screen, while the different icons that give access to the other
screens are displayed on the right-hand side.
The SETUP utility has usual interface with pop-up menus. The following function keys can be used:
arrow keys, the <ENTER> key, the F2 key to switch from between a color and monochrome interface, the F10 or <ESC> key to move upwards from one screen to another until reaching the very
first menu screen with the EXIT icon.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
This is the first screen of the SETUP utility; the values that appear in the individual fields are specific for each machine configuration. The icons that give access to the different screens are
displayed on the right-hand side of the screen:
Setup Version Number:
BIOS Version Number:
BIOS Date Stamp:
1.01
v3.20.03
09/08/92
<---Setup program version
<--- BIOS version
<--- Latest BIOS update*
Processor:
Processor Speed:
System Base Memory:
System Extended Memory:
486SX
25MHz
640
3072
<--- Type of processor installed
<--- System clock
<--- Basic memory
<--- Extended memory
* This update could have been the
last time a BIOS EPROM Flash was
performed or when the configuration
was last changed.
1st MENU - SYSTEM SETUP
This is the first menu of the SETUP utility. A help window is displayed on the right-hand side of the
screen. Each time you select a SETUP parameter, this window will display the meaning of this parameter and how to use it.
System Date:
System Time:
Allows you to enter or change the system date according to the following
format: mm/dd/yy.
Allows you to enter or change the system time.
Floppy diskette 1:
Floppy diskette 2: Allows you to define the type of floppy disk drive installed in the system.
Drive 1 is the default drive. The following drives can be defined: NONE, 360K,
1.2M, 720K, 1.4M.
Disk:
35-8
Indicates the hard disk drive installed. The BIOS supports two hard disks,
but the installation of a second hard disk is not expected.
M300-28 / PCS44
Video:
Allows you to select the type of monitor connected to the system. The following can
be defined: Mono, EGA/VGA, Color 40, Color 80.
Mouse Port: Allows you to enable or disable the mouse port. If Enabled is defined but the mouse
port is not detected, this parameter will automatically change to Disabled.
Processor Speed:
Allows you to set the processor speed so that the system becomes
compatible with the previous generation of slower microprocessors.
The values that can be defined are Fast and Slow.
Video VDU Refresh Rate: Allows you to select the video refresh rate. The following values can
be defined: 60 Hz and 72 Hz.
Hard Disk Table
The hard disk table is an area of the BIOS that stores operating characteristics of a rappresentative
group of hard disk drives. The information does not refer to a specific manufacturer but to the
characteristics of the standard drives available.
Each table entry is identified by a specific type, and there are 47 predefined types of drives listed.
The last two types, 48 and 49, can provide the values obtained by the self-acknowledge feature of
the first or second (not expected) hard disk drive installed in the system.
WARNING:
Since the BIOS supports the hard disk self-acknowledge feature, the Disk
parameter is usually configured automatically. This is because the intelligent hard
disk drive (IDE interface) provides its own configuration parameters (Capacity,
Cylinders, Heads, Sectors, Precompensation and Head Landing Zone) to the BIOS.
The self-configured disk is identified as Type 48.
DISK
TYPE
CYLS
HDS
SEC
PRE
ZONE
10M
1
306
4
17
128
305
20M
2
615
4
17
300
615
30M
3
615
6
17
300
615
62M
4
940
8
17
512
940
46M
5
940
6
17
512
940
20M
6
615
4
17
NONE
615
30M
7
462
8
17
256
511
30M
8
733
5
17
NONE
733
112M
9
900
15
17
NONE
901
20M
10
820
3
17
NONE
820
35M
11
855
5
17
NONE
855
49M
12
855
7
17
NONE
855
20M
13
306
8
17
128
319
42M
14
733
7
17
NONE
733
15
RESERVED
20M
16
612
4
17
0
663
40M
17
977
5
17
300
977
56M
18
977
7
17
NONE
977
59M
19
1024
7
17
512
1023
30M
20
733
5
17
300
732
M300-28 / PCS44
35-9
35
DISK
TYPE
CYLS
HDS
SEC
PRE
ZONE
42M
21
733
7
17
300
732
30M
22
733
5
17
300
733
10M
23
306
4
17
0
336
40M
24
977
5
17
NONE
976
76M
25
1024
9
17
NONE
1023
71M
26
1224
7
17
NONE
1223
111M
27
1224
11
17
NONE
1223
152M
28
1224
15
17
NONE
1223
68M
29
1024
8
17
NONE
1023
93M
30
1024
11
17
NONE
1023
83M
31
918
11
17
NONE
1023
69M
32
925
9
17
NONE
926
85M
33
1024
10
17
NONE
1023
102M
34
1024
12
17
NONE
1023
110M
35
1024
13
17
NONE
1023
119M
36
1024
14
17
NONE
1023
17M
37
1024
2
17
NONE
1023
136M
38
1024
16
17
NONE
1023
114M
39
918
15
17
NONE
1023
40M
40
820
6
17
NONE
820
42M
41
1024
5
17
NONE
1023
65M
42
1024
5
26
NONE
1023
40M
43
809
6
17
NONE
852
61M
44
809
6
26
NONE
852
100M
45
776
8
33
NONE
775
203M
46
684
16
38
NONE
685
30M
47
615
6
17
NONE
615
48
MANUAL OR SELF-ACKNOWLEDGED DEFINITION
49
MANUAL OR SELF-ACKNOWLEDGED DEFINITION
35-10
M300-28 / PCS44
Autoconfiguration during the system bootstrap phase
If the data in CMOS regarding the configuration of the hard disk are lost, or if a new hard
disk is installed in the system, the following question will be displayed at the end of the POD, at the
bottom of the screen:
Auto Config IDE Controller (Y/N)?
If you answer Y, the hard disk will pass its own parameters over to the BIOS. The following
message is displayed at the end of the autoconfiguration phase:
IDE Drive succesfully configured, press any key...
Autoconfiguration from BUILT IN SETUP
Select the Disk field from the System SETUP menu, and then select the AUTO option. After
confirming this option, the messages indicated in the previous section will be displayed.
2nd MENU - EXTENDED SETUP
This is the second SETUP menu. It allows you configure the system at an advanced level. An
explanation of the parameter selected is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen.
Primary Cache Controller: Allows you to copy the BIOS code into system RAM. The two values
that can be defined are Enable/Disable.
Shadow RAM:
Allows you to store the video and system BIOS in Shadow RAM..
The following values can be defined: Disable, System,
Video, System & Video. System & Video is the default configuration.
BIOS Cacheability:
Allows you to store the video and system BIOS in cache memory.
The values that can be defined are the same as those for Shadow RAM..
Flash BIOS Eprom Enable:Enables the setting of the Flash BIOS procedures.
Disabled is the default configuration.
WARNING:
In order to change the value in this field, switch the system off and then
on again. A software reset (CTRL+ALT+DEL) is not enough.
Speaker Volume:
Allows you to set the speaker volume.
The allowed values are: OFF, 1/7, 2/7, 3/7, 4/7, 5/7, 6/7, FULL.
Power On Keyboard Test: Allows you to enable/disable the keyboard.
The allowed values are: ON, OFF.
Base Memory Size:
C800 Segment Shadow
D000 Segment Shadow
D800 Segment Shadow
E000 Segment Shadow
E800 Segment Shadow:
INT 15 Memory Report:
M300-28 / PCS44
Allows you to select the size of basic memory. The allowed values
are: 640K, 512K.
Allow you shadow, shadow & cache, or disable certain 32K
memory segments. If an optional board with its own ROM is installed
in the system and this board’s address is known, you can shadow &
cache this ROM at one of the addresses enabled by this parameter.
Used to ensure compatibility with certain operating systems. The
allowed values are ALL and 16 MB. ALL indicates that int 15 h shows
all the system RAM installed, even if greater than 16 MB.
16 MB indicates that int 15 h shows a maximum 16 MB configuration.
35-11
35
ISA Memory Caching:
Allows you to disable memory cache at 1 MB intervals. The allowed
values are All Enable, 16M Disable, 15-16M Disable, 14-16M Disable,
13-16M Disable.
3rd MENU - SYSTEM SECURITY
This is the third SETUP menu. It allows you to set the system’s security features.
System Security:
Allows you to set the different security levels. The allowed values are:
Disable:
No security is enabled.
Boot:
A password is requested the moment the system is bootstrapped.
Quicklock:
Allows you to disable/enable the keyboard through a
CTRL-ALT-x sequence, where x is a user-selected secret letter.
Quicklock & Boot:
Enables the Quicklock feature and requests a password the
moment the system is bootstrapped.
System Security Password: Allows you to define a system security password at the security level
defined in the previous parameter. If the System Security parameter
is set to Disabled, the password defined in this field is automatically
erased.
Quick Lock Key:
Allows you to define the letter to associate with the CTRL-ALT
sequence to enable the keyboard protection feature. This field
can only be modified if the System Security field is correctly
set (Quicklock or Quicklock & Boot).
Setup Security:
Allows you to protect the BUILT IN SETUP. The allowed values are:
Enable/Disable.
Allows you to define the BUILT IN SETUP password.
Setup Password:
4th MENU - EXIT
Select this icon to exit BUILT IN SETUP. You will be asked to confirm this choice and to save any
modification made to the system’s basic configuration.
35-12
M300-28 / PCS44
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
0-0F
DMA controller #1
FB
Chipset configuration register
enable
20-21
Interrupt controller #1
0C0-0DF
DMA controller #2
40-43
Timer counter
1F0-1F7
IDE hard disk register
60, 64
Keyboard controller
201
Game port
61
Port B
278-27F
Alternative LPT2 parallel port
70
RTC index/NMI enable register
2B0-2BF
EGA video
71
RTC data register
2C0-2CF
EGA video
80-8F
DMA page registers
2D0-2DF
EGA video
90
Custom I/O port #1
2E8-2EF
Alternative COM4 allocation for
serial port B
91
Custom I/O port #2
2F8-2FF
Primary COM2 allocation for
serial port B
92
PS/2-compatible FAST
GATE_A20 and FAST RESET
378-37F
Primary LPT1 parallel port
94
System setup register
OTI-077
398-399
National PC82311 configuration
ports
102
System setup register
OTI-077
3B0-3BB
MDA video
A0-A1
Interrupt controller#2
3B4/3D4
VGA video
EC-ED
82C486 chipset configuration
ports
3B5/3D5
VGA video
EE
FAST A20 (alternative)
3BA/3DA
VGA video
EF
FAST CPU reset port
(alternative)
3C0-3CF
EGA/VGA video
F0
Coprocessor busy register
3D0-3DF
CGA video
F1
Coprocessor reset register
3F0-3F7
Floppy disk drive allocation
F4
Slow CPU register
3E8-3EF
Alternative COM3 allocation for
serial port A
F5
Fast CPU register
3F8-3FF
Primary COM1 allocation for
serial port A
F9
Chipset configuration register
disable
M300-28 / PCS44
35
35-13
INTERRUPT LEVELS
INTERRUPT
FUNCTION
IRQ1
IRQ2
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
IRQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
Counter timer
Second interrupt controller cascade input
COM2 interrupt
COM1 interrupt
LPT1
Floppy disk drive
LPT2
Real Time Clock
Not used
Not used
Not used
Mouse
Numeric coprocessor
IDE drive controller
Not used
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
FUNCTION
Channel 0
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Not used
Not used
Floppy disk drive
Not used
Cascade
Not used
Not used
Not used
MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
00000-7FFFF
512K of system memory
80000-9FFFF
128K of system memory/optional ISA mapping
A0000-BFFF
Graphics and text memory (on system board)
C0000-CFFFF
Video BIOS
D0000-DFFFF
Extended ROM BIOS/expansion for I/O channels
E0000-EFFFF
Video BIOS
F0000-FFFFF
System BIOS
100000-3FFFFF
4 MB of system DRAM
400000-13FFFFF
20 MB expansion SIMMs
1400000-FFFEFFFF
Local bus (not used on system board)
FFFF0000-FFFFFFFF
System BIOS Shadow
The entire DRAM area can be cached.
35-14
M300-28 / PCS44
Pre-installed software on the PCS44
The PCS44 personal computer is configured at the factory with a basic software platform and an application. The following table shows how this platform is composed and indicates the function of
each software.
SOFTWARE
FUNCTION
Welcome
This program is used to customize the system. It must be launched after the
POD when the system is powered-on for the very first time.
WARNING: This program can be launched only once. You can, however, make
a back-up copy of the program once it has been installed.
With this program, you can:
-
Define the type of keyboard used and the national language version
Choose, install and configure the software platform
Install the MS-DOS 5.0 operating system. Make a back-up copy of this
operating system
Install Windows 3.1
Install Antivirus Norton
Install DoubleDisk
Run the Tutorial
Install the Enhanced Video Drivers
35
MS-DOS 5.0
Operating system
Windows 3.1
Graphics environment
Norton
Antivirus
Antivirus utility.
DoubleDisk
Hard disk data compression utility. Virtually extends the capacity of the hard
disk.
Tutorial
Gives technical information on the system, hardware modules and software.
After installing the software platform, a file system as the one shown in the following table should be
present on the hard disk.
C:\
AUTOEXEC.BAT, CONFIG.SYS, COMMAND.COM
C:\DOS
National version of the MS-DOS operting system
C:\WINDOWS
National version of Windows
C:\DOSHELP
National version of Doshelp
C:\NAV
National version of Norton’s Antivirus program
C:\DUBLDISK
DoubleDisk data compression program
C:\MANUALS
USER-MAN, files from the User’s Guide
NAV-MAN, files from the Norton Antivirus manual
DD-MAN, files from the DoubleDisk manual
C:\TUTORIAL
Tutorial program files
C:\CUSTOMER
Diagnostic test and mouse driver files
■
M300-28 / PCS44
35-15
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
M6-420
M6-440
M6-450
M6-460
33 MHz i486 SX
33 MHz i486 DX
25/50 MHz i486 DX2
33/66 MHz i486 DX2
MOTHERBOARD
BA2000
BA2001
BA2002
Clock
25 MHz or 33 MHz
Architecture
AT
Memory
Bank 0: 4 MB soldered
Banks 1, 2 and 3: Three SIMM sockets:
EXM 28-004 - 4 MB, one 1MB x 36 SIMM
EXM 28-008 - 8 MB, one 2 MB x 36 SIMM
- Mixed configurations are allowed.
- The banks must be filled in sequence
without leaving empty spaces.
Memory access
70 ns
Video memory
1 MB - 4 chip VRAM 256 K x 8 - 80 ns
Coprocessor
-
Floppy Disk
Hard Disk
25 or 33 MHz i487 SX
25/50 MHz or 33/66 MHz i486 DX2
P24T OverDrive Coprocessor
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU475-3 - JU475-4
2.88 MB Sony MP-F40W
85 MB WD. Caviar 280
85 MB Quantum ELS 85 AT
170 MB CONNER CP30174E / CFA170A
170 MB W.D. AC1170
170 MB Quantum LPS170 AT (local BUS)
340 MB CONNER CFA340A
210 MB W.D. AC1220
210 MB CONNER CFS210A (local BUS)
240 MB W.D. AC2250-14F
Streaming Tape
80/120 MB Irwin 31250A with floppy inter.
150 MB SCSI Wangtek 5159ES
320 MB SCSI Wangtek 5525ES - 5525ESACA. Requires the ASC-2 controlleri
Slots
Four 16-bit connectors on the expansion bus
M6-420
M6-440
M6-460
BA2003 - BA2004
Boards without a CPU.
A specific CPU is
installed according to
the personal computer
model.
BIOS
The ROM BIOS is a
FLASH EPROM. The
EPROM.
Latest level: Rev. 1.20
EXPANSION BUS
IN 2006
POWER SUPPLY
PS11 A 220 V - 115 V
PS11 AR 220 V - 115 V
AUDIO BOARD
MI 2002
MI 2017
Continued
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-1
37
Video controller
Integrated Super VGA ATI 68000-3 OV
68000-6
HDU and FDU
controller
Integrated floppy disk controller: 87312
HDU interface: MSI buffer and logic gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 27-101/N, ANK 27-102/N
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
BA2000
Nasc.
BA2001
Nasc.
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
The ROM BIOS
is a FLASH
EPROM. The
BIOS code is
therefore
supplied on
diskettes and
must be copied
into Flash
EPROM.
M6-420 motherboard.
Uses the 33 MHz i486 SX CPU.
This board has been replaced by boards BA2003
and BA2004. These do not have a CPU.
A specific CPU is installed depending on the
personal computer model.
The modifications made to this board are
carried out on the field only and are the same
as those made to boards BA2003 and BA2004.
M6-440 motherboard.
Uses the 33 MHz i486 DX CPU
personal computer model
BA2002
Nasc.
M6-460 motherboard.
Uses the 66 MHz i486 DX2 CPU
Personal Computer model
37-2
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
BA2003
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
557980 T
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Motherboard without CPU and with 4 MB of
soldered memory.
Lev. 01 MI
-
New printed circuit wirings.
100 Ohm resistances R521, R522 have been
changed to 200 Ohm. This modification solves
the problem with background colors when using
Windows 3.1.
NOTE: Only the value of resistance R522 must be
modified in field (which actually solves the
problem), and not the value of R521 (which
improves the functional margins only).
Lev. 02 MI
Modified the value of the following resistances:
R527, R528 from 100 Ohm to 470 Ohm
R426 from 180 Ohm to 100 Ohm
These modifications were made to solve random
video memory errors. This problem occurs only on
boards using a certain type of buffer:
Motorola F244 xxAE9302 and Texas F244.
Lev. 03 MI
-
Lev. 04 MI
-
New keyboard controller Rev. 10.02 to replace
Rev. 10.01.
This new controller is available in two versions:
OPT (function name CSKM) or
ROM (function name CSKL). The modification
solves the problems with the mouse and relative
driver being too slow for the speed of the
66 MHz i886 DX2.
- The following components are mounted on the
board:
Transistor 2N3904
Resistances R478 and R477
This solves the problem of the system
crashing when the 386MAX software is used.
NOTE: This problem can also be solved via
software using the A20ARCH driver made
available by QUALITAS BBS. This driver is
suggested as it improves system performance.
-
Lev. 05 MI
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
To solve the parity errors during a DMA cycle
when using two Adaptec SCSI boards and one
communication board installed in the last slot of
the expansion bus, a 100pF capacitor is
installed between pin 1 and GND of component
U19.
To cut costs, some capacitors have been
replaced.
A new ATI 68800-6 video controller replaces the
ATI 68800. This also implies the following
modifications:
1) Resistance R522 and capacitor C280 no longer
need to be mounted
2) R407 switches from 33 Ohm to 0 Ohm
3) New BIOS Rev. 1.10
37-3
37
D.R.S
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. 06
557980 T Rev. 1.14
BA2003
LEVEL
37-4
NOTES
-
-
The values of some capacitors have been
changed in order to solve the problems with
the DM 124, DM 324 and DM 624 printers.
Some resistances have been replaced in order
to solve noise problems at the audio output.
New BIOS 1.13 for True Color video mode
management. The following new diagnostic
releases have to be used: System Test 1.08
and System region Setup 1.08.
Lev. 07
Rev. 1.16
To correct the problem that the CPU reset is not
included in the P24T OverDrive specifications, the
PAL at location U138 is changed. The new PAL
has function name GKHB.
Lev. 08
Rev. 1.18
-
Lev. 08
Rev. 1.18
A socket with data bus terminations is used to
correct the problems with Windows 3.1. This
socket is called MI2037.
- In production this socket is inserted at system
level, so the board does not change level.
- In field this socket must be installed between
SK9 and the processor.
The following problem was encountered with
Windows: after the bootstrap phase, messages
were displayed indicating that certain Windows
groups were damaged. These groups can no
longer be used.
Lev. 09
Rev. 1.18
The following modifications are made to correct
the malfunctions of the DVA4000 board:
- Signal PCLK was cut from the feature connector
- A 33 Ohm resistor was added to the same pin
from which the signal was cut.
The AMP 50x2 ISA BACKPLAIN connector
is replaced by the FOX CONN 50x2 ISA
BACKPLAIN connector. (This modification
is not necessary on board BA2004.)
- Introduction of revision A of the CS4021
chipset which consists of 2 gate arrays:
- 84021A (corrects the faults)
- 84025A (production improvements)
Since only gate array 84021A corrects the
faults, the 84021 Rev. A can be mounted
together with the earlier 84025.
It is mandatory that BIOS Rev. 1.18 be used.
Resistor R426 changes from a 100 Ohm
component to a 0 Ohm component.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
D.R.S
CODE
Lev. 09
557980 T Rev. 1.19
BA2003
LEVEL
NOTES
486DX2-50 Sl and 486DX2-66 SL processors are
used as alternatives to the 486DX2-50 and
486DX2-66 processors.
Board level does not change.
100 MHz DAC BT481 controller is used as
alternative to the 80 MHz DAC BT481.
Nasc.
BA2004
ROM BIOS
557980 T
System board without CPU and with 4 MB of
memory.
Lev. 01 MI
Modified the value of resistances R521, R522 from
100 Ohm to 220 Ohm. Solves the problem of the
altering of background colors when using
Windows 3.1.
NOTE: At field level, only the value of R522 has to
be changed (which solves the problem) and not
that of R521 (which only improves functional
margins). The field board are upgraded from level
00 (Nasc.) to level 00/A.
Lev. 02 MI
Modified the value of resistances R527, R528 from
100 Ohm to 470 Ohm, R426 from 180 Ohm to 100
Ohm. These modifications were made to solve
random video memory errors. This problem
occurred only on boards using a certain type of
buffer:
Motorola F244 xxAE9302 and Texas F244.
Lev. 03 MI
-
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
New keyboard controller Rev. 10.02 to replace
Rev. 10.01.
This new controller is available in two versions:
OPT (function name CSKM) or
ROM (function name CSKL). This modification
solves the problems with the mouse and relative
driver being too slow for the speed of the
66 MHz i486 DX2.
- The following components are mounted on the
board:
Transistor 2N3904
Resistances R478 and R477
This solves the problem with the system
crashing when the 386MAX software is used.
NOTE: This problem can also be solved via
software using the A20ARCH driver made
available by QUALITAS BBS. This driver is
suggested as it improves system performance.
37-5
37
LEVEL
D.R.S
CODE
ROM BIOS
New printed circuit board that optimizes EMI
margins and changes the shape of some
components
Lev. 04 MI 557980 T
BA2004
NOTES
Lev. 05 MI
-
Lev. 06 MI
Rev. 1.10
A new ATI 68800-6 video controller replaces the
ATI 68800. This also implies the following:
1) Resistance R522 and capacitor C280 no longer
need to be mounted
2) R407 switches from 33 Ohm to 0 Ohm
3) New BIOS Rev. 1.10
Lev. 07 MI
Rev. 1.14
-
-
37-6
To solve the parity errors during a DMA cycle
when using two Adaptec SCSI boards and one
communication board installed in the last slot of
the expansion bus, a 100pF capacitor is
installed between pin 1 and GND of component
U19.
The values of some capacitors have been
changed in order to solve the problems with
the DM 124, DM 324 and DM 624 printers.
Some resistances have been replaced in order
to solve noise problems at the audio output.
New BIOS 1.13 for True Color video mode
management. The following new diagnostic
releases have to be used:
System Test 1.08
System region Setup 1.08.
Lev. 08 MI
Rev. 1.16
To correct the problem that the CPU reset is not
included in the P24T OverDrive specifications, the
PAL at location U138 is changed. The new PAL
has function name GKHB.
Lev. 09 MI
Rev. 1.18
Introduction of revision A of the CS4021
chipset which consists of 2 gate arrays:
- 84021A (corrects the faults)
- 84025A (production improvements)
Since only gate array 84021A corrects the
faults, the 84021 Rev. A can be mounted
together with the earlier 84025.
It is mandatory that BIOS Rev. 1.18 be used.
Resistor R426 changes from a 100 Ohm
component to a 0 Ohm component.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
D.R.S
CODE
ROM BIOS
Lev. 09
557980 T Rev. 1.19
Lev. 10
Rev. 1.19
The following modifications are made to correct
the malfunctions of the DVA4000 board:
- Signal PCLK was cut from the feature connector
- A 33 Ohm resistor was added to the same pin
from which the signal was cut.
Lev. 10
Rev. 1.19
486DX2-50 Sl and 486DX2-66 SL processors are
used as alternatives to the 486DX2-50 and
486DX2-66 processors.
BA2004
LEVEL
Lev. 10
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
Rev. 1.19
NOTES
A socket with data bus terminations is used to
correct the problems with Windows 3.1. This
socket is called MI2037.
- In production this socket is inserted at system
level, so the board does not change level.
- In field this socket must be installed between
SK9 and the processor.
The following problem was encountered with
Windows: after the bootstrap phase, messages
were displayed indicating that certain Windows
groups were damaged. These groups can no
longer be used.
100 MHz DAC BT481 controller is used as
alternative to the 80 MHz DAC BT481.
37-7
37
BA2003
BA2004
BA2000
BA2001
BA2002
CPU: These systems can host the following CPUs: i486 SX - i486 DX 486 DX2
Overdrive II Performance Upgrade Socket: This socket can host the
following processors: i487 SX - i486 DX2 - P24T OverDrive Processor
82C4021
Integrates the following functions:
- DMA controller - memory controller - interrupt controller
- Timer
- Secondary level cache controller
- Clock generator
- System reset and sync signals generator
- System bus controller
- Local data bus interface
- Local address bus interface
- Real Time Clock (system date and time)
- CMOS RAM - 128 KB of non-volatile RAM powered by a
Lithium battery that stores data when the system is powered
off
82C4025
- Local data bus interface
- Control unit for signal decoding
- System data bus interface
- Data buffer
Socket for the secondary level cache implementation module
8042
87312
- Floppy disk controller
- Interface for two serial ports
- Intelligent hard disk drive interface
ATI 68800LX Super VGA video controller
ICD2027
Programmable system clock generator
ATI-18811
Programmable video clock generator
BT481
RAMDAC video analog/digital converter
BIOS Flash EPROM
EYE
Runs tests on the video subsystem
AUDIO BOARD
BOARD
LEVEL
MI2002
Nasc.
MI2017
Nasc
New printed circuit board incorporating the following changes:
- New 47 pF capacitor between the IORD* and GND signal
- New space on side B.
Lev. 01
New Codec AD 1884 Sound Port Stereo K mask to replace the
old mask J. This offers the following changes:
Capacitors C11, C12 go from 1000 pF to 1 uF
Capacitor C37 goes from 1 uF to 2.2 uF.
37-8
NOTES
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
PS11 A power supply
PS11 A power supply
PS11 AR power supply
BUS Adapter board
Audio board
Audio board
2000
2001
2002
BA2003
BA2004
220 V
115 V
IN 2006
MI 2002
MI 2017
D.R.S. CODE
557980 T
CHARACTERISTICS
33 MHz i486 CPU
33 MHz i486 CPU
66 MHz i486 DX2 CPU
No CPU, with 4 MB of RAM
No CPU, with 4 MB of RAM
612184 Q
612183 P
558074 E
557952 S
USER PROGRAM
This program is found in the hard disk system regions.
LEVEL
NOTES
Rel. 1.00
This version required BIOS release 1.05 or later.
Rel. 1.02
This release incorporates the following changes:
- The Setup utility has been changed as far as the way it managed memory above
100 MB is concerned. Help files have also been added..
- The hard disk tests have been changed so high capacity hard disks can be used.
A configuration utility for these hard disks has also been added.
- The On-Line Documentation manual has been changed.
- The Settex utility has been modified.
- The Sound utility has been modified for the 66 MHz i486 DX2 CPU.
- The serial port test has been optimized.
- The passwords have been modified so that they can be handled as ASCII codes
- The CPU test recognizes the i486 DX2 processor.
This release requires BIOS release 1.08 or later.
Rev. 1.03
- The memory test has been changed.
- The floppy disk test has been changed.
Rev. 1.04
The following changes have been made to this release:
- The Setup utility has been changed so as to manage the parallel port on the
system board and to be able to enable or disable the second serial port on
the system board..
- Possibility of managing memory above 100 MB.
- The firmware revision utility has been changed.
- The way in which 1.2 drives are managed has been changed.
This release requires BIOS release 1.10 or later.
Rev. 1.07
- The hard disk test also recognizes SEAGATE hard disks.
- A test is run on Dedicated Memory Calculation.
- The test on the 1.2 MB floppy disk drive has been changed.
- The keyboard test is capable of recognizing between PS/2 and AT keyboards.
- The M6-450 logotype has been added.
- The video test for the graphics accelerator has been added.
This release requires BIOS 1.12 or later.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-9
37
LEVEL
NOTES
Lev. 1.08
This vesion requires BIOS release 1.16 or later.
This release includes the following modifications with respect to the previous
versions:
- The hard disk test has been modified so that 1 GB hard disks can be tested.
- The floppy disk test has been modified to optimize its code.
- The keyboard test has been modified. The interrupt subtest has been added.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
Rel. 1.02
Rel. 1.04
Rel. 1.05
Rev. 1.06
Rev. 1.07
Rev. 1.08
37-10
NOTES
This version requires BIOS 1.08 or later.
It has the following restrictions:
- Memory test - the Cache Memory subtest is not supported.
- VGA test - The DMA Transfer and Truecolor subtest are not supported.
The following modifications have been incorporated:
- The Setup utility has been updated as far as the management of memory above
100 MB is concerned.
- Possibility of configuring high capacity hard disk drives
- The sound utility has been modified for the 66 MHz i486 DX2 CPU.
- The floppy disk test has been added.
- Updated memory test.
the system board..
- Updated floppy disk test.
- The hard disk test has been introduced.
- The mouse test has been optimized.
- Updated CPU cache test.
This version requires BIOS release 1.13 or later.
True Color video management has been implemented in this release.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
SYSTEM REGION SET UP
LEVEL
NOTES
Rel. 1.01
This System Region Setup version allows User Disk Rel. 1.00 to be installed
automatically in the system region of the hard disk drives.
This version requires BIOS 1.05 or later, and has the following restrictions:
- The Parking Heads utility is not present.
- The system regions can only be installed if only one hard disk is present
They cannot be used if the personal computer has two hard disks.
Rel. 1.02
automatically in the system region of the hard disk drives.
It has the same restrictions as the previous version.
Rel. 1.03
automatically in the system region of the hard disk drives. This release incorporates
the following changes with respect to the releases used on earlier systems:
- The Setup utility has been changed as far as the way it managed memory above
100 MB is concerned. Help files have also been added.
- The hard disk tests have been changed so high capacity hard disks can be used.
A configuration utility for these hard disks has also been added.
- The On-Line Documentation manual has been changed.
- The Settex utility has been modified.
- The Sound utility has been modified for the 66 MHz i486 DX2 CPU.
- The serial port test has been optimized.
- The passwords have been modified so that they can be handled as ASCII codes
- The CPU test recognizes the i486 DX2 processor.
Rel. 1.04
the following changes with respect to earlier releases
- Updated memory test.
- Updated floppy disk test.
Rel. 1.05
the following changes with respect to earlier releases:
the system board.
- Possibility of managing memory above 100 MB.
- The way in which 1.2 drives are managed has been changed.
This release requires BIOS release 1.10 or later
Rel. 1.08
the following changes with respect to earlier releases:
This release requires BIOS 1.10 or later
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-11
37
LEVEL
NOTES
Rel. 1.09
automatically in the system regions of the hard disk drives.
This version requires BIOS release 1.16 or later.
This release includes the following modifications with respect to the previous
versions:
- The hard disk test has been modified so that 1 GB hard disks can be recognized.
- The floppy disk test has been modified to optimize its code.
- The keyboard test has been modified. The interrupt subtest has been added.
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
PS11 A - 220 V
PS11 A - 115 V
PS11 AR - 220 V
PS11 AR - 115 V
VIDEO CONTROLLER
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
VIDEO CONTROLLER COMPONENT
NOTES
BA2000
Nasc.
68000-3
BA2001
Nasc.
68000-3
Boards no longer in
production; replaced
by the following.
BA2002
Nasc.
68000-3
BA2003
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
68000-3
Nasc.
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
Lev. 03
Lev. 04
Lev. 05
Lev. 06
68000-3
BA2004
37-12
68000-6
68000-6
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
Enhanced video driver
EVD Rel. 1.00
The Readme file is in English only.
EVD Rel. 1.00 upd 1.0
The Readme file is in five languages.
EVD Rel. 1.00 upd 1.0
EVD Rel 1.02
This version improves the features offered by the previous version
as far as the following fields are concerned:
- MS-DOS and Windows (VESA Display Power Management)
- Allows the operation of OS/2 Ver. 2.1 drivers
- Allows True Color mode operation at 640x480 resolution with
Windows 3.1.
37
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-13
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.02
This is the first BIOS version used on these systems.
Rev. 1.03
Solves the following problems of release 1.02:
- Self-recognition of a pair of 8 MB SIMMs. In the previous relese these SIMM
pairs were not recognized.
- Audio board management.
- Faster test routine on the secondary level cache when RAM between 512 KB
and 640 KB is disabled.
- Correction of the problems concerning the recognition of the size of secondary
level cache following a reset by the Setup program.
- Management of the i486 DX2 50 MHz and 66 MHz clock.
- Management of the ROMCS signal in the Chips & Technology 4021 chip set.
Rev. 1.04
- CPU recognition with an invalid CMOS RAM.
- Management of the memory gap between 12 MB and 16 MB after a hardware
reset.
- Video refresh rate adjustments.
- Management of the system and video BIOS in the ROM BIOS.
- Management of the EYE component when a VGA board is installed on the bus.
- Memory test with a 33 MHz i486 DX2 CPU (66 MHz internal clock).
Rev. 1.05
- Running of fast memory tests when the addresses within 512 KB and 640 KB
are disabled, and when the Large Tests option for memory tests has been
selected from Setup.
- Memory filling above 16 MB in case a gap forms between 12 MB and 16 MB.
- Management of the Computone board installed between 512 KB and 640 KB
after a jump at f000:fff0 (reset simulation)
- Management of the COM2 serial port on the bus.
Rev. 1.06
- Adjustment of the video timing values that cause the picture to be slightly
shifted with respect to the center of the screen.
- Management of the I/Os of the Super I/O II via jumper settings to solve conflicts
between the Sound Blaster Plus board I/O addresses and those of the
Super I/O II.
- Management of the hidden partitions on high capacity hard disk drives (above
510 MB). This feature must, however, be use with the appropriate program
that automatically installs hidden partitions.
Rev. 1.07
Replaces release 1.06 since this release, in certain conditions, crashes when
testing linear memory.
37-14
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.08
- No "Large" memory test during the Power On Diagnostics.
- Testing of high capacity hard disks during the System Test (or Customer Test)
As far as user memory above 64 MB and high capacity hard disk drives are
concerned, this BIOS release must be associated to the following releases:
System Region Rev.1.02
User Diskette Rev. 1.01
System Test Rev. 1.02
- Management of disk A disable security feature during a bootstrap routine
in the system region environment. This problem occurred whenever the
bootstrap routine was launched from the system region where the system
Setup program is stored, and the bootstrap for disk A security feature is
selected. In this case the message "No system disk" was displayed and
you were asked to press a key which would have launched the bootstrap
routine from the system region. This modification ensures that bootstrapping
is performed automatically.
Rev. 1.10
- Possibility of disabling the second serial port through Setup.
- Possibility of configuring the I/O address of the primary parallel port through
Setup.
- Cache controller enable before the the bootstrap interrupt to solve the problems
with boards using the optional ROM. When installed on the bus, these boards
would replace the system BIOS bootstrap interrupt with one of their own, thus
degrading their own performance
- Management of the TI 68800-AX-6 video controller.
Rev. 1.11
Introduces a 50 MHz clock. Can also handle the Norway keyboard.
Rev. 1.13
This revision allows True Color video mode management. This BIOS revision
was never produced.
Rev. 1.14
Corrects the problem with some videos which automatically switch to black and
white mode after a software reset.
Rev. 1.16
This BIOS release solves the following problems:
- Distinguishes the 486 CPU from the 486SX2 CPU during system bootstrap
- Correctly handles the ETHERLINK 16 3C507 line board
- Handles the Siemens SIMMs
- Handles the second level of Chips and Technology’s 4021 chipset
- Handles hard disks with timing problems, in particular CONNER 85 MB and
170 MB drives.
Rev. 1.18
This revision allows the management of memory between 512 KB and 1 MB with
the second level of chipset CS4021.
It also corrects the ATI 68800 (Setp 6) video controller fault which consisted of
reducing video subsystem performance.
This BIOS reveision was never produced, but is used to correct problems at field
level.
Rev. 1.19
This revision corrects problems concerning the factory testing of the audio
subsystem.
Rev. 1.20
Corrects the problems with the ATI video controller.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-15
37
BUS EXPANSION BOARD
NAME
LEVEL
IN2006
Nasc.
Lev. 01
NOTES
If the interrupt used by the audio board (the available interrupts are
7-9-10-11) is changed in the Windows environment, a message is
displayed when exiting the Windows session indicating that the
interrupt selected is already used and that interrupt 7 will be
remapped. To correct this problem, remove all KRC3 terminators
present on side B of the bus expansion board.
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
Requests for a formatted DSDD diskette
MS-DOS Release 5.0
OS/2 Release 2.0
OS/2 Release 1.3 SE
The PS/2 mouse is not recognized.
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
SCO UNIX System V/386, Rev. 3.2.4
WINDOWS
37-16
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
37
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
37-17
2ND SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
1ST SERIAL PORT
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
BT481
PARALLEL PORT
CONNECTOR
EYE
VIDEO
RAM
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
BUS BOARD
CONNECTOR
AUDIO BOARD
CONNECTOR
HARD
DISK
8042
FLOPPY
DISK
ATI
68800LX
87312
ICD2027
SW1
ATI-18811
HDU
BUFFER
SECONDARY
LEV. CACHE
SOCKET
FLASH
EPROM
JP6
JP10
JP9
82C4025
I/O PORT
PAL 90, 91
i486 SX
i486 DX
i486 DX2
JP12
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
82C4021
JP11
JP7
2.88 MB
FLOPPY
PAL
i487 SX
i486 DX2
P24T
BANK 0
PARITY
BANK 0
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR
FAN CONNECTOR
BANK 3
BANK 2
BANK 1
1
BATTERY
CONNECTOR
EUC4A
37-18
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
JP10
Jumpers for the audio
board DMA channel
selection
1
JP9
1-2 DACK 1 selection
2-3 Reserved
JP12
1-2 DRQ 1 selection
2-3 Reserved
123
Jumper JP6
RAM cancellation
JP6
Jumper JP7
System reset
JP7
JP11
1
1
1
The jumper is
shown in its
default setting
1-2 DRQ 0 selection
2-3 DRQ 5 selection
To cancel CMOS contents, install this
jumper on pins 2 and 3.
Jumper installed: system reset
Jumper not installed: normal operation
DIP-Switch SW1
DIP
FUNCTION
SWITCH
POS.
DESCRIPTION
37
A
87311 or 87312 ON
Component 87311/12 responds at address 26E - 26F
addressing
OFF * Component 87311/12 responds at address 398 - 399
B
Disables the
setup program
C
Disables
bootstrapping
from the serial
port
ON
The User program stored in the hidden partitions of the hard
disk drive, and that allows the system to be configured, is not
launched. When enabled, the following message is displayed
at the end of the POD: POD Warning.
OFF *
If system configuration has changed, the POD will
automatically access the User Program so that it can be
reconfigured.
ON
The system cannot be bootstrapped from the serial port. The
POD controls this DIP-Switch and, if it is set to ON, the
following message is displayed: Serial Port 0/1 Security
Enabled.
OFF *
The system can be bootstrapped from the serial port.
D
Enables writing ON
Flash EPROM write enabled. The contents of the system
to the Flash
BIOS can be changed via diskette.
EPROM
OFF * Flash EPROM write disabled.
E
Enables writing ON
Floppy disk drive write disabled.
to the floppy
OFF * Floppy disk write enabled.
disk drives
F
Enables writing ON
to the RAMDAC
G
Disables the
ON
video controller OFF
The video controller is disabled.
System clock
ON *
33 MHz.
OFF
25 MHz.
OFF *
H
RAMDAC write disabled. This setting is used for multimedia
boards
RAMDAC write enabled.
The video controller is enabled.
* Indicates the default setting.
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-19
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 to 10 *
IRQ2
1
Interrupt from Controller 1 from Controller 2
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Mouse
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2 - parallel port 3
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port
* The level of priority depends on the selected interrupt. For example, if interrupt IRQ11 is selected,
the priority level is 6; if interrupt IRQ15 is selected, the priority level is 10.
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
NO. OF BITS
FUNCTION
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
Reserved
Available
Floppy disk transfers
Video
Used for the cascade connection of DMA 1
Available
Available
Available
37-20
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
DMA 1, 8237A-5 controller
300-31F h
Reserved
020-03F h
8259A interrupt 1 controller
360-36F h
Reserved
040-05F h
8254 timer
378-37F h
060-06F h
8742 keyboard data controller
380-38F h
Reserved for SDLC
communications,
Bisynchronous 2
61 h
3A0-3AF h
Reserved for bisynchronous 1
64 h
8742 keyboard command
controller
3B0-3BF h
Reserved
070-07F h
CMOS RAM (write registers)
3C0-3CF h
Reserved
080-09F h
DMA page registers
3D0-3DF h
Video controller
0A0-0BF h
8259 interrupt 2 controller
3E8-3EF h
0F0 h
Cancels NPX (80487) busy
3F0-3F7 h
0F1 h
Resets NPX, 80487
3F8-3FF h
Serial port (COM1)
0F8-0FF
80487 math coprocessor
533 h
Muting check on the audio
subsystem (alternative to 607 h)
1F0-1F8 h
Hard disk drive controller
534-537 h
Audio subsystem (alternative to
608-60B h)
200-207 h
Reserved
607 h
Muting check on the audio
subsystem (alternative to 533 h)
278-27F h
Parallel port 2 (LPT 2)
608-60B h
Audio subsystem (alternative to
534-537 h)
2F8-2FF h
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
37-21
37
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
00000 h
000 KB
USER DATA AREA
80000 h
512 KB
BUS BOARDS WITH
ON-BOARD MEMORY
A0000 h
640 KB
VIDEO RAM
C0000 h
768 KB
VIDEO BIOS SHADOW
C8000 h
800 KB
AVAILABLE
960 KB
F0000 h
SYSTEM BIOS SHADOW
1024 KB
100000 h
SYSTEM MEMORY
■
37-22
M6-420 / 440 / 450 / 460
M4-34
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
AMD 80386 SX
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
40 MHz
BA2012
Architecture
AT
Memory
2 MB to 16 MB on the motherboard, without
parity circuitry
Bank 0: 2 MB soldered
Banks 1and 2: Four sockets that can host
the following SIMMs:
EXM 27-820 - 2 MB - Two 1MBx9 SIMMs
EXM 27-821 - 8 MB - Two 4MBx9 SIMMs
When installing the SIMMs, always begin
from Bank 1.
Cache memory
16 KB
Memory access
70 ns
Video memory
512 KB expandible to 1 MB
Expansion to 1 MB is obtained through kit
VGA-MEM/02 - One VRAM 256x16 chip
Coprocessor
40 MHz CYRIX 80387 SX
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" Panasonic JU 257 A
1.44 MB 3.5" Sony MP-F17 W
1.44 MB 3.5" Mitsubishi MF 355
1.44 MB 3.5" Epson SMD 1040-418
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU475-5
Hard Disk
Streaming Tape
80/120 MB Irwin 31250A with floppy disk
interface
Slots
Two 16-bit connectors on the expansion bus
Video controller
Integrated Enhanced VGA CL-GF5422
HDU and FDU
controllers
Integrated floppy disk controller: 87310
HDU interface: MSI buffer and logic gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 27-101/N, ANK 27-102/N
M4-34
2 MB
BIOS
Last Lev. 1.05
EXPANSION BUS
POWER SUPPLY
MINEBA
NMB SPE 1095
LA/11 BNMB 110 V
LA/16 BNMB 220 V
38
CONSOLE BOARD
38-1
BA2012
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
5579 75 Z Rev. 1.01
System board with 2 MB of soldered memory
Lev. 01
Rev. 1.02
New BIOS to solve resolution problems when
using Windows.
Lev. 01*
Rev. 1.03
BIOS revision 1.03 is used on systems which host
video memory with an 80 ns. access time.
Lev. 02
Rev. 1.04
This BIOS revision solves the problems
encountered when different work sessions run
simultaneously under Windows.
Lev. 02*
Rev. 1.05
BIOS revision 1.05 is used on systems which host
video memory with an 80 ns access time.
* = Board versions with an 80 ns video RAM instead of a 70 ns memory access.
38-2
M4-34
MOTHERBOARD INTEGRATED COMPONENTS
CPU
40 MHz AMD 80386 SX
Math coprocessor socket 40 MHz CYRIX 80387 SX
82C390SX Integrates the following functions:
- RESET signal generator
- Clock generator
- System and CPU bus controller
- Control of the arbitration between Device MAsters, DMA and
memory refresh
- Control port B and NMI logic registers
- Management of the A20 GATE signal
- Cache controller
- Memory controller
- BIOS shadow control
- Memory relocation control
- Control of concurrent memory refresh and normal PC refresh
- Management of the interface between the three system buses:
CPU data bus (16-bit), memory data bus (16-bit), I/O peripheral
data bus (16-bit)
- Math coprocessor interface
- Generation of the system sync signals
MCM6264 Components implementing 16 KB cache memory
83C206Q Integrates the following functions:
- 114 bytes of CMOS RAM backed up by a lithium battery to
maintain the data stored even after the system is powered off.
- Real Time Clock
- DMA controller
27C010
128 Kb x 8 ROM BIOS
87310
Integrates the following functions
- Interface for two serial ports
- Interface for the parallel port
- Interface for intelligent hard disk drives
8042
CL-GD5422 Super VGA controller
ICD2027 System programmable clock generator
74LS293 Speaker volume control
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
Motherboard
LA/16 BNMB power supply
LA/11 BNMB power supply
BUS Adapter board
Console board
2012
220 V
110 V
557975 Z
151950 D
151951 S
030099 W
030787 U
40 MHz i386 SX CPU with
2 MB of RAM
M4-34
38-3
38
USER PROGRAM
This program is stored in the system regions of the hard disk drive.
LEVEL
Rel. 1.00
Rel. 1.01
NOTES
Requires BIOS release 1.01 or later.
This release has the following restrictions:
- The Hard Disk parking utility is not present.
- The "Monitor Utility" includes the "Video Refresh Rate: 75 Hz" and "High
Vertical Refresh" options that the BIOS is not yet capable of supporting correctly
- The video tests of release 1.01 do not support the "high resolution graphics" video
mode
The following modifications are made with respect to the previous release:
- The Setup utility has been modified so as to be able to configure the system
board’s parallel port and to either enable or disable the second serial port.
- The video test has been modified to support the new vertical refresh rates.
- The floppy disk test has been modified so that it can work correctly on 1.2 MB
drives
- The Monitor Utility has been modified to support the new vertical refresh rates.
- The graphics accelerator subtests are not supported by this system’s video
controller.
- The TrueColor subtest does not work correctly if video RAM has a capacity of less
than 1 MB.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
Rel. 1.01
Rel. 1.02
38-4
NOTES
- The video tests of release 1.01 do not support the "high resolution graphics" video
mode
The following modifications are made with respect to the previous release:
drives
controller.
- The TrueColor subtest does not work correctly if video RAM has a capacity of
less than 1 MB.
M4-34
SYSTEM REGION SET UP
LEVEL
NOTES
Rel. 1.00
This System Region Setup version allows User Disk rel. 1.00 to be automatically
installed in the system regions of the hard disk drive.
This release requires BIOS release 1.01 or later, and has the following restrictions:
Rel. 1.01
This System Region Setup version allows User Disk rel. 1.01 to be automatically
installed in the system regions of the hard disk drive
This release requires BIOS release 1.02 or later, and incorporates the following
modifications with respect to the previous release:
drives
controller.
- The TrueColor subtest does not work correctly if video RAM has a capacity of
less than 1 MB.
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
38
LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
MINEBA NMB SPE 1095 Nasc.
LA/16 BNMB
220 V
MINEBA NMB SPE 1095 Nasc.
LA/11 BNMB
110 V
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
Enhanced Video Drivers
EVD Rel. 1.00
M4-34
38-5
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.01
Rev. 1.02
-
Rev. 1.03
This release allows the following video vertical refresh rates to be used:
56, 84, 75, 87 Hz
Solves the problem with Windows in the 800x600 and 256-color 1024x768
video modes.
Introduces the new 16-color 800x600 and 1024x768 video modes.
New ways to configure the parallel and serial ports
Solves the problem of the optional ROM not allowing the correct management
of the CPU cache.
This BIOS release supports 80 ns video RAM chips instead of the 70 ns video
RAM chips which are no longer available on the market.
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
NOTES
MS-DOS Release 5.0
OS/2 Release 2.0
OS/2 Release 1.3 SE
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
SCO UNIX System V/386, Rev. 3.2.4
WINDOWS
38-6
M4-34
MODEM
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
NETWORKING AND LAN PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
38
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
M4-34
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
38-7
Components on Side A
2ND SERIAL
INTERFACE
FEATURE
CONNECTOR
VIDEO
CONNECTOR
PARALLEL
INTERFACE
MOUSE
CONNECTOR
1ST SERIAL
INTERFACE
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
JOYSTICK
INTERFACE
(Not implemented)
VIDEO RAM
CD-ROM
CL-GD
5422
HARD DISK
FLOPPY DISK
ROM
BIOS
i386 SX
ICD2027
CPU
MCM6264
TAG RAM
CD-ROM
INTERFACE
83C206Q
87310
MCM6264
Data RAM
82C390 SX
8042
i387 SX
Coproc.
BANK 0
J16
EXPANSION BUS
CONNECTOR
J15
PARITY
(Not implemented)
J17
BANK 1
BANK 2
EXE2A
Jumper J16
Position 2-3: The system can be bootstrapped from the serial port.
Position 1-2: The system cannot be bootstrapped from the serial ports.
Jumper J17 IN:
The User Program that allows the system to be configured and which
is stored in the system region of the hard disk drive, is not launched.
If the configuration of the system has been changed, the only way to
reconfigure the system is by using the System Test diskette.
If this security feature was enabled, the following message is displayed
at the end of the POD: POD Warning
OUT: If the configuration of the system has been changed, the POD will
automatically access the User Program so that the system can be
reconfigured.
Jumper J15
Position 1-2: Floppy drive write disabled.
Position 2-3: Floppy drive write enabled.
38-8
M4-34
Components on Side B
38
74LS293
VOLTAGE
SWITCH
EXE5A
M4-34
38-9
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 to 10 *
IRQ2
1
Interrupt from Controller 1 to Controller 2
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Mouse
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessor
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 2 - parallel port 3
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 1
* The priority level depends on the selected interrupt. For example, if interrupt IRQ11 is selected,
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
NO. OF BITS
FUNCTION
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
Reserved
Available
Video
Available
Available
Available
38-10
M4-34
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
8237A-5 DMA controller 1
2F8-2FF h
020-03F h
8259A interrupt controller 1
300-31F h
Reserved
040-05F h
8254 timer
340-347 h
AT CD-ROM interface
060-06F h
8742 data keyboard controller
360-36F h
Reserved
61 h
378-37F h
64 h
8742 commands keyboard
controller
380-38F h
Reserved for SDLC
connections, bisynchronous 2
070-07F h
3A0-3AF h
Reserved for bisynchronous 1
080-09F h
DMA page registers
3B0-3BF h
Reserved
0A0-0BF h
8259 interrupt controller 2
3BC h
0F0 h
Cancel NPX (80487) busy
3C0-3CF h
Reserved
0F1 h
Reset NPX, 80487
3D0-3DF h
Video controller
0F8-0FF
80487 math coprocessor
3E8-3EF h
1F0-1F8 h
3F0-3F7 h
200-207 h
Reserved
3F8-3FF h
Serial port (COM1)
278-27F h
Parallel port 3 (LPT 3)
38
M4-34
38-11
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
000 KB
00000 h
USER DATA AREA
80000 h
512 KB
BUS BOARDS WITH
ON-BOARD MEMORY
640 KB
A0000 h
VIDEO RAM
C0000 h
768 KB
VIDEO BIOS SHADOW
C8000 h
800 KB
AVAILABLE
960 KB
F0000 h
SYSTEM BIOS SHADOW
100000 h
1024 KB
SYSTEM MEMORY
■
38-12
M4-34
PCS30 - PCS40
The following personal computers belong to the PCS30-PCS40 system line:
PERSONAL
COMPUTER
PROCESSOR
CLOCK
MEMORY
CACHE
SLOTS
PCS30 SX/40
Desktop slim case
80386 SX
40 MHz
2 MB to 16 MB
16 KB
5 AT
3 free
PCS30 DX/40
Desktop slim case
80386 DX
40 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
128 KB
5 AT
3 free.
PCS40 SX/25
Desktop slim case
80486 SX
25 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
Internal
to the
CPU
5 AT
3 free.
PCS40 SX/33
Minitower case
80486 SX
33 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
Internal
to the
CPU
8 AT
6 free
PCS40 DX/33
Minitower case
80486 DX
33 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
Internal
to the
CPU
8 AT
6 free
PCS40 D2/50
Minitower case
80486 DX2
50 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
IIntrnal 8 AT
to the
6 free
CPU+
128 KB
2nd level
PCS40 D2/66
Minitower case
80486 DX2
66 MHz
4 MB to 32 MB
Internal 8 AT
to the
6 dispo.
CPU
+
128 KB
2nd level
NOTE:
Nearly 5,000 systems have been manufactured specificlly for the Italian Subsidiary. Following are
the major differences between these models and those of the standard production:
- System board: Some systems have been equipped with a system board that can only
support the 33 MHz 80386 SX CPU.
- Hard disk:
These systems do not come with a hard disk installed at the factory. The
first hard disk on these systems must be installed by the field engineer using
one of the following kits:
- HDU 85/M, 20 85 MB HDUs
- HDU 170/M, 20 170 MB HDUs
- HDU 240/M, 20 240 MB HDUs
- Streaming tape: These systems use an 80/120 MB streaming tape drive with a floppy interface.
- Monitors:
The following monitors can be used - DSM 25-415, 14" color
- DSM 27-214, trimode color
- Bus:
Due to the problems with the casing of these systems, the joystick
connectors:
and I/O board second serial port connectors must be mounted on a
board which is installed in one of the expansion slots. This means that the
system looses one expansion slot.
Therefore:
- For systems with slim case, of 5 slots 2 are available.
- For systems with minitower case, of 8 slots 5 are available.
PCS30 - PCS40
39-1
39
SYSTEM BOARD & COPROCESSOR
Different types of board are available depending on the personal computer model.
SYSTEM BOARD NAME PROCESSOR
COPROCESSOR
PERSONAL COMPUTER
WH 386 SX
40 MHz 386 SX
40 MHz 387 SX *
PCS30 SX/40 slim
4386-VC-HD
40 MHz 386 DX
40 MHz 387 DX *
PCS30 DX/40 slim
486-VC
25 MHZ 486 SX
25 MHz 487 SX
50 MHz 486 DX2
PCS40 SX/25 slim
33 MHz 486 SX
33 MHz 487 SX
66 MHz 486 DX2
PCS40 SX/33 Minitower
33 MHZ 486 DX
66 MHz 486 DX2
replacig the
installed 486 DX
PCS40 DX/33 Minitower
50 MHz 486 DX2
NO
PCS40 D2/50 Minitower
66 MHz 486 DX2
NO
PCS40 D2/66 Minitower
*
These coprocessors can work on these systems even though Olivetti is not planning to use
them.
SYSTEM BOARD & MEMORY
SYSTEM BOARD MEMORY
WH 386 SX
Two memory banks each consisting of two sockets. These banks already host
four 1MBx9 SIMMs for a total of 4 MB. Memory can be expanded at 8 MB
steps:
BANK 0
BANK 1
TOTAL
NOTES
2 MB
2 MB
4 MB
Two 1MB x 9 SIMMs Two 1MB x 9 SIMMs
Standard
configuration
2 MB
8 MB
10 MB
Removing the 1 MB
SIMMs from bank 1
8 MB
8 MB
16 MB
Removing the
SIMMs from banks 0
and 1
4386-VC-HD and Two memory banks each consisting of four sockets. Bank 0 already host four
486-VC
1MBx9 SIMMs for a total of 4 MB. Memory can be expanded at 8 MB steps:
BANK 0
BANK 1
TOTAL
NOTES
4 MB
4 1MB x 9 SIMMs
-
4 MB
Standard
configuration
4 MB
4 1MB x 9 SIMMs
4 MB
4 1MB x 9 SIMMs
8 MB
16 MB
4 4MB x 9 SIMMs
-
16 MB
4 MB
4 1MB x 9 SIMMs
16 MB
4 4MB x 9 SIMMs
20 MB
16 MB
4 4MB x 9 SIMMs
16 MB
4 4MB x 9 SIMMs
32 MB
Removing 1 MB
SIMMs from bank 0
Removing 1 MB
SIMMs from bank 0
The SIMMs to be used come in the following kits:
EXM-820/D - 4 MB - four 1MB x 9 SIMMs
EXM-821/D - 16 MB - four 4MB x 9 SIMMs
39-2
PCS30 - PCS40
CHARACTERISTICS
Architecture
AT
Memory access time
70 ns
Floppy Disk
1.44 MB 3.5" MITZUMI D359T3
1.44 MB Y-E DATA YD-702B / 702D
1.2 MB 5.25" Panasonic JU475-5
Hard Disk
210 MB W.D. AC1220
210 MB CONNER CFS210A (local BUS)
240 MB W.D. AC2250-14F
340 MB W.D. AC2340
540 MB CONNER CFA540A (local BUS)
Streaming Tape
80/120 MB IIrwin 31250A with floppy interf.
Video controller
Board to be installed on the bus:
1570 SX Rev. A 512 KB of video memory
1580 Rev.A
1 MB of video memory
HDU and FDU
controller
Board to be installed on the bus.
This board includes:
- Two serial ports
- One parallel port
- One joystick port
- Hard disk interface
Mouse
400 dpi serial 3-button mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 27-102/N
BIOS
System Board
WH 386 SX
BIOS from American
Megatrends Inc.
System Board
4386-VC-HD
BIOS from Harward
System Board
486-VC
BIOS from Harward
POWER SUPPLY
MAX POWER MPV-200
90 - 130 V
180 - 260 V
39
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
Rev. 1.00
Rev. 1.01
PCS30 - PCS40
NOTES
-
Hard disk test has been added
Video test has been optimized
Some CPU tests have been modified
39-3
SYSTEM BOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
WH 386 SX SYSTEM BOARD
BATTERY
CONNECTOR
AT BUS EXPANSION
SLOT
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
8042
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
1
JP1
1
W83C312F
JP4
1
JP5
B
A
N
K
1
B
A
N
K
0
1
JP6
W83C311F
JP7
386 SX
CPU
ROM
BIOS
TAG RAM
TURBO LED
CONNECTOR
RESET
CONNECTOR
TURBO BUTTON
CONNECTOR
387 SX
Coproc.
Data RAM
SYSTEM LED AND KEYBOARD KEY
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR
JUMPER
SETTING
FUNCTION
JP1
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
Monochrome monitor connected to the system
Color monitor connected to the system
JP7
IN
OUT
Cache enabled
Cache disabled
JP5
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
64 KB cache
16 KB cache
JP4
JP6
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
System clock selection: CLK2IN/4
JP4
JP6
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
JP4
JP6
On 2 - 3
On 1 - 2
JP4
JP6
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
39-4
EWG7A
PCS30 - PCS40
4386-VC-HD SYSTEM BOARD
AT BUS EXPANSION
SLOT
POWER
SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
CMOS RAM
RTC
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
J1
8042
J2
ROM
BIOS
BANK 1
82C481
BANK 0
JS4
TAG RAM
387 SX
Coproc.
1
1
JS1
J40
1
386 DX
CPU
Data RAM
82C495
JS3
JS2
RN51
RN53
RN50
SYSTEM LED AND
KEYBOARD KEY
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR
TURBO LED
CONNECTOR
J7 RESET
CONNECTOR
JK2
1
JK3
JK1
1
JC1
J6 TURBO BUTTON
CONNECTOR
JC4
JC3
JC2
EWG3A
JUMPER
SETTING
FUNCTION
J1
IN
OUT
Reset by the system Real Time Clock
Normal operation (default)
J2
IN
OUT
Color VGA monitor connected to the system
Monochrome EGA or VGA monitor connected to the system
J6
Turbo Switch
IN
OUT
System operations in normal mode
System operations in turbo mode
J7
Reset Switch
IN
OUT
System reset
Normal operations
J40
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
Synchronous coprocessor clock (default)
Asynchronous coprocessor clock
PCS30 - PCS40
39-5
39
System Board CPU Selection Jumpers
CPU
JK1
JUMPERS
JK2
JK3
JK4
JC1
JC2
JC3
1 MHz
OSCILL.
0 OHM
10P5R
22 OHM
8P4R
486DX-50
2-3
2-3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
50.00
RN51
RN10
486DX-33
2-3
2-3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
33.33
RN51
RN10
486DX-25
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
50.00
RN51
RN10
485DX-20
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
40.00
RN51
RN10
486DX2-66 2-3
2-3
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
33.33
RN51
RN10
486DX2-50 1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
50.00
RN51
RN10
487SX-25
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
50.00
RN51
RN10
487SX-20
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
40.00
RN51
RN10
486SX-33
2-3
2-3
2-3
1-2
2-3
2-3
OUT 33.33
RN51
RN10
486SX-25
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
2-3
OUT 50.00
RN51
RN10
486SX-20
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
2-3
2-3
OUT 40.00
RN51
RN10
386DX-40
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
80.00
RN50
RN53
386SX-33
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
66.66
RN50
RN53
NOTE: These jumper must not be used.
Cache Memory Configuration and Size
CACHE MEMORY SIZE
64 KB
128 KB
256 KB
DATA RAM
Eight 8 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
Four 32 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
Eight 32 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
TAG RAM
One 8 KB x 8 SRAM chip One 8 KB x 8 SRAM chip One 32 KB x 8 SRAM
chip
PONTICELLI
JS1
JS2
JS3
JS4
39-6
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
PCS30 - PCS40
486-VC SYSTEM BOARD WITH 80486 SX
AT BUS EXPANSION
SLOTS
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
BANK 1
BANK 0
JS1
1
TAG RAM
JS2
8042
82C481
82C495
JK1
1
CMOS
RAM
RTC
ROM
BIOS
JK2
39
487 SX
Coproc.
486 SX
CPU
Data RAM
1
JC4
TURBO LED
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM LED AND
KEYBOARD KEY
CONNECTOR
J9 RESET
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR
JC1
JC3
J8 TURBO BUTTON
CONNECTOR
JC2
EWB7A
JUMPER
SETTING
FUNCTION
J2 (wirings)
IN
OUT
Reset from system Real Time Clock
Normal operation (default)
J3 (wirings)
IN
OUT
color monitor connected to the system
EGA, VGA and monochrome monitor connected to the system
(default)
J8
Turbo Switch
IN
OUT
System operations in normal mode
System operations in turbo mode
J9
Reset Switch
IN
OUT
System reset
Normal operation
PCS30 - PCS40
39-7
System Board CPU Selection Jumpers
JUMPER
CPU
JC1
JC2
JC3
JC4
486 SX (default)
487 SX
486 DX
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
OUT
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
CPU Clock Selection
JUMPERS
Clock x 1
(33 MHz Clock)
Clock x 2
(25 MHz Clock)
JK1
On 2 - 3
On 1 - 2
JK2
On 2 - 3
On 1 - 2
Cache Memory Configuration and Size
CACHE MEMORY SIZE
64 KB
128 KB
256 KB
DATA RAM
Eight 8 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
Four 32 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
Eight 32 KB x 8 SRAM
chips
TAG RAM
One 8 KB x 8 SRAM chip One 8 KB x 8 SRAM chip One 32 KB x 8 SRAM chip
JUMPERS
JS1
JS2
39-8
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
On 2 - 3
PCS30 - PCS40
486-VC SYSTEM BOARD WITH 80486 DX AND 80486 DX2
AT BUS EXPANSION
SLOT
POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
KEYBOARD
CONNECTOR
BANK 1
BANK 0
JS1
1
TAG RAM
JS2
8042
CMOS
RAM
RTC
82C481
82C495
JK1
1
ROM
BIOS
JK2
486 DX
486 DX2
CPU
39
Data RAM
1
JC4
TURBO LED
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM LED AND
KEYBOARD KEY
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER
CONNECTOR
J9 RESET
CONNECTOR
JC1
JC3
JC2
J8 TURBO BUTTON
CONNECTOR
EWB7A
The jumpers on this board have the same meanings as those on the previous board.
PCS30 - PCS40
39-9
1570 SX Rev. A VIDEO CONTROLLER
VIDEO
CONTROLLER
RAM DAC
512 KB OF
VIDEO
MEMORY
ANALOG
MONITOR
CONNECTOR
BIOS
JP1
JP2
EWB5A
JUMPERS
SETTING
FUNCTION
JP1
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
Interlaced video (default)
Non-interlaced video
JP2
Riservato (2-3 Default)
1580 Rev. A VIDEO CONTROLLER
1
RAM DAC
JP3
512 KB OF
VIDEO
MEMORY
ANALOG
MONITOR
CONNECTOR
BIOS
VIDEO
CONTROLLER
JP2
JP1
EWG2A
JUMPERS
SETTING
FUNCTION
JP1
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
VESA
SVGA (default)
JP2
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
Interlaced video (default)
Non-interlaced video
JP3
On 1 - 2
On 2 - 3
Normal (default)
Turbo
39-10
PCS30 - PCS40
SUPER I/O CONTROLLER
HARD DISK LED
CONNECTOR
HARD DISK
CONNECTOR
FLOPPY DISK
CONNECTOR
2ND SERIAL
CONNECTOR
JOYSTICK PORT
1ST SERIAL
CONNECTOR
PRIME 2
SUPER I/O
CONTROLLER
PARALLEL
CONNECTOR
J2
H
L
J1
J4
J3
J6
J5
J8
J7
J10 J12
J9
J11
EWB6A
Jumpers
DEVICE
JUMPER SETTING
FUNCTION
Serial port 1
J7
H
L
Serial port 1 enabled
Serial port 1 disabled
J8
H
L
Serial port 1 addressed at 3F8-3FF h & IRQ4 (COM1)
Serial port 1 addressed at 3E8-3EF h & IRQ4 (COM3)
J9
H
L
Serial port 2 enabled
Serial port 2 disabled
J10
H
L
Serial port 2 addressed at 2F8-2FF h & IRQ3 (COM2)
Serial port 2 addressed at 2E8-2EF h & IRQ4 (COM4)
J11
H
L
Parallel port enabled
Parallel port disabled
J12
H
L
Parallel port addressed at 378-37F h & IRQ7 (LPT1)
Parallel port addressed at 278-27F h & IRQ7 (LPT2)
J1
H
L
Floppy disk interface enabled
Floppy disk interface disabled
J2
H
L
Floppy disk interface addressed at 3F0-3F7 h
IFloppy disk interface addressed at 370-377 h
IDE AT hard
disk interface
J3
H
L
Hard disk interface enabled
Hard disk interface disabled
AT or XT HDU
selection
J6
H
L
IDE AT hard disk
IDE XT hard disk
AT HDU
interf. address
J4
H
L
AT HDU interface addressed at 1F0-1F7 h & 3F6-3F7 h
AT HDU interface addressed at 170-177 h & 376-377 h
XT HDU
interf. address
J5
H
L
XT HDU interface addressed at 320 - 323 h
XT HDU interface addressed at 324 - 327 h
Serial port 2
Parallel port
Floppy disk
interface
PCS30 - PCS40
39
39-11
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER FUNCTION
1
IRQ0
1
Channel 0 timer OUT
2
IRQ1
1
Keyboard
3 to 10 *
IRQ2
1
3
IRQ8
2
Real time clock
4
IRQ9
2
Available
5
IRQ10
2
Available
6
IRQ11
2
Available
7
IRQ12
2
Mouse
8
IRQ13
2
Coprocessore
9
IRQ14
2
10
IRQ15
2
Available
11
IRQ3
1
Serial port 2
12
IRQ4
1
Serial port 1
13
IRQ5
1
Parallel port 1
14
IRQ6
1
15
IRQ7
1
Parallel port 2
* The priority level depends on the selected interrupt. For example, if interrupt IRQ11 is selected,
DMA CHANNELS
CHANNEL
NO. OF BITS
FUNCTION
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
Reserved
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
39-12
PCS30 - PCS40
I/O ADDRESS MAPS
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
0-0F h
8237A-5 DMA controller 1
F9 h
Disables chip set configuration
registers
020-021 h
FB h
Enables chip set configuration
registers
040-43 h
8254 timer
0C0-0DF h
DMA controller #2
060 h
8742 data keyboard controller
1F0-1F7 h
IDE hard disk registers
61 h
201 h
Joystick port
64 h
8742 commands keyboard
controller
278-27F h
070 - 071 h
2B0-2BF h
EGA video
080-08F h
DMA page registers
2C0-2CF h
EGA video
90 h
Custom I/O port #1
2D0 - 2DF h
EGA video
91 h
Custom I/O port #2
2E8-2EF
92 h
PS/2-compatible Fast Gate A20
and Fast Reset
2F8-2FF h
94 h
Video controller system Setup
register
378-37F h
102 h
Video controller system Setup
register
3B0/3BB h
MDA video
0A0-0A1 h
3B4/3D4
VGA video
EC - ED f
Chip set configuration port
3B5/3D5 h
VGA video
EE h
Alternative Fast A20
3BA/3DA h
VGA video
EF h
Alternative fast CPU reset port
3C0-3CF h
EGA/VGA video
F0 h
Coprocessor busy register
3D0-3DF h
Video controller
F1 h
Coprocessor reset register
3F0-3F7 h
Floppy disk drive location
F4 h
Slow CPU register
3E8-3EF h
F5 h
Fast CPU register
3F8-3FF h
Serial port (COM1)
39
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS RANGE
FUNCTION
00000 h - 7FFFF h
512 KB of system memory; user data area
80000 h - 9FFFF h
128 KB of memory for optional boards
A0000 h - BFFFF h
Video memory
C0000 h - CFFFF h
Video BIOS
D0000 h - DFFFF h
Extended/expanded ROM BIOS for I/O channels
E0000 h - EFFFF h
Video BIOS
F0000 h - FFFFF h
System BIOS
100000 h - 3FFFFFh
4 MB of system memory
400000 h - 13FFFFF h
Memory expansion SIMMs
FFFF0000 h - FFFFFFFF h System BIOS shadow
PCS30 - PCS40
39-13
TABLE OF COMPATIBLE HARD DISK DRIVES
The system’s configuration utilities contain fields in which to define the type and operating
parameters of the hard disk drive installed in the system.
The BIOS already contains the parameters of the different hard disk drives.
For the hard disks certified by Olivetti, you will need to select hard disk type 47, 48 or 49 and manually define the parameters of the hard disk installed using the →and ← keys.
The following table gives the different parameters of these hard disks.
TYPE
CYL
HEADS
WPCOM
LZONE
SET. CAP.
MODEL
47-49
980
10
0
980
17
85 MB
W.D. Caviar 280
47-49
903
4
0
903
46
85 MB
CONNER Jaguar CP30084E
47-49
977
10
0
977
17
85 MB
Quantum Pioneer ELS85 AT
47-49
903
8
0
903
46
170 MB CONNER Jaguar CP30174E
47-49
1011
15
0
1011
22
170 MB Quantum Pioneer ELS170AT
47-49
1010
6
0
1010
55
170 MB W.D. AC1170
47-49
895
10
0
895
55
47-49
723
13
0
723
51
240 MB Quantum LPS240AT
47-49
1010
9
0
1010
55
240 MB W.D. AC225
1010
12
1010
55
47-49
47-49
0
0
340 MB W.D. AC2340
NOTE: The system automatically calculates the capacity of the hard disk drive.
■
39-14
PCS30 - PCS40
M300-02 / M300-02F
CHARACTERISTICS
Microprocessor
INTEL 386SX
MOTHERBOARD
Clock
16 MHz on the earlier M300-02 models
25 MHz on the new M300-02F models
BA013/16
BA013/25
Architecture
16-bit AT
Memory
2 MB to 10 MB on the motherboard
Bank 0
2 MB, consisting of two
soldered memory chips
Bank 1
Two sockets that can host two
SIMMs:
1 M x 9 EXM 25-532 (2 MB)
4 M x 9 EXM 26-809 (8 MB)
Memory access
80 ns
Coprocessor
16 MHz i387SX on the earlier models
25 MHz i387SX on the new models
Floppy DIsk
Hard Disk
BIOS
Last level:
Lev. 1.03 BA013/16
Lev. 5.03 BA013/25
EXPANSION BUS
Level: 02
POWER SUPPLY
1.44 MB 3.5" EPSON SMD 1040-418
LA/11B 220 V
40 MB W.D. AC 140
40 MB CONNER CP3044
120 MB W.D. AC 2120
CONSOLE BOARD
Streaming Tape
120 MB STU 38-120 - with floppy disk interf.
Slots
Two 16-bit connectors on the bus
expansion board
Video controller
VGA-compatible WD90C11A integrated on
the motherboard
HDU and FDU
controller
Integrated on the motherboard
gates
Mouse
Keyboard
101/102-key ANK 27-101/N, ANK 27-102/N
M300-02 / M300-02F
2 MB
2 MB
LA/16B 110 V
40
40-1
BA013/16
MOTHERBOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
ROM BIOS
NOTES
Nasc.
612547T
Rev. 1.03
For the 16 MHz clock version, motherboard with
2 MB
Nasc.
BA013/25
New printed circuit board that renders the board
compatible with the CISPR22/B norms.
Lev. 04
612563 T Rev. 5.01
Lev. 01
Rev. 5.01
For the 25 MHz clock version, motherboard with
2 MB
-
-
Rev. 5.03
To comply with the restrictions imposed by the
UL and NEMKO norms, the value of resistance
R245 is changed from 100 Ohm to 340 Ohm.
Cuts and trimmings to guarantee a stabile
picture on the screen when using a high
resolution 1024x768 monitor.
New BIOS allowing the management of the
following HDUs: Quantum ELS42A 40 MB
Quantum ELS85A 85 MB
Quantum ELS127A 120 MB
CONNER CP30124 120 MB
CONSOLE BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
NOTES
Nasc.
030787U
A cable is used to connect the console board to the bus expansion
board
The hard disk LED is mounted on the console board.
BUS EXPANSION BOARD
LEVEL
D.R.S.
CODE
Nasc.
030099W
NOTES
Lev. 01
Lev. 02
40-2
New printred circuit board to improve contact between the
bus expansion board and system structure.
M300-02 / M300-02F
MOTHERBOARD INTEGRATED CONTROLLER
CPU 386SX
16 or 25 MHz microprocessor
Socket for the i387SX math coprocessor
8042
WD90C11C
VGA video contoller.
WD90C64
Video controller clock generator
ADV BT476
DAC
87C310
Parallel and serial interface controller
ACER
Buffer MSI
27C010
BIOS EPROM
TOPCAT
VL82C320 system controller
VL82C331 bus controller
BOARDS
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
D.R.S. CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CPU board
CPU board
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
220 V power supply
110 V power supply
BUS Adapter board
Console board
BA013/16
BA013/25
LA/16B
LA/11B
LA/16B
LA/11B
612547T
612563T
150543C
150542B
151950 D
151951 S
030099W
030787U
2 MB 16 MHz M300-02
2 MB 25 MHz M300-02F
Two expansion slots
40
M300-02 / M300-02F
40-3
USER DISKETTE
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
Rev. 1.96
Rev. 1.99
This release contains version 1.06 of the EMMBOX2 file. The modification was
made necessary since version 1.05 of the EMMBOX2 file, contained in the
previous User Disk version, caused the system to crash when configured with 64
KB + VGA of shadow memory and 128 KB of expanded memory.
In fact, part of the E000 segnment (area reserved for the BIOS) is incorrectly
occupied by expanded memory thus causing the system to crash.
SYSTEM TEST
LEVEL
COMPATIBILITY
-
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
LEVEL
LA/16B 220 V
Nasc
LA/11B 110 V
Nasc
DESCRIPTION
Two new power supplies have been introduced to improve
EMI margins.
LA/16B 220 V
LA/11B 110 V
COMPATIBILITY NOTES
BOARD OR HW/SW
DEVICE
DESCRIPTION
-
-
SOFTWARE DRIVERS
DRIVER
NOTES
LIM EMM386
For expanded and extended memory management.
BIOS
LEVEL
NOTES
Rev. 1.04
-
40-4
M300-02 / M300-02F
OPERATING SYSTEMS
MS-DOS (Compaq)
Ver. 1.10 and 1.20
NOTES
Does not recognize the PS/2 mouse.
Does not recognize the PS/2 mouse.
WINDOWS
40
M300-02 / M300-02F
40-5
MODEMS
FAXY PC MAXTER
FURY 2400 PC MODEM
AT&T 2224 CEO MODEM
FURY 2400 TI/MNP
STB 4-ON THE FLOOR
MULTIPORT
MOUSE
CHASE AT8
COMPUTONE AT 8
COMPUTONE AT 16
INTEL Bell ICC.6
SPECIALIX SI / 8
MS-BUS mouse
MS-MOUSE serial
GRAPHICS PRODUCTS
AST VGA plus
FASTWRITE 1024i
FASTWRITE VGA
IBM VGA Adapter
MATROX PG - 1281
DECNET PCSA adapter
DISPLAY UNITS
NEC MULTISYNC II
40-6
NEC MULTISYNC 2A
NEC MULTISYNC 3D
NEC MULTISYNC 4D
NEC MULTISYNC 5D
PHILIPS 7BM749
PHILIPS 9CM082
M300-02 / M300-02F
VIDEO
CONN.
VIDEO
MEMORY
P2
PARALLEL
CONN.
SERIAL
CONN.
MOUSE
CONN.
KEYBOARD
CONN.
BT476
8042
87C310
WD90C64
FEATURE
CONN.
WD90C11A
i387SX
SOCKET
BIOS
i386SX
82C320
HDU
CONN.
FDU
CONN.
BUS EXPANSION
BOARD SLOT
82C331
BANK 1
BANK 0
40
ASB7A
JUMPER P2
Position 1-2
Position 2-3
Password disabled
Password enabled
BUS EXPANSION BOARD COMPONENTS AND JUMPERS
LITHIUM
BATTERY
CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
P1
AYD3A
P1 installed:
P1 not installed
M300-02 / M300-02F
Battery connected
Battery not connected (Personal Computer not operative)
40-7
BUILT IN SETUP
This ROM BIOS-resident program allows you to change some of the Personal Computer’s
configuration parameters.
Two cases can arise:
First case: If the data stored in the CMOS RAM is no longer valid or the power supply battery is low,
the BULIT IN SETUP screen is displayed. You are now give the choice of selecting the language to
work in from a total of six languages available.
Second case: If the configuration of the system has been changed, only the icon representing the
device that has to be added to, or modified in, CMOS RAM will be displayed. For example, if you install a second floppy disk drive, just the floppy disk icon will be displayed.
In both cases the BUILT IN SETUP screen is automatically displayed without operator intervention.
F1
Allows you to change the system hour, minutes and seconds.
F2
Allows you to change the system day, month and year.
F3
Allows you the type of hard disk installed and its capacity. Press the space bar until the
correct value is displayed. The following table lists the hard disks that can be installed in
the system.
TYPE
MODEL
CAPACITY CYL
T
WPC
LZ
SET
01
W.D. AC-140 3,5" 19 ms
Quantum LPS 52 AT
CONNER CP3044
CONNER CP3046F
QUANTUM ELS42 AT
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
40 MB
980
980
980
980
980
5
5
5
5
5
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
980
980
980
980
980
17
17
17
17
17
02
W.D. Caviar AC-280
CONNER CP30084E
QUANTUM ELS85 AT
85 MB
85 MB
85 MB
977
977
977
10
10
10
-1
-1
-1
977
977
977
17
17
17
03
W.D. AC-2120
CONNER CP30126
QUANTUM ELS127 AT
120
120
120
762
762
762
8
8
8
-1
-1
-1
762
762
762
39
39
39
Where: CYL: Number of disk cylinders
WPC: Write precompensation cylinder number
LZ: Head landing zone cylinder number
T:
Number of disk heads
SET: Number of disk sectors.
40-8
M300-02 / M300-02F
F4
F5
Allows you select the capacity of the floppy disk drive. Depending on the number of drives
present (1, 2 or 3), up to three fields can be displayed next to this icon. Define in these fields
the capacity of the floppy disk drive installed.
The logic names of the drives are displayed on the row underneath: A (for one drive only),
A-B (for two drives), A-B-X (for three drives).
NOTE:
If a streaming tape drive with floppy disk interface is installed, the data field
corresponding to this drive must not contain any value, and this drive must always be
indicated as logic drive B.
Allows you to select the video format when powering on the system.
Math Coprocessor
Batteries
Real time clock
Language
This icon appears only when the WEITEK coprocessor is installed. It
is intended for informational purposes only.
This icon appears only when the system is powered on for the very first
time or when the system batteries are low
This icon flashes when the system Real Time Clock is faulty.
You can select the language in which all the BUILT IN SETUP
messages will be displayed. There are six languages available.
40
M300-02 / M300-02F
40-9
EXTENDED SETUP
Besides using the BUILT IN SETUP utility, you can also use the EXTENDED SETUP utility to
configure the system parameters. You can recall this utility at any time by pressing the CTRL, ALT
and DEL keys simultaneously.
This menu contains all the icons of the BUILT IN SETUP utility, therefore it allows you to configure
the system as previously explained.
However, the EXTENDED SETUP utility has the following additional parameters:
F6
EMS
TEST
SHAD
F7
RAM
I/O
F8
CHR/S
BEEP
PARAL
F9
40-10
Allows you to modify the capacity of extended and expanded memory..
Allows you to reduce the number of tests performed on system memory
during the Power On Diagnostics.
Allows you to assign shadow memory to the BIOS and specify memory areas.
Allows you to change system speed from the default value (33 MHz) to
14 MHz.
Allows you to the system bus speed fromthe default value (11 MHz) to the
standard AT speed (8 MHz).
Allows you to change change the character repeat speed when associated
keys are pressed. This value is expressed in number of characters per
second.
Allows you to increase or decrease the speaker volume.
Allows you to modify the direction of the parallel port.
Allows you to assign a system PASSWORD.
M300-02 / M300-02F
INTERRUPT LEVELS
LEVEL
NAME
CONTROLLER
FUNCTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NMI
IRQ0
IRQ1
RQ8
IRQ9
IRQ10
IRQ11
IRQ12
IRQ13
IRQ14
IRQ15
IRQ3
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Parity error
Channel 0 timer OUT
Keyboard
Real Time Clock
Software redirection to INT 0AH (IRQ2)
Available
Available
Mouse
Available
Available
Serial port 2
Serial port 1
Parallel port 2
Parallel port 1
I/O ADDRESS MAP
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
ADDRESS
FUNCTION
000-01F h
0F8-0FF h
Math coprocessor
020-03F h
1F0-1F7 h
selection)
040-043 h
Timer
278-27F h
Parallel port 2
060 h
2F8-2FF h
COM2 serial port (alternat.)
061- 06F h
System control port A
378-37F h
064 h
3C0 - 3DF h
Video controller
070 - 071 h
Real time clock, NMI, CMOS RAM 3F2 h
080-08F h
DMA page registers
3F3 h
Super I/O configuration register
092 h
3F4- 3F5 h
0A0-0BF h
3F6-3F7 h
selection)
0C0-0DE h
DMA channels 4-7
3F7 h
1E0 - 1EF h
TOPCAT registers
3F8-3FF h
COM1 serial port
0F0 h
Cancels the operation of the math 46E8 h
coprocessor
0F1 h
Resets the coprocessor
M300-02 / M300-02F
VGA register
40-11
40
SYSTEM MEMORY MAP
ADDRESS
MEMORY
FUNCTION
00000 - 7FFFF h
512 KB
Conventional memory (0 KB - 512 KB)
80000 - 9FFFF h
128 KB
base memory (512 KB - 640 KB)
A0000 - BFFFF h
128 KB
C0000 - DFFFF h
128 KB
Available
E0000 - FFFFF h
128 KB
BIOS/Shadow BIOS
100000 - FFFFFF h
15 MB
Memory expansion (to the physical addressable limits
of the 80386SX CPU)
1000000 - 1FFFFFF h
1 MB
Memory expansion (to the system’s physical
addressable limit)
■
40-12
M300-02 / M300-02F

personal computer - Laboratorio

Transcription

Similar documents

Computer Basics - Computer Engineering Technology

ITS DataVault - IT Solutions Consulting

NP905-B16C

portable usb dj mixer + scratch controll er + dj software

PeopleSoft Finance - Pain Points/Talking Points

Mega Plexxus Instruction

1: Boot from DVD. 2: Click on Setting Icon→ Disk tools→Disk Utility 3

handheld controller

X-Zec 5-W Schenck/Horiba dynamometers controller

SPCA1628 product brief